WO2020158864A1 - Vehicle door - Google Patents
Vehicle door Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020158864A1 WO2020158864A1 PCT/JP2020/003440 JP2020003440W WO2020158864A1 WO 2020158864 A1 WO2020158864 A1 WO 2020158864A1 JP 2020003440 W JP2020003440 W JP 2020003440W WO 2020158864 A1 WO2020158864 A1 WO 2020158864A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- vehicle
- sash
- door
- guide rail
- side wall
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000005357 flat glass Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 80
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 377
- 230000003028 elevating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 235000021189 garnishes Nutrition 0.000 description 95
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 53
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 43
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 36
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 33
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 23
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 13
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052755 nonmetal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004512 die casting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010985 leather Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000145845 chattering Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035622 drinking Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012438 extruded product Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004519 grease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000452 restraining effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009751 slip forming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60J—WINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
- B60J1/00—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor
- B60J1/08—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor arranged at vehicle sides
- B60J1/12—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor arranged at vehicle sides adjustable
- B60J1/16—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor arranged at vehicle sides adjustable slidable
- B60J1/17—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor arranged at vehicle sides adjustable slidable vertically
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60J—WINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
- B60J5/00—Doors
- B60J5/04—Doors arranged at the vehicle sides
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05F—DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05F11/00—Man-operated mechanisms for operating wings, including those which also operate the fastening
- E05F11/38—Man-operated mechanisms for operating wings, including those which also operate the fastening for sliding windows, e.g. vehicle windows, to be opened or closed by vertical movement
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05F—DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05F11/00—Man-operated mechanisms for operating wings, including those which also operate the fastening
- E05F11/38—Man-operated mechanisms for operating wings, including those which also operate the fastening for sliding windows, e.g. vehicle windows, to be opened or closed by vertical movement
- E05F11/48—Man-operated mechanisms for operating wings, including those which also operate the fastening for sliding windows, e.g. vehicle windows, to be opened or closed by vertical movement operated by cords or chains or other flexible elongated pulling elements, e.g. tapes
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05F—DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05F15/00—Power-operated mechanisms for wings
- E05F15/60—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators
- E05F15/603—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors
- E05F15/665—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors for vertically-sliding wings
- E05F15/689—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors for vertically-sliding wings specially adapted for vehicle windows
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a vehicle door.
- a glass lifting device (window regulator) is installed on the vehicle door that opens and closes the window opening surrounded by the door sash and the door panel (window frame) with window glass.
- window regulator window regulator
- various types of glass lifting devices are known, they are often mounted on an inner panel forming a door panel of a vehicle door and housed in the door panel.
- a rack-shaped gear is provided at a rear end portion of a resin window (resin window), and a rear end portion of the resin window including the gear is provided inside a gear side guide frame protruding upward from a door panel.
- the housed configuration is described.
- the gear-side guide frame guides the rear end of the resin window so that it can be moved up and down, and the rear end of the resin window is guided inward and outward by a pair of walls located inside and outside the vehicle across the resin window. The movement is regulated.
- Patent Document 1 uses a gear-side guide frame having a large cross-sectional shape that extends inward and outward of the vehicle across the resin window in order to regulate the movement of the resin window in and out of the vehicle. Therefore, there is a problem that the door sash tends to increase in size inside and outside the vehicle. Also, since part of the gear side guide frame is located outside the resin window, it cannot be applied to vehicle doors of the type in which the outer surfaces of the window and door sash are substantially flush with each other. The exterior design is limited.
- the present invention has been made on the basis of the above-mentioned awareness of problems, and accommodates a mechanism for raising and lowering a window glass in a space-saving manner, has less restrictions on a door design, and can appropriately arrange door-related parts.
- the purpose is to obtain a perfect vehicle door.
- the vehicle door of this embodiment forms a window opening, and a door sash that surrounds the front and rear edges and the upper edge of the window glass that moves up and down in the window opening, and constitutes the door sash, and one of the front and rear edges of the window glass.
- a vertical pillar sash that extends in the up-and-down direction of the windshield along with, and has a facing portion that faces the inside of the windshield, and a lift mechanism that raises and lowers the windshield by a driving force of a drive source;
- the ascending/descending mechanism includes a slider fixed to the window glass, a guide rail for movably guiding the slider in the ascending/descending direction, and a driving force from the driving source to the slider.
- a transmission member wherein the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are provided between the facing portion of the upright pillar sash and the windshield in the vehicle interior-exterior direction when viewed from the vertical direction of the windshield. It is characterized in that the guide rail restricts the movement of the slider in both the in-vehicle direction and the in-vehicle direction on the vehicle inner surface side of the windshield.
- the upright pillar sash includes a design portion located outside the vehicle and a body portion located inside the vehicle with respect to the design portion.
- the body portion is configured to include the facing portion, and the slider and the guide rail.
- a bag-shaped cross section that forms an internal space in which the transmission member is accommodated and is open to the vehicle exterior side, and the guide rail closes the open part on the vehicle exterior side of the bag-shaped cross section. Good.
- the door-related parts may include at least one of an impact beam, an airbag, a speaker, a monitor, a table, a door pocket, and a sunshade arranged inside the windshield.
- the door sash may be formed integrally with at least a part of the inner panel.
- the first portion of the door sash may be formed integrally with at least a portion of the outer panel, and the second portion of the door sash may be formed integrally with at least a portion of the inner panel.
- the door sash may be joined to at least a part of the door panel.
- the slider may include a sliding portion that is slidable with respect to the guide rail, and the sliding portion and the transmission member may have different positions in the vehicle vertical direction.
- the frame member that constitutes the upright pillar sash and the guide rail may be separate members.
- the guide rail is offset with respect to the first section in a first section in which a sliding portion provided on the slider is slidably inserted, and in an inner and outer circumferential direction with the window opening as an inner circumferential side,
- a second section for accommodating the transmitted portion of the slider to which the driving force is transmitted from the transmission member.
- the present invention it is possible to provide a vehicle door in which a mechanism for raising and lowering a windshield is housed in a small space, there are few restrictions on a door design, and door-related parts can be suitably arranged.
- FIG. 2 is a sectional view of the upper sash taken along the line II-II in FIG. 1. It is the figure which looked at the disassembled vertical pillar sash from the vehicle outside. It is the figure which looked at the disassembled vertical pillar sash from the back. It is the figure which looked at the door corner part of a door sash from the vehicle inside. It is the perspective view which looked at the connecting member which constitutes a door corner part from the vehicle outside. It is the figure which looked at a connection member from the upper part. It is an exploded perspective view of a window regulator. It is sectional drawing of the vertical pillar sash in the position which follows the IX-IX line of FIG.
- FIG. 11 is a sectional view similar to FIG. 10, showing a state in which the elastic cover is elastically deformed. It is sectional drawing which shows the state in the middle of attaching an elastic cover to a vertical pillar sash. It is sectional drawing which shows the state which is shape
- FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of the vertical pillar sash at a position along the line XIV-XIV in FIG. 22.
- FIG. 25 is a sectional view of the upright pillar sash at a position along the line XV-XV in FIG. 24.
- FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of the vertical column sash at a position along the line XVI-XVI in FIG. 23.
- FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of the vertical pillar sash at a position along the line XVII-XVII in FIG. 23.
- FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of the vertical pillar sash at a position along line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 23.
- It is a perspective view of a window regulator assembly. It is a side view which shows the positional relationship of a window glass and a slider. It is a perspective view of two sliders. It is the figure which looked at some wind regulators from the back.
- FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a contact relationship between a shoe base of a slider and a lip portion of an elastic cover. It is a disassembled perspective view of the window regulator of 2nd Embodiment. It is sectional drawing of the window regulator of 2nd Embodiment. It is sectional drawing which shows the 1st modification of a vertical pillar sash. It is sectional drawing which shows the 2nd modification of a vertical pillar sash. It is sectional drawing which shows the 3rd modification of a vertical pillar sash.
- the door 10 shown in FIG. 1 is a side door attached to the side of the right front seat of the vehicle body (vehicle), and a door opening that is opened and closed by the door 10 is formed in the vehicle body (the door 10 is a vehicle It forms part of the body (vehicle)).
- the door 10 includes a door panel 10a (virtually indicated by a chain line) and a door sash 10b.
- a window opening 10c surrounded by the upper edge of the door panel 10a and the door sash 10b is formed.
- the inside and outside of the vehicle in the following description correspond to the inside and outside of the vehicle body when the door 10 is closed, and the direction connecting the inside and outside of the vehicle (the thickness direction of the door 10) is the inside and outside direction.
- the side facing the window opening 10c is the inner circumference side
- the side opposite to the window opening 10c is the outer circumference side.
- the direction connecting the outer peripheral sides is called the inner-outer peripheral direction.
- the door panel 10a is configured by combining an inner panel located inside the vehicle and an outer panel located outside the vehicle.
- a door trim formed of resin or leather, for example, is attached to the inside (inside the vehicle) of the door panel 10a (inner panel).
- the inner panel, outer panel and door trim will be described later in detail with reference to FIG.
- a door panel inner space is formed between the inner panel and the outer panel, and an upper edge of the door panel inner space opens toward the window opening 10c.
- the door sash 10b has an upper sash 11 located at the upper edge of the door 10, and a vertical pillar sash 12 and a front sash 13 extending substantially vertically from the upper sash 11 toward the door panel 10a.
- the upright pillar sash 12 and the front sash 13 constitute a “pair of upright pillar sashes”.
- the upright pillar sash 12 is located at the rearmost portion of the door sash 10b, and the corner corner above the rear of the door 10 is a door corner portion 10d where the rear end of the upper sash 11 and the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12 intersect.
- the upright pillar sash 12 and the front sash 13 extend substantially in parallel, and the upright pillar sash 12 forms the rear edge of the window opening 10c, and the front sash 13 forms the front edge of the window opening 10c. Further, the upper sash 11 forms the upper edge of the window opening 10c.
- the vertical pillar sash 12 extends downward (obliquely downward) from the door corner portion 10d and is inserted into the interior space of the door panel.
- the upper sash 11 extends forward from the door corner portion 10d and bends downward as it goes from the middle to the front.
- the front end of the upper sash 11 is inserted into the door panel inner space of the door panel 10a.
- the front sash 13 extends downward (obliquely downward) from an intermediate position of the upper sash 11 and is inserted into the inner space of the door panel.
- the upper sash 11, the upright pillar sash 12, and the front sash 13 are fixed to the door panel 10a in the interior space of the door panel.
- a mirror bracket 14 is arranged in the front part and a lock bracket 15 is arranged in the rear part.
- the mirror bracket 14 and the lock bracket 15 are respectively fixed to the door panel 10a, the front sash 13 is fixed to the mirror bracket 14, and the vertical pillar sash 12 is fixed to the lock bracket 15.
- a part of the mirror bracket 14 has a shape protruding above the door panel 10a so as to fit in the triangular space between the upper sash 11 and the front sash 13, and a door mirror (not shown) with respect to that part of the mirror bracket 14. Etc. are attached.
- a door lock mechanism (not shown) or the like is attached to the lock bracket 15.
- a belt line reinforcement 16 extending in the front-rear direction is arranged near the upper edge of the interior space of the door panel.
- the belt line reinforcement 16 includes at least an outer reinforcement located outside the vehicle, and a front portion thereof is fixed to the mirror bracket 14 and a rear portion thereof is fixed to the lock bracket 15.
- the belt line reinforcement 16 may include an inner reinforcement located inside the vehicle.
- the windshield W is a plate-shaped glass material having an outer surface W1 facing the outer side of the vehicle, an inner surface W2 facing the inner side of the vehicle, and an edge surface W3 facing the outer peripheral side (see FIG. 19).
- the window glass W moves up and down between a fully closed position (position in FIG. 1, solid line position in FIG. 20) and a fully open position (position indicated by alternate long and two short dashes line in FIG. 20) by a window regulator 40 described later, and in the fully closed position.
- the upper edge of the windshield W reaches the upper sash 11.
- the window glass W lowered from the fully closed position to the fully opened position is housed in the door panel inner space.
- the upper sash 11 is configured by combining a sash body 20 located inside the vehicle and a sash molding 21 located outside the vehicle.
- the sash body 20 is a thick metal elongated member that makes the upper sash 11 a rigid body, and has a hollow cross-section frame portion 20a located inside the vehicle and a plate protruding from the frame portion 20a toward the outside of the vehicle. And a section 20b.
- the frame portion 20a extends from the vehicle interior side wall 20c located inside the vehicle interior, the inner peripheral side wall 20d extending from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle interior side wall 20c to the vehicle exterior side, and the outer peripheral side end of the vehicle interior side wall 20c to the vehicle exterior side. It has an outer peripheral side wall 20e, and a vehicle outer side wall 20f connecting the vehicle outer side ends of the inner peripheral side wall 20d and the outer peripheral side wall 20e.
- the plate-shaped portion 20b projects outward from the vehicle near the boundary between the outer peripheral side wall 20e and the vehicle outer side wall 20f.
- the sash molding 21 is a metal elongated member having a smaller wall thickness than the sash body 20, and includes a support portion 21a that overlaps the outer peripheral side of the plate-shaped portion 20b, and a design portion 21b that is located outside the vehicle of the support portion 21a.
- the plate-shaped portion 20b and the supporting portion 21a are fixed by rivets or the like. That is, the upper sash 11 has a configuration in which the frame portion 20a located inside the vehicle and the design portion 21b located outside the vehicle are connected by the connecting portion including the plate-shaped portion 20b and the support portion 21a.
- the upper sash 11 is provided with a glass run storage portion 22 as a recess surrounded by the vehicle outer side wall 20f of the frame portion 20a, the plate-shaped portion 20b, and the support portion 21a.
- the glass run housing portion 22 is open toward the inner peripheral side, and a glass run 23 made of an elastic body is housed therein.
- a concave-convex shape for preventing the glass run 23 from coming off to the inner peripheral side is provided in the glass run housing portion 22.
- the glass run 23 has a concave cross-sectional shape along the inner surface of the glass run housing portion 22, and has a plurality of elastically deformable lip portions formed inside.
- the upper edge of the windshield W enters the glass run storage portion 22.
- the window glass W that has entered the glass run storage portion 22 presses the lip portion of the glass run 23 to elastically deform it.
- the lip portion of the glass run 23 comes into close contact with the vehicle outer side surface W1, the vehicle interior side surface W2, and the edge surface W3 of the wind glass W, respectively, and becomes a watertight state in which intrusion of raindrops and the like into the vehicle interior is prevented, and the wind glass
- the upper edge of W is elastically held by the glass run 23.
- the upper sash 11 is further formed with a weatherstrip holding portion 24 on the outer peripheral side opposite to the glass run storage portion 22.
- the weather strip holding portion 24 is a concave portion formed by the support portion 21a and the bent portions formed on the vehicle inner side and the vehicle outer side toward the outer peripheral side.
- the weather strip holding portion 24 is open toward the outer peripheral side, and a leg portion of a weather strip (not shown) made of an elastic body is fitted and held therein.
- the weather strip has an elastic contact portion that projects from the weather strip holding portion 24 to the outer peripheral side. When the door 10 is closed, the elastic contact portion of the weather strip comes into contact with the inner edge portion of the door opening of the vehicle body and is elastically deformed.
- the weather strip is also continuous to the portion along the vertical pillar sash 12, and when the door 10 is closed, the space between the entire door sash 10b and the door opening is sealed in a watertight state by the weather strip. ..
- the upper sash 11 maintains the general cross-sectional shape described above from the rear end position on the door corner 10d side to the position connected to the upper end of the front sash 13 (referred to as the front corner). Although illustration is omitted, in the portion of the upper sash 11 that is in front of the front corner portion, the sash molding 21 is not provided and the glass run storage portion 22 is omitted.
- the front sash 13 is provided with a glass run storage portion (not shown) having a concave cross-section that is continuous with the glass run storage portion 22 of the upper sash 11, and the glass run 23 is inside the glass run storage portion of the front sash 13. And is arranged downward from the front corner.
- the upright pillar sash 12 is configured by combining an inner sash 30 and a guide rail 31, which are long members made of metal, respectively. That is, the inner sash 30 as a frame member that constitutes the upright pillar sash 12 and the guide rail 31 are configured by different members.
- the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 may be formed of a non-metal material such as synthetic resin.
- a garnish 32 and an elastic cover 33 are attached to the outer side of the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31.
- the inner sash 30 has a frame portion 30a located inside the vehicle, a design portion 30b located outside the vehicle, and a step portion 30c connecting the frame portion 30a and the design portion 30b.
- the frame portion 30a is a portion corresponding to the frame portion 20a in the upper sash 11. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 9, the vehicle interior side wall 30d, the vehicle interior side wall 30d, the inner peripheral side wall 30e extending from the vehicle interior side end to the vehicle exterior side, and the vehicle interior side wall 30d outer peripheral side end. And an outer peripheral side wall 30f extending from the portion to the outside of the vehicle.
- the outer peripheral side wall 30f extends straight in a generally inward/outward direction of the vehicle.
- the inner peripheral side wall 30e has an inclined region in which an interval with respect to the outer peripheral side wall 30f is increased as the distance from the vehicle inner side wall 30d is increased (the amount of protrusion toward the inner peripheral side is increased), and the vehicle outer side of the inclined region is substantially the inner peripheral side wall 30e. It is a parallel area.
- the inner sash 30 of the upright pillar sash 12 connects the outer side end portions of the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f in the frame portion 30a. Instead, it has a bag-shaped cross-sectional shape that is open toward the outside of the vehicle.
- the step portion 30c of the inner sash 30 includes an outer peripheral extension portion 30g extending from the vehicle outer side end portion of the outer peripheral side wall 30f to the outer peripheral side, and a vehicle outer extension portion extending from the outer peripheral side end portion of the outer peripheral extension portion 30g to the vehicle outer side. With 30h.
- the design portion 30b extends to the outer peripheral side from the end portion on the vehicle outer side of the vehicle exterior extension portion 30h.
- the guide rail 31 has a concave cross-sectional shape that opens toward the vehicle outer side, and is arranged so as to fit inside the open portion on the vehicle outer side of the bag-shaped cross-section frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30.
- the guide rail 31 includes a vehicle inner side wall 31a located inside the vehicle, an inner peripheral side wall 31b extending from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 31a to the vehicle outer side, and an outer peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 31a. It has an outer peripheral side wall 31c extending to the outside of the vehicle.
- a bent portion 31d protruding toward the inner peripheral side and a cover wall 31e are provided at the vehicle outer side end of the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the vehicle outer side end of the outer peripheral side wall 31c.
- the guide rail 31 further has a partition wall 31f projecting to the vehicle exterior side from an intermediate position of the vehicle interior side wall 31a in the inner and outer circumferential directions, and a holding wall 31g projecting to the inner circumferential side from the vehicle exterior side end of the partition wall 31f. ..
- the guide rail 31 is provided with a first adjacent inner and outer peripheral direction.
- a section S1 and a second section S2 are formed.
- the holding wall 31g partially closes the vehicle exterior side of the first section S1 while forming a gap between the holding wall 31g and the inner peripheral side wall 31b.
- the cover wall 31e partially closes the vehicle outer side of the second section S2 while forming a gap with the partition wall 31f.
- the partition wall 31f is provided closer to the inner peripheral side wall 31b than the outer peripheral side wall 31c, and the size in the inner and outer peripheral directions of the second partition S2 is larger than that of the first partition S1.
- the amount of protrusion to the outside of the vehicle with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 31a is largest in the outer peripheral side wall 31c, second largest in the inner peripheral side wall 31b, and smallest in the partition wall 31f. Therefore, the second section S2 is wider than the first section S1 in both the inner and outer peripheral directions and the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
- the cover wall 31e forming the vehicle outer side surface of the second section S2 is longer in the inner and outer peripheral directions than the holding wall 31g forming the vehicle outer side surface of the first section S1.
- the guide rail 31 closes the opening outside the vehicle of the frame portion 30a.
- the end portion of the inner peripheral side wall 30e comes into contact with the bent portion 31d, and the relative positions of the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions are determined (see FIG. 14).
- the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the outer peripheral side wall 31c are in contact with the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f from the inside of the frame portion 30a. By this contact, the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 are integrated in the inner and outer peripheral directions. To be done.
- the vehicle inner side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 connects the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f of the inner sash 30 in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Then, a third section S3 surrounded by the vehicle interior side wall 30d, the inner peripheral side wall 30e, the outer peripheral side wall 30f, and the vehicle interior side wall 31a is formed.
- the third section S3 is located adjacent to the inner side of the first section S1 and the second section S2, and is separated from the first section S1 and the second section S2 by the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
- the outer peripheral side wall 31c of the guide rail 31 protrudes outward from the outer peripheral extending portion 30g of the inner sash 30 and is located on the inner peripheral side of the step portion 30c.
- the positioning portion 31c1 is formed (see FIGS. 9 to 11).
- the holding recess U1 that is open to the outside of the vehicle and that has the outer peripheral extended portion 30g as the bottom and the vehicle outer extended portion 30h and the positioning portion 32c1 of the stepped portion 30c as the side walls is located outside the frame portion 30a (outside the vehicle and the outer peripheral side). ) Is formed (see FIGS. 9 to 11).
- a cover wall 31e formed on the guide rail 31 following the outer peripheral side wall 31c faces the windshield W with a space inside the vehicle.
- the cover wall 31e is located on the vehicle outer side than the outer peripheral extension 30g, and a gap U2 communicating with the holding recess U1 is formed between the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W and the cover wall 31e (see FIG. 9 to 11).
- the garnish 32 is a long member that covers the exterior of the design portion 30b and extends in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12.
- the garnish 32 includes an exterior surface 32a facing the exterior and an interior surface 32b facing the interior 30b and facing the interior 30b. Have.
- the garnish 32 has a width that covers the entire design portion 30b in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the inner peripheral edge portion and the outer peripheral edge portion of the garnish 32 respectively have an inner peripheral edge portion 32c and an outer peripheral edge portion that are curved (bent) toward the vehicle interior side and project toward the vehicle interior side from the vehicle interior side surface 32b. 32d is provided.
- the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32 includes an inner peripheral side surface 32e facing the inner peripheral side, an outer peripheral side surface 32f facing the outer peripheral side, and an end surface 32g facing the vehicle inner side.
- the inner peripheral side surface 32e is a surface that is continuous with the vehicle outer surface 32a, has an inclined shape that protrudes toward the inner peripheral side toward the vehicle inner side, and has a curved shape that is convex toward the inner peripheral side. (In particular, a predetermined region from the portion connected to the vehicle outer side surface 32a is a convex curved surface).
- the outer peripheral side surface 32f is a surface that is continuous with the vehicle inner side surface 32b, has an inclined shape that protrudes toward the inner peripheral side toward the vehicle inner side, and has a curved shape that becomes concave toward the inner peripheral side ( In particular, a predetermined area is a concave curved surface from the portion connected to the vehicle interior side surface 32b).
- the end surface 32g connects the respective inner side surfaces of the inner peripheral side surface 32e and the outer peripheral side surface 32f, and has a planar shape facing the inner side of the vehicle.
- the boundary portion between the design portion 30b of the inner sash 30 and the vehicle exterior extension portion 30h has a curved shape, and the curved shape of the inner peripheral side surface 32e and the outer peripheral side surface 32f of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c follows the curved shape of the inner sash 30. It is a thing. A part of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c including the end face 32g on the tip side is located on the inner peripheral side of the vehicle exterior extending portion 30h and enters the inside of the holding recess U1.
- the vehicle outer side surface 32a of the garnish 32 is substantially at the same position as the vehicle outer side surface W1 of the windshield W in the vehicle interior/exterior direction, and the end surface 32g is located at a position closer to the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W in the vehicle interior/exterior direction.
- the garnish 32 is a molded product made of a material such as synthetic resin, and is molded using the molding die shown in FIG.
- This molding die is an upper die that is relatively movable in the front and back direction of the garnish 32 having the vehicle outer side surface 32a and the vehicle inner side surface 32b (corresponding to the vehicle inside and outside direction when the garnish 32 is assembled to the upright pillar sash 12). It has a lower die 80 and a lower die 81.
- the upper mold 80 is provided with a flat first forming region 80a that forms the vehicle outer side surface 32a of the garnish 32, and a concave portion that is continuously extended from the first forming region 80a and is partially extended from the inner peripheral side surface 32e. And a second formation region 80b for forming the.
- the lower die 81 is provided with a planar first forming area 81a forming the vehicle interior side surface 32b of the garnish 32, and a convex shape curvingly extending from the first forming area 81a to form an outer peripheral side surface 32f.
- the second surface forming area 81b, the third forming area 81c which continuously forms the end surface 32g in the second surface forming area 81b, and a part of the inner peripheral side surface 32e following the third forming area 81c. And a fourth formation region 81d to be formed.
- the upper die 80 has a mating surface 80c following the second forming area 80b, and the lower die 81 has a mating surface 81e following the fourth forming area 81d.
- the mating surface 80c and the mating surface 81e are flat surfaces that face each other in the contact and separation directions of the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81.
- the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81 are moved until the mating face 80c and the mating face 81e come into contact with each other. Bring them closer. Then, the garnish 32 is molded by the inner surfaces of the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81 (formation regions 80a, 80b, 81a, 81b, 81c, 81d). Although illustration is omitted, the inner surfaces of the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81 are also provided with regions for forming the outer peripheral edge portion 32d, and not only the inner peripheral edge portion 32c but also the outer peripheral edge portion 32d are formed as the upper mold 80. It is formed by the lower die 81.
- the parting line L1 is formed on the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32 at a portion corresponding to the boundary between the mating surface 80c and the mating surface 81e. 13) is formed.
- the parting line L1 is located inside the vehicle from an intersection point K1 (see FIG. 13) where an imaginary line (virtual plane) extending from the vehicle interior side surface 32b of the garnish 32 intersects the inner peripheral side surface 32e.
- the garnish 32 can be made of metal (for example, a steel plate roll-formed product, an aluminum alloy die-cast product, etc.) in addition to the synthetic resin.
- the elastic cover 33 is a long member made of an elastic body and is adjacent to the inner peripheral side of the garnish 32 and extends in the longitudinal direction of the vertical pillar sash 12.
- the elastic cover 33 has a hollow portion 33a having a hollow cross-sectional shape, and a cantilevered lip portion 33b protruding from the hollow portion 33a toward the inner peripheral side.
- FIG. 10 shows the shape of the elastic cover 33 in an initial state (free state) that is not pressed by the windshield W or the garnish 32.
- Each part of the elastic cover 33 in this initial state has the following shape and structure.
- the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 has a closed cross section surrounded by a vehicle outer side wall 33c, an inner peripheral side wall 33d, an outer peripheral side wall 33e, an outer peripheral protruding wall 33f, a vehicle inner side wall 33g, an inner peripheral side base wall 33h, and an outer peripheral side base wall 33i. It has an internal space of structure.
- the outer side wall 33c is located on the outer side of the vehicle, and is in a positional relationship with the outer side surface W1 of the windshield W and the outer side surface 32a of the garnish 32 in the inner-outer peripheral direction.
- the inner peripheral side wall 33d extends from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle outer side wall 33c to the lip portion 33b, and is located at a position facing the edge surface W3 of the windshield W in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the outer peripheral side wall 33e and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f are L-shaped along the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, the outer peripheral side wall 33e faces the inner peripheral side surface 32e, and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f faces the end surface 32g.
- the inner side wall 33g comes into contact with the outer peripheral extension portion 30g of the inner sash 30.
- the position of the elastic cover 33 (particularly, the hollow portion 33a) in the vehicle interior/outside direction is determined by the contact of the vehicle interior side wall 33g with the outer peripheral extension 30g.
- the vehicle interior side wall 33g also contacts the bent portion 35h of the connecting member 35 (see FIGS. 16 to 18).
- the inner peripheral side base wall 33h is formed at a corner between the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 33g and the lip portion 33b, and contacts the positioning portion 31c1 of the guide rail 31.
- the outer peripheral side base wall 33i connects the outer peripheral side end portions of the outer peripheral projecting wall 33f and the vehicle interior side wall 33g, and the outer peripheral side wall 33i moves toward the outer peripheral side from the vehicle inner side (vehicle inner side wall 33g) to the vehicle outer side (outer peripheral projecting wall 33f). It has a protruding inclined shape.
- the outer peripheral side base wall 33i is separated from the step portion 30c in a state where the inner peripheral side base wall 33h is in contact with the positioning portion 31c1 (the outer peripheral side base wall 33i, the outer peripheral extended portion 30g, and the vehicle outer extended portion 30h).
- the shape and size of the hollow portion 33a in the initial state are set so that a triangular space is formed therebetween (see FIG. 10). That is, the position of the elastic cover 33 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is determined by the contact of the inner peripheral side base wall 33h with the positioning portion 31c1.
- the wall thickness of the vehicle inner side wall 33g and the inner peripheral side base wall 33h is large, and the wall thickness of the vehicle outer side wall 33c, the inner peripheral side wall 33d, the outer peripheral side wall 33e, and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f are small.
- the hollow portion 33a is large in thickness and excellent in stability in a portion which is held (positioned) in contact with the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 in the holding recess U1, and the hollow glass 33a and the garnish.
- the portion sandwiched by 32 has a small thickness and is easily elastically deformed.
- the lip portion 33b of the elastic cover 33 extends from the space between the inner peripheral side wall 33d and the inner peripheral side base wall 33h of the hollow portion 33a toward the inner peripheral side.
- a predetermined range of the lip portion 33b on the base end side connected to the hollow portion 33a is inserted into the gap U2 between the window glass W and the cover wall 31e, and the tip end portion of the lip portion 33b is located on the inner peripheral side from the gap U2. It is protruding.
- the lip portion 33b in the initial state has a planar shape in which the vehicle interior side surface 33j facing the cover wall 31e is along the cover wall 31e, and the vehicle exterior side surface W2 of the windshield W facing the vehicle interior side surface W2.
- the side surface 33k has an uneven shape. More specifically, the base end portion of the outer side surface 33k close to the hollow portion 33a (inner peripheral side wall 33d) has a concave shape that is recessed toward the inside of the vehicle, and the inner peripheral side of the concave portion is a convex shape that bulges toward the outside of the vehicle. ..
- the wall thickness of the convex portion of the lip portion 33b toward the inside and outside of the vehicle is larger than the width of the gap U2.
- the part of the lip portion 33b that protrudes from the gap U2 to the inner peripheral side is elastically deformable.
- the projecting portion of the lip portion 33b has a curved shape so as to project toward the inner side of the vehicle toward the inner peripheral side, and the tip of the lip portion 33b is located near the tip of the retaining wall 31g of the guide rail 31. doing.
- the elastic cover 33 in the initial state includes a portion of the inner peripheral side wall 33d (a region near the lip portion 33b) of the hollow portion 33a and a vehicle outer surface 33k of the lip portion 33b.
- the convex portion has a relationship of overlapping with the wind glass W.
- a part of the outer peripheral side wall 33e (a region near the vehicle outer side wall 33c) in the hollow portion 33a overlaps with the garnish 32.
- the overlapping portion of the elastic cover 33 is pressed by the window glass W or the garnish 32 and elastically deformed, so that the elastic cover 33 has the shape of the holding state shown in FIG. 11.
- the inner peripheral side wall 33d of the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is pressed from the windshield W while forming a shape along the edge surface W3.
- the pressing force from the window glass W acts toward the outer peripheral side so as to press the hollow portion 33a against the garnish 32, and the outer peripheral side wall 33e increases the degree of adhesion with the inner peripheral side surface 32e of the garnish 32.
- a pressing force acts on the hollow portion 33a from the garnish 32 toward the inner peripheral direction, and the inner peripheral side wall 33d is brought into close contact with the edge surface W3 of the window glass W.
- the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is elastically deformed in the inner and outer peripheral directions and is in close contact with both the wind glass W and the garnish 32, so that the space between the wind glass W and the garnish 32 is watertightly closed.
- the vehicle exterior wall 33c of the hollow portion 33a is substantially flush with the vehicle exterior surface W1 of the windshield W and the vehicle exterior surface 32a of the garnish 32.
- the inner peripheral side wall 33d of the hollow portion 33a has a pressing force not only on the outer peripheral side but also on the inner side of the vehicle when it is pressed against the edge surface W3 of the window glass W by the inclined shape in the initial state (see FIG. 10). Also receive. That is, the hollow portion 33a is pressed by the component force from the window glass W toward the outer peripheral side and the component force toward the inside of the vehicle. As a result, the vehicle interior side wall 33g is pressed against the outer peripheral extension portion 30g. By this pressing, a force acts to spread the inner side wall 33g in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Since the inner peripheral side base wall 33h has a shape that abuts on the positioning portion 32c1 in the initial state (FIG.
- the inner peripheral side base wall 33h maintains close contact with the positioning portion 32c1 and the hollow portion 33a in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Determine the position.
- the convex portion of the outer side surface 33k of the lip portion 33b is further pressed by the inner side surface W2 of the windshield W, and the lip portion 33b is compressed and deformed in the inner and outer directions of the vehicle to form a gap.
- the sealing by the hollow portion 33a at the edge surface W3 of the windshield W and the sealing by the lip portion 33b at the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W the watertightness between the windshield W and the upright sash 12 is improved. Further improve.
- the components of the window regulator 40 are incorporated in the upright pillar sash 12 as described later. Therefore, it is highly effective to seal the window glass W and the vertical column sash 12 in a highly watertight state by the elastic cover 33.
- the portion held by the holding recess U1 and sandwiched by the window glass W and the garnish 32 is formed as a hollow portion 33a, so that a partially opened open cross section or a cantilevered form is provided.
- the seal member has excellent cross-sectional structure stability. As a result, it is possible to reliably absorb the variation in component accuracy and assembly accuracy of the elastic cover 33 and its peripheral members (inner sash 30, guide rail 31, garnish 32, etc.) while ensuring that the hollow portion 33a has an appropriate contact pressure. A high degree of watertightness can be obtained by closely contacting the W and the respective portions of the vertical column sash 12 (step portion 30c, positioning portion 31c1, inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32).
- the hollow portion 33a can maintain a stable outer width in the inner/outer peripheral direction.
- the outer peripheral side base wall 33i has a predetermined space between itself and the step portion 30c, and the space is made smaller when the holding state (FIG. 11) is set.
- the elastic cover 33 is elastically deformed to improve the accuracy variation absorption performance.
- the hollow portion 33a in the holding state shown in FIG. 11 has a further L-shaped outer peripheral side wall 33e and an outer peripheral protruding wall 33f fitted to the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, so that higher stability can be obtained.
- the hollow portion 33a receives a pressing force from the window glass W toward the outer peripheral side and the inside of the vehicle due to the inclined shape of the inner peripheral side wall 33d in the initial state (FIG. 10), and the inside wall 33g of the inside of the vehicle is sashed.
- the movement toward the inside of the vehicle is regulated by abutting on the outer peripheral extended portion 30g.
- the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f faces the end surface 32g of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, so that the movement (dropping) of the hollow portion 33a toward the vehicle outer side is restricted. Therefore, the hollow portion 33a is stably held in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle.
- the first section S1 of the guide rail 31 is a portion that slidably supports the shoes 43 and 44 of the sliders 45 and 46 that support the window glass W. That is, the position of the windshield W in the inner and outer peripheral directions is determined by the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the partition wall 31f that form the first section S1 of the guide rail 31, and the inner and outer side walls 31a and the holding wall 31g define the window inward and outward directions. The position of the glass W is determined.
- the positioning portion 31c1 that positions the elastic cover 33 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is a part of the guide rail 31. That is, both the window glass W and the elastic cover 33 are positioned with reference to the guide rail 31.
- the positional relationship between the windshield W and the elastic cover 33 becomes stable (hard to be dispersed). Since the elastic cover 33 is pressed by the window glass W in the holding state (FIG. 11) and functions as a seal member, if the positional relationship between the window glass W and the elastic cover 33 is stable, the window glass W and the vertical pillar sash 12 are not provided. The degree of adhesion of the elastic cover 33 with respect to each part is stable, and a high degree of watertightness due to the elastic cover 33 can be secured.
- the elastic cover 33 brings the lip portion 33b into contact with the sliders 45 and 46, if the positional relationship between the window glass W and the elastic cover 33 is stable, the load on the sliders 45 and 46 is changed. The sliding performance of the sliders 45 and 46 with respect to the guide rail 31 is improved.
- the garnish 32 and the elastic cover 33 are parts that form the exterior of the upright sash 12 when the door 10 is viewed from the outside of the vehicle.
- the upright pillar sash 12 has a so-called flash surface structure in which the garnish 32 is arranged in a positional relationship substantially flush with the vehicle outer surface W1 of the windshield W. Since the elastic cover 33 is held in a highly accurate and stable state in which the bulging of the hollow portion 33a to the outside of the vehicle is unlikely to occur as described above, the elastic cover 33 has excellent water-tightness, and together with the windshield W and the garnish 32.
- the appearance of the flash surface structure can be configured to be aesthetically pleasing.
- the garnish 32 sets the position of the parting line L1 generated by molding to the vehicle interior side from the intersection K1 (the position where the vehicle interior side surface 32b is extended) on the inner peripheral side surface 32e of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c ( (See FIG. 13). Thereby, even if there is some variation in accuracy, the parting line L1 can be reliably covered with the elastic cover 33. Since the parting line L1 does not appear in the appearance, the garnish 32 looks good and contributes to improving the aesthetics of the upright sash 12.
- the elastic cover 33 is located inside the windshield W and covers most of the guide rail 31 in addition to the hollow portion 33a directly appearing in the appearance of the upright sash 12 between the windshield W and the garnish 32.
- a lip portion 33b that covers the vehicle from the outside is provided.
- the windshield W When attaching the elastic cover 33 to the upright sash 12, the windshield W is not present at the cross-sectional position of the upright sash 12 to be attached, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the window glass W is lowered to the fully open position (see FIG. 20). In this state, the elastic cover 33 is tilted as shown in FIG. 12, and the hollow portion 33a is inserted in the direction of the arrow IN. The hollow portion 33a passes through between the positioning portion 31c1 of the guide rail 31 and the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32 and enters the holding recess U1. At this time, the outer peripheral side base wall 33i of the elastic cover 33 and the inner peripheral side surface 32e of the garnish 32 contact each other.
- the outer peripheral side base wall 33i and the inner peripheral side surface 32e have an inclined shape that pushes the hollow portion 33a toward the inner peripheral side as it goes in the insertion direction (arrow IN). Therefore, the hollow portion 33a is inserted into the holding recess U1 through the positioning portion 31c1 while being compressed in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Since the outer peripheral side base wall 33i and the inner peripheral side surface 32e have a mutually slanted shape, the hollow portion 33a can be smoothly inserted into the holding recess U1.
- the elastic cover 33 When the hollow portion 33a is inserted into the holding recess U1 along the arrow IN in FIG. 12, the elastic cover 33 is rotated clockwise in FIG. Then, the outer peripheral side wall 33e and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f of the elastic cover 33 are fitted to the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, and the elastic cover 33 is in a stable holding state shown in FIG. At this time, the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is restricted from dropping from the holding recess U1 to the inner peripheral side or the vehicle outer side by the positioning portion 31c1 and the inner peripheral edge portion 32c.
- the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is positioned with respect to the holding recess U1 in both the in-vehicle outer direction and the inner-outer circumferential direction. Therefore, the elastic cover 33 after the attachment is stably held by the vertical pillar sash 12 even when the window glass W is opened (the window glass W is omitted from FIG. 10).
- connection member 35 is made of metal such as aluminum by die casting.
- the connection member 35 has a first frame portion 35 a located on the extension of the upper sash 11 and a second frame portion 35 b located on the extension of the upright sash 12.
- the front end of the first frame portion 35a of the connecting member 35 is a contact end surface 35c that faces the rear end of the sash body 20 of the upper sash 11.
- the contact end surface 35c has a shape including the frame portion 20a and the plate-shaped portion 20b of the sash body 20, and the area corresponding to the hollow portion of the frame portion 20a is closed by the contact end surface 35c. Thereby, the rear end surface of the sash body 20 can be reliably brought into contact with the contact end surface 35c.
- the insertion projection 35d has a shape along the inner surface of the hollow frame portion 20a, and the insertion projection 35d is inserted into the frame portion 20a in a state where the rear end surface of the sash body 20 is in contact with the contact end surface 35c. Inserted inside. In this state, the connecting member 35 and the sash body 20 are joined together by means such as welding.
- the upper end of the connecting member 35 has a plate-shaped portion 35i continuous with the plate-shaped portion 20b of the upper sash 11 in a state where the upper sash 11 and the first frame portion 35a are joined.
- the weather strip (not shown) held by the weather strip holding portion 24 of the upper sash 11 extends to above the connecting member 35 and is continuously held by the plate-like portion 35i.
- the lower end of the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35 has a shape corresponding to the portion of the inner sash 30 of the upright pillar sash 12 excluding the design portion 30b.
- the connecting member 35 has a vehicle interior side wall 35e continuous with the vehicle interior side wall 30d, an inner peripheral side wall 35f continuous with the inner peripheral side wall 30e, and an outer peripheral side wall 35g continuous with the outer peripheral side wall 30f.
- a bent portion 35h that is continuous with a portion of the outer peripheral extension portion 30g on the inner peripheral side is provided at the vehicle outer side end portion of the outer peripheral side wall 35g.
- the inner peripheral side wall 35f of the second frame portion 35b is partially different in thickness in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the thickness of the inner peripheral side wall 35f is large near the lower end of the second frame portion 35b, and an insertion protrusion 35j protruding downward from the lower end surface of the inner peripheral side wall 35f is provided (see FIGS. 6 and 7). ..
- the insertion protrusion 35j has a shape along the inner surface of the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30, and the insertion protrusion 35j is in a state where the upper end surface of the inner sash 30 is in contact with the lower end surface of the second frame portion 35b. Is inserted into the frame portion 30a. In this state, the connecting member 35 and the inner sash 30 are joined together by means such as welding.
- the design portion 30b and the step portion 30c of the inner sash 30 extend to the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12.
- the connecting member 35 is connected above the joint between the lower end surface of the second frame portion 35b and the upper end surface of the inner sash 30 above the side contact surface 30i extending in the vertical direction formed on the step portion 30c.
- the edge of the bent portion 35h abuts (see FIGS. 16 to 18).
- the end of the inner peripheral side wall 35f on the vehicle outer side abuts on the bent portion 31d of the guide rail 31 to determine the position of the connecting member 35 in the vehicle inner/outer direction with respect to the inner sash 30.
- the vehicle inner side wall 35e, the inner peripheral side wall 35f, the outer peripheral side wall 35g, the guide rail 31 inside the second frame portion 35b joined to the upright sash 12, like the general cross-section (FIG. 9) of the upright sash 12, the vehicle inner side wall 35e, the inner peripheral side wall 35f, the outer peripheral side wall 35g, the guide rail 31.
- a third compartment S3 surrounded by the vehicle inner side wall 31a is formed.
- the vehicle interior side wall 35e of the connecting member 35 has an L-shape that extends from the vicinity of the upper end of the upright sash 12 toward the front and the lower side in a side view from the vehicle interior as shown in FIG.
- the vehicle interior side wall 20c and the vehicle interior side wall 30d of the upright sash 12 are substantially flush with each other.
- the inner peripheral side wall 35f of the connection member 35 extends forward and downward while curving, and has a substantially flush relationship with each of the inner peripheral side wall 20d of the upper sash 11 and the inner peripheral side wall 30e of the upright sash 12. Become.
- the outer peripheral side wall 35g of the connecting member 35 extends forward and downward while curving, and is substantially flush with the outer peripheral side wall 20e of the upper sash 11 and the outer peripheral side wall 30f of the upright sash 12.
- the frame portion 20a of the upper sash 11 (excluding the vehicle outer side wall 20f) and the frame portion 30a of the upright sash 12 are smoothly connected by the first frame portion 35a and the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35. ..
- the connecting member 35 changes the internal shape of the second frame portion 35b according to the difference in the vertical position.
- the inner peripheral side wall 35f in the second frame portion 35b is a portion connected to the vehicle inner side wall 35e.
- the thickness gradually increases from the outside to the outside of the car.
- the inner peripheral side wall 35f overlaps with a part of the guide rail 31 in the inner and outer peripheral directions, and a step portion 35k having a shape fitted at a corner portion of a boundary between the vehicle inner side wall 31a and the inner peripheral side wall 31b is formed on the inner peripheral side wall 35f. Is formed (see FIGS. 16 and 17).
- the inner peripheral side wall 35f extends forward and is continuous with the first frame portion 35a.
- the second frame portion 35b is also partially different in the thickness in the inside/outside direction with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 35e.
- the wall thickness of the vehicle interior side wall 35e is substantially the same as the wall thickness of the vehicle interior side wall 30d of the inner sash 30.
- the vehicle interior side wall 35e extends upward while maintaining this wall thickness, and the third section S3 in the vehicle exterior and exterior direction reaches a position near the upper end of the upright sash 12. Large width is secured.
- the thick portion 35m is formed by increasing the wall thickness to a position close to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the rail 31.
- the thick portion 35m forms a seating surface facing the vehicle outer side, and communicates with the escape recessed portion 35n, which is a part of the third section S3, and the escape recessed portion 35n in the form of being recessed from the seating surface toward the vehicle inside.
- a screw hole 35p is formed.
- the escape recess 35n includes a first area located inside the first section S1 and the second section S2 along the vehicle interior side wall 31a and a portion of the first area corresponding to the first section S1 inside the vehicle. It is a space having an L-shaped cross-sectional shape having an extended second region.
- the screw hole 35p is a cylindrical hole portion in which a portion corresponding to the second section S2 in the first region of the escape recess 35n is extended to the inside of the vehicle, and a female screw is formed on the inner peripheral surface thereof.
- the escape recess 35n and the screw hole 35p are both bottomed recesses and holes that are recessed from the outside of the vehicle toward the inside of the vehicle, and penetrate (open) into the inside surface of the second frame portion 35b. Not not.
- the connecting member 35 having a complicated structure in which the cross-sectional shape and the wall thickness are different depending on the difference in the longitudinal direction position of the door sash 10b can be manufactured with high precision by die casting. Further, since the die-cast connecting member 35 can highly accurately form the bottomed screw hole 35p, the thick portion 35m, and the like inside without forming a molding die-cutting hole or the like on the outer surface. It is possible to achieve both high functionality inside and excellent appearance.
- the upright pillar sash 12 further includes an inner cover 36 that covers the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35 from the inside of the vehicle.
- the inner cover 36 is not shown in the cross-sectional views of the upright pillar sash 12 (FIGS. 9 to 11 and FIGS. 14 to 18 ).
- the inner cover 36 includes a frame portion 36a having a cross-sectional shape substantially corresponding to the cross-sectional shape of the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35, and a plate-like shape protruding from the frame portion 36a toward the vehicle outer side. And a portion 36b.
- the plate-shaped portion 36b of the inner cover 36 has a shape continuous with the plate-shaped portion 35i of the connection member 35.
- a weather strip holding portion (not shown), which is a separate component, is attached from the plate portion 35i to the plate portion 36b.
- the weather strip is held continuously from the weather strip holding portion 24 (see FIG. 2) of the upper sash 11 to the plate-shaped portion 35i and the weather strip holding portion on the plate-shaped portion 36b, and the door sash 10b including the door corner portion 10d. Is disposed over the entire outer peripheral portion of the.
- the door 10 includes a window regulator 40 (see FIGS. 8 and 22 to 24) that drives the window glass W to move up and down.
- the window regulator 40 is incorporated in the upright pillar sash 12.
- the window regulator 40 is attached to each of the upper and lower shoe bases 41 and 42 fixed to the window glass W and the shoe bases 41 and 42, and is supported so as to be vertically slidable with respect to the guide rail 31. It has upper and lower two shoes 43, 44. As shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 21, the shoe 43 is attached to the shoe base 41 to configure the upper slider 45, and the shoe 44 is attached to the shoe base 42 to configure the lower slider 46.
- the guide rail 31 that constitutes the upright pillar sash 12 together with the inner sash 30 also functions as a guide portion for ascending and descending guides of the sliders 45 and 46 in the window regulator 40.
- the guide rail 31 is extended longer than the inner sash 30 and the inner cover 36 (see FIGS. 3 and 4), and the guide rail 31 is not surrounded by the inner sash 30 and the inner cover 36 in the inner space of the door panel 10a.
- first wire 52 and the second wire 53 are connected to the winding drum 51 (see FIGS. 8 and 22 to 24) built in the motor unit 50.
- the first wire 52 extends upward from the winding drum 51 and is wound around a guide pulley 54 rotatably supported near the upper end of the guide rail 31 (door corner portion 10d) and turned downward. The other end is connected to the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 from above.
- the second wire 53 extends upward from the winding drum 51, and the other end thereof is connected to the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 from below.
- the winding amount of the first wire 52 and the second wire 53 relative to the spiral groove formed on the peripheral surface of the winding drum 51 changes. To do.
- the slider 45 (the shoe base 41) is pulled upward by the first wire 52, and the shoe 43 is guided to the guide rail 31.
- the slider 45 moves upward while sliding.
- the slider 45 (shoe base 41) is pulled downward by the second wire 53, and the shoe 43 is guided to the guide rail 31. The slider 45 moves downward while sliding.
- the wires 52 and 53 which are opposite to the side on which the winding amount increases, are unwound (relaxed) from the winding drum 51 and follow the movement of the slider 45.
- the window glass W fixed to the shoe base 41 moves up and down.
- the slider 46 fixed to the window glass W via the shoe base 42 moves together with the window glass W while sliding the shoe 44 on the guide rail 31, thereby stabilizing the attitude of the window glass W.
- the shoe base 41 and the shoe base 42 fixed to the window glass W are rigid bodies made of metal or the like, respectively.
- the shoe 43 and the shoe 44, which are slidably moved with respect to the guide rail 31, have hardness higher than that of the metal or the like forming the guide rail 31 in order to realize smooth movement while preventing abnormal noise and vibration. It is made of low synthetic resin.
- the shoe base 41 has a vertically long shape, and has a glass support portion 41a located outside the vehicle, a connection portion 41b protruding from the glass support portion 41a toward the vehicle interior, and a connection portion. 41b, and a shoe support portion 41c provided at an end on the vehicle inner side.
- the glass support portion 41a is a plate-shaped portion whose front and back surfaces (side surfaces) face the inside and outside directions of the vehicle, and the outside surface of the glass support portion 41a is the inside surface W2 of the windshield W. To face.
- connection portion 41b is a plate-like portion that protrudes from the surface of the glass support portion 41a on the inner side of the vehicle and has both side surfaces facing in the inner and outer peripheral directions. That is, the glass support portion 41a and the connection portion 41b in the shoe base 41 have a substantially T-shaped cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction (see FIG. 25(A)).
- the glass supporting portion 41a and the connecting portion 41b respectively have a load reducing portion 41d and a load reducing portion 41e at both ends in the longitudinal direction.
- the surface of the glass support portion 41a facing the inside of the vehicle is a tapered surface near the end in the longitudinal direction, which is inclined toward the outside of the vehicle as it goes to the tip, and the tapered surface reduces the taper shape (the cross-sectional area is gradually reduced).
- the portion marked with) is the load reducing portion 41d.
- the side surface facing the inner peripheral side and the side surface facing the outer peripheral side each have a tapered surface 41e1 that reduces the distance therebetween toward the tip.
- the load reducing portion 41e is a portion that is tapered (shape that gradually reduces the cross-sectional area) by these tapered surfaces 41e1.
- the surface of the glass support portion 41a facing the vehicle exterior is fixed to the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W by adhesion or the like.
- a part of the upper end side of the connection portion 41b has a large protrusion amount toward the inside of the vehicle, and passes through between the inner peripheral side wall 31b of the guide rail 31 and the holding wall 31g to enter the first section S1 (FIG. 15). , See FIG. 16).
- the shoe support portion 41c is provided on the protruding portion of the connection portion 41b inserted into the first section S1.
- the shoe support portion 41c has an L-shaped cross-sectional shape in which the vehicle-inside end portion of the connection portion 41b is bent to the outer peripheral side, and the shoe 43 is attached to the shoe support portion 41c (see FIGS. 15 and 16). ).
- the shoe 43 has a vertically long shape, and has a sliding base portion 43a located in the middle of the longitudinal direction, and first elastic contacts protruding from the upper end and the lower end of the sliding base portion 43a, respectively. It has a portion 43b and a second elastic contact portion 43c.
- the sliding base 43a is a solid structure having a substantially rectangular cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the shoe 43.
- the shoe support portion 41c is inserted into the sliding base portion 43a, and the sliding base portion 43a is fixed to the shoe support portion 41c via the connection pin 47 (see FIG. 15).
- the first elastic contact portion 43b is an elongated ring-shaped body protruding from the upper end surface of the sliding base portion 43a, and has a shape in which a pair of curved portions that are convex toward the inside and outside of the vehicle are connected at the upper and lower ends.
- the hollow part between the curved parts penetrates toward the inner and outer peripheral directions. Due to this shape, the first elastic contact portion 43b is easily elastically deformed in the inside and outside directions of the vehicle.
- the second elastic contact portion 43c is an elongated ring-shaped portion that projects from the lower end surface of the sliding base portion 43a, and has a shape in which a pair of curved portions that are convex toward the inner and outer peripheral directions are connected at the upper and lower ends, and The hollow portion between the curved portions penetrates toward the inside and outside of the vehicle. Due to this shape, the second elastic contact portion 43c is easily elastically deformed in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the shoe 43 is inserted into the first section S1 of the guide rail 31 (see FIGS. 15 and 16).
- the connection portion 41b connecting the glass support portion 41a and the shoe support portion 41c passes between the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the holding wall 31g and does not interfere with the guide rail 31.
- the four outer surfaces of the sliding base portion 43a having a rectangular cross section are slidably opposed to the vehicle inner side wall 31a, the inner peripheral side wall 31b, the partition wall 31f, and the holding wall 31g of the guide rail 31 surrounding the first section S1. Abut.
- the shoe 43 is supported in the first partition S1 so as to be vertically slidable while the movement of the shoe 43 relative to the guide rail 31 in the in-vehicle outer direction and the inner-outer circumferential direction is restricted.
- the first elastic contact portion 43b of the shoe 43 faces the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the retaining wall 31g that face each other in the vehicle interior and exterior direction within the first section S1 (see FIG. 18).
- the first elastic contact portion 43b is urged in either the vehicle interior side or the vehicle interior direction to maintain the state of contacting either the holding wall 31g or the vehicle interior side wall 31a. This suppresses the rattling of the shoe 43 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
- the first elastic contact portion 43b is urged in the direction of contacting the holding wall 31g (outside the vehicle) (see FIG. 18).
- the second elastic contact portion 43c of the shoe 43 faces the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the partition wall 31f that face each other in the inner and outer peripheral directions within the first section S1.
- the second elastic contact portion 43c is urged in either the inner peripheral side or the outer peripheral side to try to maintain the state of being in contact with either the inner peripheral side wall 31b or the partition wall 31f. This suppresses rattling of the shoe 43 in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the sliding base portion 43a As compared with the first elastic contact portion 43b and the second elastic contact portion 43c, which are thin and hollow and are easily elastically deformed, the sliding base portion 43a has a solid structure with a large thickness and a high hardness. It is possible to slide with respect to 31 while accurately positioning the position in both the inside and outside directions of the vehicle and the inside and outside directions.
- the lip portion 33b of the elastic cover 33 is in the vicinity of the tip in a free state (a state in which the base portion is only held between the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W and the cover wall 31e of the guide rail 31 as shown in FIG. 9).
- a free state a state in which the base portion is only held between the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W and the cover wall 31e of the guide rail 31 as shown in FIG. 9.
- FIGS. 9 to 11 and FIGS. 14 to 18 are the shape of the lip portion 33b in the free state.
- the shape of the lip portion 33b in contact with the shoe base 41 is shown in FIGS. 25(A) and 25(B).
- 25(A) shows a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the shoe base 41
- FIG. 25(B) shows a cross section along the longitudinal direction of the shoe base 41.
- the lip portion 33b passes through a position where the middle portion thereof is near the outer peripheral side of the glass support portion 41a and the corner portion inside the vehicle, and the tip portion is on the outer peripheral surface of the connection portion 41b. Abut.
- the lip portion 33b When the tip portion is pressed by the shoe base 41, the lip portion 33b is elastically deformed toward the vehicle inner side and the outer peripheral side with the location sandwiched between the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W and the cover wall 31e as a fulcrum.
- the shape of the lip portion 33b before the elastic deformation is shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. Since the lip portion 33b originally has a curved shape that is easily elastically deformed in that direction, it can be smoothly deformed without applying an excessive load to the shoe base 41.
- load reducing portions 41e are formed at both ends of the connecting portion 41b, which is a portion where the tip portion of the lip portion 33b is first pushed by the shoe base 41 that moves up and down.
- the load reducing portion 41e has a tapered surface 41e1 provided on both sides in the inner and outer circumferential directions, so that the cross-sectional area becomes smaller toward the end portion (traveling direction) of the shoe base 41 and the lip portion. It has a taper shape that reduces the contact pressure against 33b. Therefore, the moving shoe base 41 always starts smoothly pressing the lip portion 33b with a small load by the load reducing portion 41e.
- the load reducing portions 41d provided at both ends of the glass supporting portion 41a have an action of reducing the load when coming into contact with the lip portion 33b.
- the lip portion 33b is designed so as to be close to the glass supporting portion 41a but not contact with it in a free state in which it is not pressed by the connecting portion 41b.
- the load reducing portion 41d has an auxiliary role that functions only when the lip portion 33b comes closer to and comes into contact with the glass supporting portion 41a than at the designed position due to variations in accuracy or the like.
- the load reducing portion 41e and the load reducing portion 41d on the upper end side contribute to improving the smoothness of the operation when the shoe base 41 moves upward, and the load reducing portion 41e and the load reducer portion 41d on the lower end side correspond to the shoe base 41. Contributes to the improvement of the smoothness of movement when moving downward.
- the connecting portion 41b of the shoe base 41 instead of the load reducing portion 41e having the tapered surface 41e1 on both the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side, the outer peripheral side on which the tip portion of the lip portion 33b abuts. It is also possible to adopt an asymmetric structure having the tapered surface 41e1 only on the surface.
- the shoe base 42 has a vertically long shape, and has a glass supporting portion 42a located outside the vehicle, a connecting portion 42b protruding from the glass supporting portion 42a to the inside of the vehicle, and a connecting portion 42b. And a shoe support portion 42c provided at the inner end portion (see FIGS. 8 and 21).
- the shoe base 42 has substantially the same structure as that of the shoe base 41 described above (a structure in which the glass support portion 41a, the connection portion 41b, and the shoe support portion 41c are vertically inverted), and the guide rail 31 in each portion. Since the arrangement and the role with respect to are common to the shoe base 41, detailed description will be omitted.
- the load reducing portion 41d and the load reducing portion 42e (taper surface 41e2) formed at the upper and lower ends of the glass support portion 42a also function in the same manner as the load reducing portion 41d and the load reducing portion 41e of the shoe base 41.
- 25(A) and 25(B) the reference numerals of the parts of the shoe base 42 corresponding to the shoe base 41 are shown in parentheses.
- the shoe 44 includes a sliding base portion 44a having a solid structure, a first elastic contact portion 44b and a second elastic contact portion 44c protruding from the lower end and the upper end of the sliding base portion 44a, respectively.
- the sliding base portion 44a, the first elastic contact portion 44b, and the second elastic contact portion 44c have substantially the same structure as the sliding base portion 43a, the first elastic contact portion 43b, and the second elastic contact portion 43c of the shoe 43 described above, respectively.
- the first elastic contact portion 43b and the second elastic contact portion 43c have a structure in which the upper and lower sides are interchanged), and the arrangement and role of the individual parts with respect to the guide rail 31 are common to the shoe 43 side. The description is omitted.
- the lower slider 46 has the same basic structure as the upper slider 45.
- FIG. 15 shows a cross-sectional position passing through the slider 45, in order to indicate that the slider 46 is also guided by the guide rail 31 in the same manner, the reference numerals representing the components of the slider 46 are shown in parentheses. doing.
- the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 and the shoe base 42 of the slider 46 respectively support the rear edge side of the windshield W along the vertical column sash 12.
- the glass support portion 41a of the shoe base 41 located above is fixed to the windshield W over a range E1 (FIG. 20) in the up-down direction from the vicinity of the upper end of the rear edge of the windshield W downward. ..
- the glass support portion 42a of the shoe base 42 located below is fixed to the windshield W over a range E2 (FIG. 20) in the vertical direction from the vicinity of the lower end of the rear edge of the windshield W toward the upper side. ..
- the slider 45 and the slider 46 that form the window regulator 40 support the windshield W at positions that are largely apart from each other in the vertical direction, so that the position accuracy and stability of the windshield W in the portion along the upright sash 12 are extremely high. It's getting higher.
- the rear edge portion along the vertical pillar sash 12 is vertically longer than the front edge portion along the front sash 13.
- the upper slider 45 is provided with a shoe 43 near the upper end of the shoe base 41, and the lower slider 46 is provided with a shoe 44 near the lower end of the shoe base 42 (FIGS. 8 and 21). 23, 24).
- the largest shoe pitch (the vertical spacing between the two shoes 43 and 44) is obtained within the vertical range in which the shoe bases 41 and 42 are provided.
- the larger the shoe pitch the easier it is to suppress the inclination of the window glass W with respect to the guide rails 31 (in particular, the inclination in the inner and outer peripheral directions), and the highly accurate support and high stability of the window glass W can be obtained.
- an elastic member such as the glass run 23 of the upper sash 11, that holds the windshield W between the inside and outside of the vehicle is held.
- the elastic cover 33 with which the rear edge of the windshield W abuts, provides waterproofness between the windshield W and the upright sash 12 (garnish 32) and also functions as an external component of the upright sash 12.
- the cross section can be made compact and simple.
- the shoe base 41 that constitutes the upper slider 45 further includes a portion that connects the first wire 52 and the second wire 53.
- the wire end supporting portions 41f and 41g are integrally formed with the main body portion of the shoe base 41, respectively.
- a wire insertion hole 41h and a wire insertion hole 41i penetrating in the vertical direction are formed in each of the wire end support portions 41f and 41g.
- Each of the wire insertion hole 41h and the wire insertion hole 41i is a hole having a closed cross-sectional shape that is open only at both ends in the vertical direction and does not have an opening laterally (inward/outward inward and outward).
- the first wire 52 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41h of the wire end support 41f, and the wire end 55 to which the end of the first wire 52 is connected is located below the wire end support 41f.
- the first wire 52 exits the wire insertion hole 41h and extends upward through the inside of the second section S2.
- the upper end surface of the wire end 55 comes into contact with the lower end surface of the wire end support portion 41f, thereby restricting the upward movement of the wire end 55 with respect to the shoe base 41 ( When the wire end 55 is pulled upward, the force is transmitted to the shoe base 41).
- the wire end 55 has a large diameter flange near the lower end, and the compression spring 56 is inserted between the flange and the wire end support portion 41f. The wire end 55 is urged downward by the compression spring 56 against the shoe base 41, and the slack of the first wire 52 is removed by this urging force.
- the second wire 53 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41i of the wire end support portion 41g, and the wire end 57 to which the end of the second wire 53 is connected is located above the wire end support portion 41g.
- the second wire 53 exits the wire insertion hole 41i, passes through the inside of the second section S2, and extends downward.
- the lower end surface of the wire end 57 comes into contact with the upper end surface of the wire end support portion 41g, whereby the downward movement of the wire end 57 with respect to the shoe base 42 is restricted ( When the wire end 57 is pulled downward, the force is transmitted to the shoe base 41).
- the wire end 57 has a large-diameter flange near the upper end, and a compression spring 58 is inserted between the flange and the wire end support portion 41g.
- the wire end 57 is biased upward by the compression spring 58 with respect to the shoe base 41, and the slack of the second wire 53 is removed by this biasing force.
- the first section S1 in which the shoes 43, 44 are inserted and the second section S2 in which the wire end support portions 41f, 41g of the shoe bases 41, 42 are arranged are located outside the vehicle with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. positioned.
- the motor unit 50 is attached to the vehicle inner side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31 a of the guide rail 31 in the door panel inner space below the belt line reinforcement 16.
- the motor unit 50 includes a drive unit 50a having a motor M and a reduction gear mechanism, and a drum housing 50b that rotatably houses the winding drum 51.
- a notch is formed on the peripheral surface of the drum housing 50b for passing the first wire 52 and the second wire 53 extending from the winding drum 51.
- the motor unit 50 is fixed to the guide rail 31 by abutting the upper and lower brackets 50d and 50e provided on the drum housing 50b against the inner surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a and bolting the abutting portions. ..
- the center of rotation of the winding drum 51 (the axis of the drive shaft 50c) faces the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- a through hole 31h is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 between the fastening positions of the bracket 50d and the bracket 50e in the vertical direction (see FIGS. 8 and 22).
- the through hole 31h is provided in a region of the vehicle interior side wall 31a that forms the second section S2 (a region closer to the outer peripheral side in the inner and outer peripheral directions).
- the wire guide member 60 and the wire guide member 61 are attached to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 at a position slightly above the through hole 31h.
- the wire guide member 60 and the wire guide member 61 are fixed to the vehicle interior side wall 31a together with the bracket 50d of the drum housing 50b using a bolt 70.
- the wire guide member 60 is overlapped and fixed to the inside of the bracket 50d, and the wire guide member 60 and the bracket 50d have through holes through which the bolts 70 are inserted.
- the wire guide member 61 is located in the second section S2 of the guide rail 31, and is fixed by abutting on the vehicle outer side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
- the wire guide member 61 is formed with a screw hole facing the inside of the vehicle, and a through hole communicating with this screw hole is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
- the bolt 70 inserts a threaded portion from the inside of the vehicle into each of the through holes of the wire guide member 60, the bracket 50d, and the vehicle interior side wall 31a to screw the threaded portion into the threaded hole of the wire guide member 61.
- the tip of the threaded portion of the bolt 70 in the fixed state is located in the threaded hole of the wire guide member 61 and is not exposed in the second section S2 of the guide rail 31 (see FIG. 22 ). That is, the bolt 70 does not interfere with the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires 52 and 53 that pass through the second section S2.
- the wire guide member 60 is provided with an arm portion 60a that extends upward from the fastening position of the bolt 70.
- the upper end of the arm portion 60 a is fixed to the guide rail 31 by a bolt different from the bolt 70.
- a guide groove 60b extending in the vertical direction is formed in the arm portion 60a.
- the guide groove 60b is a bottomed groove that is open toward the outside of the vehicle, and faces the inside surface of the inner side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 at a predetermined distance (see FIG. 22).
- the wire guide member 61 is formed with a guide groove 61a extending in the vertical direction.
- the guide groove 61a is a bottomed groove that is open toward the outside of the vehicle.
- a stopper surface 61b is formed on the upper end of the wire guide member 61.
- the lower bracket 50e of the drum housing 50b is fixed to the guide rail 31 via a bolt 71 and a nut 72.
- the bolt 71 has a threaded portion inserted from the outside of the vehicle into the through hole formed in the bottom of the second section S2 of the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the through hole formed in the bracket 50d, and screwed into the nut 72.
- the head of the bolt 71 is located in the second section S2.
- the fastening position by the bolt 71 is below the winding drum 51 in the drum housing 50b. Therefore, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires 52 and 53 that pass through the second section S2 do not reach the position of the head of the bolt 71, and the interference with the bolt 71 occurs. There is no possibility of occurrence (see FIG. 22).
- a pulley bracket 62 is fixed by bolts to the inside surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
- the guide pulley 54 is rotatably supported by the pulley bracket 62 via a pulley pin 62a.
- the guide pulley 54 is a disk-shaped member in which a wire guide groove is formed in an annular shape on the outer circumference, and when the pulley bracket 62 is fixed to the guide rail 31, the rotation center of the guide pulley 54 (the axis of the pulley pin 62a) is Facing inward and outward.
- the guide rail 31 is formed with a through hole 31i penetrating the vehicle interior side wall 31a in the vicinity of the attachment position of the pulley bracket 62.
- the through hole 31i is provided in a region of the vehicle interior side wall 31a forming the second partition S2 (a region closer to the outer peripheral side in the inner and outer peripheral directions), and the through hole 31i allows the second partition S2 and the third partition S3 to be formed.
- the pulley pin 62a is located in the third section S3, and the guide pulley 54 directs the radial direction orthogonal to the axis of the pulley pin 62a toward the inside and outside of the vehicle and passes through the through hole 31i to form the second section S2. It is arranged across three sections S3.
- the guide rail 31 and the connecting member 35 are combined in the door corner portion 10d to which the guide pulley 54 is attached.
- the guide pulley 54 and the pulley bracket 62 are arranged so as to be housed in a space surrounded by the vehicle inner side wall 35e, the inner peripheral side wall 35f, and the outer peripheral side wall 35g in the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35, and outside the vertical pillar sash 12. Not exposed to.
- the pulley bracket 62 is long in the up-down direction (see FIGS. 6, 8, and 22 to 24 ), and has a plate shape that extends inward and outward in the vehicle when viewed from above (or in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction). It has an L-shaped shape having a pulley support portion 62b and a pair of upper and lower support seats 62c and 62d extending outward from the vehicle outer end of the pulley support portion 62b (see FIGS. 17 and 18). ).
- the support seat 62c and the support seat 62d are in contact with the inner surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31.
- the support seat 62c and the support seat 62d are vertically separated from each other, and a through hole 31i is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a between the positions where the support seat 62c and the support seat 62d abut.
- the pulley pin 62a is supported by the pulley support portion 62b at a vertical position between the support seats 62c and 62d (see FIG. 6).
- the thick portion 35m of the connecting member 35 is arranged inside the vehicle inner side wall 31a, and the escape recess 35n is provided in the thick portion 35m. And a screw hole 35p is formed.
- the support seat 62c is sandwiched between the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the thick portion 35m and is located in the escape recess 35n, and the surface facing the vehicle interior is brought into contact with the thick portion 35m.
- a through hole that communicates with the screw hole 35p is formed in each of the support seat 62c and the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
- the screw portion of the bolt 73 is inserted into the through hole from the vehicle outer side toward the vehicle inner side and screwed into the screw hole 35p.
- the head of the bolt 73 is located in the second section S2 of the guide rail 31, and is tightened until the head comes into contact with the vehicle outer side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a with a predetermined pressure.
- the support seat 62c is sandwiched and fixed between the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the thick portion 35m.
- the thick wall portion 35m provided inside the second frame portion 35b (third section S3) of the connecting member 35 is used as a support seat surface, and the screw hole 35p is recessed on the support seat surface to form a pulley bracket.
- a mounting portion for mounting the support seat 62c of 62 is configured.
- the mounting portion has a structure in which the support seat 62c is supported by the thick portion 35m having high rigidity, and then the bolt 73 is screwed into the screw hole 35p formed in the thick portion 35m. Excellent strength. Further, since the bolt 73 is directly screwed into the connecting member 35, the workability of assembling components inside the door corner portion 10d having a complicated shape is excellent.
- the support seat 62c is fixed using two bolts 73.
- the upper bolt 73 is screwed into the screw hole 35p of the connection member 35 as described above.
- the screw portion of the lower bolt 73 is inserted into the space below the thick portion 35m (the internal space of the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35) through the through holes of the support seat 62c and the vehicle interior side wall 31a. It is screwed onto the nut 77.
- the pulley support portion 62b and the support seat 62c are located in the escape recess 35n, and the pulley bracket 62 does not interfere with the thick portion 35m. It is not exposed to the appearance of the vertical pillar sash 12.
- the connecting member 35 does not include the thick portion 35m, and the third section S3 becomes wider in the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
- the nut 75 which is separate from the connecting member 35, is arranged in the third section S3, and the support seat 62d and the guide rail 31 are fastened by using the bolt 74 screwed to the nut 75.
- Through holes that communicate with the screw holes of the nut 75 are formed in the support seat 62d and the vehicle interior side wall 31a, and these through holes are directed toward the vehicle interior from the vehicle exterior side (second section S2 side).
- the screw portion of the bolt 74 is inserted and screwed into the screw hole of the nut 75.
- the bolt 74 is tightened until its head comes into contact with the vehicle outer side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a with a predetermined pressure.
- the pulley support portion 62b, the support seat 62d, and the nut 75 are housed in the third section S3, and the pulley bracket 62 and the nut 75 are not exposed in the appearance.
- the bolt 74 is a flat head screw whose head hardly protrudes from the vehicle interior side wall 31a toward the vehicle exterior side, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires that pass through the second section S2 are provided. 52 and 53 do not interfere with the head of the bolt 74.
- the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35 in the upright pillar sash 12 have a greater depth in the vehicle interior/outer direction than in the width in the inner/outer peripheral direction (see FIGS. 9 and 14). 17).
- the guide pulley 54 has a flat shape having a diameter larger than the thickness in the axial direction, and is arranged with the diametrical direction facing the inside and outside of the vehicle over the second section S2 and the third section S3 in the second frame portion 35b. By doing so, the space can be efficiently accommodated inside the connection member 35.
- the inner peripheral side wall 35f having a large wall thickness is present, and thus the inner peripheral region of the third partition S3 (the vehicle in the first partition S1).
- the inner area is slightly narrower.
- the area near the outer periphery of the third section S3 is as wide as the area where the inner sash 30 is provided (see FIGS. 9, 14, and 15). Is maintained.
- the guide pulley 54 can be moved to the first position while using the large-diameter guide pulley 54 having the outer circumference located in the vicinity of the vehicle interior side wall 35e. It can be accommodated in the two-frame portion 35b. In other words, while realizing the guide of the first wire 52 to the second section S2 and the third section S3 straddling the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31, the maximum size that can be accommodated in the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35 is achieved.
- a class size guide pulley 54 can be used. The larger the diameter (curvature radius) of the guide pulley 54 is, the more gently the curved first wire 52 guided is, which is advantageous in reducing resistance when driving the window regulator 40 and in smoothness of operation.
- the guide rail 31 is further provided between the position where the motor unit 50 is attached and the position where the guide pulley 54 (pulley bracket 62) is attached in the vertical direction (the guide pulley 54 and the winding
- the wire pressing member 63 is attached at a substantially equal distance from the drum 51.
- the wire pressing member 63 is provided in a general cross-section portion that constitutes the upright pillar sash 12 with the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31, and is inside the third section S3 (inside the second section S2 in the vehicle).
- the wire pressing member 63 is housed at the position (see FIG. 14) (see FIG. 14).
- the wire pressing member 63 is fixed by bolting by bringing it into contact with the inside surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31.
- a screw hole is formed in the wire pressing member 63 toward the outside of the vehicle, and a penetrating hole that communicates with the screw hole of the wire pressing member 63 is formed in a region of the inner wall 31 a of the guide rail 31 where the second section S ⁇ b>2 is formed.
- a hole is formed.
- the wire pressing member 63 is fixed to the guide rail 31 by inserting the screw portion of the bolt 76 into the through hole from the vehicle exterior side and screwing the screw portion into the screw hole of the wire pressing member 63 (see FIG. 23 ).
- the four bolts 76 are used by changing their positions in the vertical direction.
- each bolt 76 is a flat head screw whose head hardly protrudes from the vehicle interior side wall 31a to the vehicle exterior side, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires 52 and 53 that pass through the second section S2. Does not interfere with the head of each bolt 76 (see FIG. 14).
- the wire pressing member 63 has its longitudinal direction oriented in the vertical direction, and has a guide groove 63a extending in the vertical direction. As shown in FIG. 23, the guide groove 63a is a bottomed groove that is open toward the vehicle outer side, and there is a predetermined gap between the bottom surface of the guide groove 63a and the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31.
- the wires 52 and 53 are arranged as follows.
- the door 10 has a curved outer surface shape that is convex toward the outside of the vehicle, and the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 of the upright sash 12 are correspondingly intermediate in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction).
- the portion has a curved shape protruding toward the vehicle outer side with respect to the upper and lower ends (see FIG. 4 ).
- the position at which the winding (pulling) of the second wire 53 into the spiral groove is started (shown as the winding start point P1 in FIG. 22) is relative to the drive shaft 50c that is the rotation center. It is set outside.
- the second wire 53 extends obliquely upward from the winding start point P1 and is guided into the second section S2 through the through hole 31h of the guide rail 31.
- the second wire 53 that has entered the second section S2 is inserted into the guide groove 61a of the wire guide member 61 located slightly above the through hole 31h.
- the deflection of the second wire 53 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is restricted by the both side surfaces of the guide groove 61a.
- the bottom surface of the guide groove 61a of the wire guide member 61 is a curved surface that is convex toward the vehicle outer side and has a larger curvature than the vehicle interior side wall 31a. If the second wire 53 that has passed through the through hole 31h of the guide rail 31 is guided along the vehicle inner side wall 31a without using the wire guide member 61, the edge portion (especially the upper edge portion) of the through hole 31h is The second wire 53 may be rubbed and damaged. By supporting the second wire 53 on the bottom surface of the guide groove 61a and passing the second wire 53 at a position away from the vehicle interior side wall 31a to the vehicle exterior side, the second wire 53 is rubbed against the edge portion of the through hole 31h. It is preventing.
- the approach angle of the second wire 53 from the winding drum 51 side with respect to the through hole 31h becomes smaller, and the second path moves smoothly. It can lead to the section S2.
- the second wire 53 is likely to rub against the edge portion of the through hole 31h. If the position of the bottom surface of the guide groove 61a with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 31a is set higher (closer to the vehicle exterior), the approach angle of the second wire 53 from the take-up drum 51 side with respect to the through hole 31h increases, so that the edge portion of the through hole 31h does not move. The contact of the second wire 53 is less likely to occur.
- the degree of bending of the second wire 53 in the second section S2 is increased, which may lead to an increase in resistance during driving. Considering these conditions, the second wire 53 is smoothly guided from the winding start point P1 of the winding drum 51 to the second section S2, and the second wire 53 rubs against the edge portion of the through hole 31h.
- the bottom surface position of the guide groove 61a is set so as to have an optimum height.
- the second wire 53 extends along the vehicle exterior side surface (bottom surface of the second section S2) of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 (see FIGS. 9 and 22). Since the surface on the vehicle outer side of the vehicle interior side wall 31a is a smooth surface that is convexly curved toward the vehicle outer side, the second wire 53 is smoothly guided without being caught.
- the wire insertion hole 41i of the wire end support portion 41g is a hole having a closed cross-sectional shape that does not have a slit that opens laterally. Therefore, during assembly, the second wire 53 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41i (the end opposite to the wire end 57 is inserted) first, and then the second wire 53 is wound around the winding drum 51. It is preferable to perform the connection and the connection.
- the position at which the winding (pulling) of the first wire 52 into the spiral groove is started is a position with respect to the drive shaft 50c that is the rotation center. It is set inside.
- the first wire 52 extends upward from the winding start point P2.
- the first wire 52 extending upward from the winding drum 51 is inserted into the guide groove 60 b of the wire guide member 60. The deflection of the first wire 52 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is restricted by both side surfaces of the guide groove 60b.
- the bottom surface of the guide groove 60b of the wire guide member 60 is a curved surface that is convex toward the vehicle outer side and has a larger curvature than the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
- the locus of the first wire 52 connects the take-up drum 51 and the guide pulley 54 at the shortest distance on the concave side (inside the vehicle) of the guide rail 31 that is convex outward.
- This virtual wire locus is shown as a wire short-circuit locus 52x in FIG.
- the bottom surface of the guide groove 60b supports the first wire 52 in a state of being pushed toward the outside of the vehicle with respect to the wire short-circuit locus 52x.
- the first wire 52 is further supported by the wire pressing member 63 at an intermediate position between the winding drum 51 and the guide pulley 54 in the vertical direction.
- the deflection of the first wire 52 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is restricted by both side surfaces of the guide groove 63a of the wire pressing member 63.
- the bottom surface of the guide groove 63a of the wire pressing member 63 is a curved surface that is convex toward the vehicle outer side and has a larger curvature than the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
- the bottom surface of the guide groove 63a has a smaller distance from the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 than the bottom surface of the guide groove 60b of the wire guide member 60 (see FIG. 22), and the first wire retained by the bottom surface of the guide groove 60b. 52 is pushed further outside the vehicle.
- the first wire 52 whose trajectory is changed from the wire short-circuit trajectory 52x by the wire guide member 60 and the wire pressing member 63 has an appropriate distance from the vehicle-interior side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 which is curved in a concave shape.
- the cables are arranged in the vertical direction while maintaining (the position within the third section S3).
- the first wire 52 is vertically exposed in the exposed state while maintaining a predetermined distance from the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. It is extended.
- the first wire 52 passes through the third section S3 surrounded by the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. (See Figure 9).
- the wire pressing member 63 is housed in the third section S3 with a general cross-section, and reliably guides the first wire 52 (see FIG. 14).
- the first wire 52 continues to pass through the third section S3 surrounded by the second frame portion 35b and the vehicle interior side wall 31a (See FIG. 17).
- the first wire 52 reaching near the upper end of the guide rail 31 is wound around the wire guide groove on the outer periphery of the guide pulley 54.
- the guide pulley 54 is provided at a position that extends over the second section S2 and the third section S3 through the through hole 31i of the guide rail 31. Therefore, the first wire 52, which extends upward on the third partition S3 side and is guided to the guide pulley 54, reverses the extending direction along the wire guide groove of the guide pulley 54 and moves downward in the second partition S2. Head to. In other words, one end and the other end (the winding start point Q1 and the winding start point Q2 shown in FIGS.
- the pulley pins 62a are arranged in the second section S2 and the third section S3 in a substantially symmetrical positional relationship.
- the first wire 52 extending downward from the winding start point Q2 of the guide pulley 54 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41h of the wire end support portion 41f in the second section S2, and is attached to the shoe base 41 via the wire end 55. Connected (see FIG. 21).
- the wire insertion hole 41h of the wire end support portion 41f is a hole having a closed cross section, which does not have a slit that opens laterally. Therefore, at the time of assembly, the first wire 52 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41h (the end opposite to the wire end 55 is inserted) first, and then the first pulley 52 and the take-up drum 51 are first inserted. It is preferable to wind and connect the wire 52.
- the compression spring 56 and the compression spring 58 press the wire end 55 and the wire end 57 toward each other, so that the wires 52 and 53 are Predetermined tension is applied.
- the slider 45 to which the wires 52 and 53 are connected is stabilized, and the window glass W whose position is controlled via the slider 45 is held and lifted with high precision.
- the shoe base 41 accommodates 56, 57 and compression springs 56, 58 between the wire end supporting portion 41f and the wire end supporting portion 41g.
- This accommodating portion is formed only by the opposing end face portions of the two wire end support portions 41f and 41g (the faces where the end faces of the wire end 55 and the wire end 57 contact each other). There is no side wall surrounding the side surface. Therefore, the wire connection structure is realized with a very compact and simple structure.
- the wire end support portions 41f and 41g have a vertical length that is larger than the width of the end face against which the wire ends 55 and 57 abut. That is, the supporting length of each wire 52, 53 by the wire insertion holes 41h, 41h is increased.
- the wire insertion holes 41h, 41h having a long support length the effect of suppressing the lateral swing of the wire ends 55, 57 located in the vicinity thereof can be obtained.
- the inner surface (the vehicle interior side wall 31a, the outer peripheral side wall 31c, the cover wall 31e, and the partition wall 31f) of the second section S2 has the wire end 55.
- 57 is laterally surrounded to suppress the shake.
- FIG. 17 there is a clearance of a predetermined size between the inner surface of the second section S2 and the wire end 55 (or the wire end 57), and the positions of the wire ends 55 and 57 are not strictly defined. Absent. However, an excessive displacement of the wire ends 55, 57 that deviates from the extended position of the wire end support portions 41f, 41g can be prevented by the inner surface of the second section S2.
- the wire connection structure in the shoe base 41 there is a minimum configuration (driving force transmitting portion) in which the end surfaces of the wire ends 55 and 57 are brought into contact with each other in the extending direction of the wires 52 and 53 to receive the pulling force. It's enough.
- most of the lifting mechanism except the motor unit 50 is housed in the internal space of the upright pillar sash 12 that is vertically elongated. Therefore, it is extremely effective in terms of space efficiency that the wire connection structure is completed in an elongated space between the facing surfaces of the wire end support portions 41f and 41g that are vertically separated.
- the sectional area of the second section S2 in which the wire end support portions 41f and 41g are housed can be small. Therefore, the first section S1 into which the shoes 43 and 44 are inserted and the second section S2 into which the wires 52 and 53 are inserted are arranged in parallel without increasing the width of the frame portion 30a in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Is possible. Further, since the second section S2 is also compact in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle, the second section S2 and the third section S3, through which the wires 52 and 53 are inserted, are separated from the windshield W to the vehicle interior side wall 30d of the frame portion 30a ( The second frame portion 35b can be arranged in parallel within the dimension of which the depth to the vehicle interior side wall 35e) is restricted.
- the wires 52, 53 are tensioned by attaching the wire pressing member 63 after performing a general assembly of parts and wire arrangement.
- the wire pressing member 63 is located outside the wire short-circuit locus 52x that connects the winding drum 51 and the guide pulley 54 at the shortest distance on the concave side (inside the vehicle) of the curved guide rail 31. It is located inside the recess) and supports the first wire 52. That is, the tension of the first wire 52 is increased by changing the routing path of the first wire 52 toward the outside of the vehicle and making the actual path of the first wire 52 longer than the wire short circuit path 52x. ..
- the wire guide member 60 In addition to the wire pressing member 63, the wire guide member 60 also supports the first wire 52 on the concave side (inside the vehicle) of the guide rail 31. Therefore, even if the wire pressing member 63 is not attached, a certain amount of tension is applied to each of the wires 52 and 53 when the wire guide member 60 is attached. If the wires 52 and 53 are loosened too much, the wires may easily come off from the guide pulley 54 and the assemblability deteriorates. However, by attaching the wire guide member 60, the wires 52 and 53 are in an appropriately stable state. You can proceed with the work. When assembling the wire pressing member 63 at the final stage, it is only necessary to press a small amount of the first wire 52 supported by the wire guide member 60 in advance, so that the wire pressing member 63 can be easily assembled.
- the wire pressing member 63 is housed in the third section S3 in the completed state of the upright pillar sash 12 (see FIG. 14). Therefore, before the guide rail 31 is combined with the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35, the assembling of each component of the window regulator 40 including the wire pressing member 63 is completed.
- FIG. 19 shows the regulator assembly 40A in this state.
- the regulator assembly 40A has already been completed as a functional part for moving (elevating) the window glass W along the guide rail 31. Therefore, it is possible to perform operation confirmation, inspection, shipment (sales), maintenance, etc. in the state of the regulator assembly 40A.
- the connecting member 35 is not attached to the regulator assembly 40A shown in FIG. Therefore, the upper bolt 73 (see FIGS. 18 and 23) of the pair of bolts 73 that fastens the support seat 62c of the pulley bracket 62 is not fixed to the screw hole 35p of the connection member 35. However, the lower bolt 73 is screwed into the nut 77, and the support seat 62c is fixed to the guide rail 31 and is stable.
- FIGS. 20, 23, and 24 The state in which the window glass W is moved up and down by the window regulator 40 having the above configuration is shown in FIGS. 20, 23, and 24.
- the solid line in FIG. 20 indicates the fully closed position (top dead center) where the window glass W is raised most, and the two-dot chain line shown in FIG. 20 indicates that the window glass W is lowered most fully.
- FIG. 23 shows the state of the window regulator 40 at the fully opened position of the window glass W
- FIG. 24 shows the state of the window regulator 40 at the fully opened position of the window glass W.
- the shoe 43 of the upper slider 45 reaches near the upper end of the guide rail 31.
- a guide pulley 54 is provided near the upper end of the guide rail 31, but the first section S1 in which the shoe 43 is inserted and the second section S2 in which the guide pulley 54 is arranged are arranged in parallel in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Therefore, the shoe 43 and the guide pulley 54 do not interfere with each other.
- the upper wire end support portion 41f provided on the slider 45 is located directly below the guide pulley 54 (winding start point Q1).
- the wire end support portion 41f is provided so as to be displaced downward with respect to the shoe 43 (shoe support portion 41c) (see FIG. 21). Therefore, the wire end support portion 41f can be positioned immediately below the guide pulley 54 in a state where the shoe 43 reaches the position where the shoe 43 is in parallel with the guide pulley 54 as described above. That is, each element of the drive system can be accommodated in the vicinity of the upper end of the guide rail 31 with good space efficiency without impairing the smooth wiring of the first wire 52 around the guide pulley 54.
- the upper part of the upper slider 45 is located near the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12 (door corner 10d), and the lower part of the lower slider 46 is located near the belt line reinforcement 16 (see FIG. 1).
- the windshield W is supported over substantially the entire area of the vertical column sash 12 in the vertical direction. As a result, the windshield W can be stably supported with extremely high accuracy, and the tilting resistance of the windshield W in the vehicle front-rear direction and the inside/outside direction of the vehicle can be improved.
- the wire guide member 61 also functions as a mechanical stopper that defines the downward movement end of the window regulator 40.
- the window glass W is supported by the guide rail 31 in a wide range in the vertical direction within the door panel 10a, so that high support accuracy and stability of the window glass W can be obtained as in the fully closed position.
- the component of the lifting mechanism that transmits the driving force of the motor M, which is the driving source, to the window glass W of the window regulator 40 is incorporated in the vertical pillar sash 12.
- the space efficiency and layout can be improved around the door panel 10a as compared with the existing configuration in which the window regulator is arranged in the internal space of the door panel 10a below the window opening 10c.
- the degree of freedom in setting the shape of the door trim on the inner surface of the door is increased.
- the inner surface of the door can be formed to be closer to the outer side of the vehicle to improve the foot handling property when getting on or off, or the inner space of the door panel 10a can be widened to secure a space for arranging functional parts other than the window regulator. Alternatively, it is possible to improve the assemblability of the components in the door panel 10a.
- window regulator 140 of the second embodiment While the window regulator 40 of the previous embodiment has a wire type transmission mechanism, the window regulator 140 has a rack and pinion type transmission mechanism. Other configurations are the same as those in the previous embodiment, and common points are assigned the same reference numerals as those in the previous embodiment and description thereof is omitted.
- the motor unit 150 constituting the window regulator 140 is attached to the guide rail 31 at substantially the same position as the motor unit 50 of the previous embodiment (that is, inside the door panel 10a).
- the motor unit 150 includes a drive unit 150a including a motor M, and a pinion support member 150b that rotatably supports the pinion 90.
- the pinion 90 is connected to the drive shaft 150c, and the rotational drive force is transmitted from the drive unit 150a via the drive shaft 150c.
- the pinion support member 150b is fastened and fixed by bringing the upper and lower brackets 150d and 150e into contact with the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 from the vehicle interior side.
- the pinion 90 supported in this manner is rotationally driven about the drive shaft 150c that faces the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- a through hole 31j is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 between the upper and lower brackets 150d and 150e of the pinion support member 150b to which the brackets 150d and 150e are fixed.
- the through hole 31j is formed at a position where the second section S2 and the third section S3 (see FIG. 27) in the upright pillar sash 12 communicate with each other.
- a part of the pinion 90 enters the second section S2 through the through hole 31j.
- FIG. 27 shows the general cross-sectional position of the upright pillar sash 12 above the position of the pinion 90, and the pinion 90 is virtually represented by a one-dot chain line.
- a rack 91 is arranged in the second section S2 in the vertical pillar sash 12 (guide rail 31).
- the rack 91 is a long member that extends along the longitudinal direction of the guide rail 31, and has tooth portions 91a that face the inside of the vehicle and are continuously formed in the longitudinal direction.
- a rack guide 92 that stably moves the rack 91 in the vertical direction is provided in the second section S2 (see FIG. 27).
- the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 is provided with a rack connecting portion 41j projecting to the outer peripheral side from the connecting portion 41b near the center in the longitudinal direction (below the shoe supporting portion 41c).
- the rack connecting portion 41j extends into the second section S2 and is fixed to the surface of the rack 91 on the vehicle outer side (the surface on the side where the teeth 91a are not formed). It is a portion near the upper end of the rack 91 that is fixed to the rack connecting portion 41j.
- the rack 91 arranged in the second section S2 extends to the position where the through hole 31j is formed, and the pinion 90 entering the second section S2 through the through hole 31j meshes with the tooth portion 91a of the rack 91.
- the pinion 90 rotates in the forward and reverse directions by the driving force of the motor M, the meshing rack 91 moves in the vertical direction.
- the movement of the rack 91 is transmitted to the slider 45, and the window glass W moves up and down.
- the rack 91 has a length that meshes with the pinion 90 in the entire movable range from the fully closed position of the window glass W to the fully opened position (see FIG. 20). Further, for example, when paying attention to FIG.
- the shoe 43 of the slider 45 as the sliding portion and the rack 91 as the transmitting portion are different in the position in the vehicle vertical direction (the shoe 43 is above the rack 91). Are located in). Further, the shoe 44 of the slider 46 as the sliding portion and the rack 91 as the transmission portion may be different in position in the vehicle vertical direction (the shoe 44 may be arranged below the rack 91). ).
- the window regulator 140 incorporates the components of the lifting mechanism that transmits the driving force of the motor M, which is the driving source, to the window glass W in the vertical pillar sash 12.
- the transmission portion that transmits the driving force to the slider 45 is composed only of the pinion 90 and the rack 91, the number of parts is small, which is advantageous in terms of simplicity of construction, easiness of production, and the like.
- FIG. 28 shows a first modification of the vertical pillar sash 12.
- the frame portion 30j of the inner sash 30 includes an open portion on the vehicle outer side that is closed by the guide rail 31 and an open portion that faces the vehicle inner side.
- the frame portion 30j is at least a part of the vertical pillar sash 12 in the longitudinal direction, does not have the vehicle interior side wall 30d (see FIG. 9), and has a vehicle interior opening 30k that penetrates in the vehicle interior outward direction.
- the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f are connected by a structure not shown in FIG. 28, and the integrity as the frame portion 30j is maintained.
- the vehicle interior side wall 30d (see FIG. 9) can be partially present in a portion other than the cross section shown in FIG. 28 in the longitudinal direction of the upright sash 12.
- the vehicle-inside opening 30k partially exists in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12.
- connection wall that connects the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f at an intermediate position in the vehicle interior/exterior direction after forming the vehicle interior side opening 30k in the entire longitudinal direction (that is, without providing the vehicle interior side wall 30d). It is also possible to provide the frame portion 30j with an H-shaped cross-sectional structure. In the case of the H-shaped cross-sectional structure, if the connection wall is provided on the vehicle inner side (the vehicle inner side than the vehicle inner side wall 31a of FIG. 28) with respect to the region where the guide rail 31 is inserted, interference with the guide rail 31 does not occur. ..
- FIG. 28 shows the frame portion 30j of the inner sash 30, but also in the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35 continuous above the frame portion 30j, an opening portion to the vehicle interior similar to the vehicle interior opening portion 30k. Can be formed. Specifically, a vehicle-inside opening (not shown) that penetrates the vehicle interior side wall 35e (see FIGS. 16 and 17) of the connection member 35 is formed.
- an inner cover 37 is provided inside the vertical pillar sash 12 inside the vehicle.
- the inner cover 37 is a member corresponding to the inner cover 36 (see FIG. 4) in the above-described embodiment, and covers the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35 from the inside of the vehicle to configure the exterior portion of the upright sash 12 on the inside of the vehicle. To do.
- the inner cover 37 includes an inner peripheral side wall 30e of the inner sash 30, an inner peripheral side wall 37a along the inner peripheral side wall 35f of the connecting member 35, an outer peripheral side wall 30f of the inner sash 30, and an outer peripheral side wall 35g of the connecting member 35. It has an outer peripheral side wall 37b.
- the inner cover 37 further includes a vehicle interior side wall 37c that connects the vehicle interior side ends of the inner peripheral side wall 37a and the outer peripheral side wall 37b. When the inner cover 37 is assembled, the vehicle interior side wall 37c closes the vehicle interior side opening 30k (and the vehicle interior side opening formed in the connection member 35) from the vehicle interior side, and the inner space of the frame portion 30j and the second frame portion 35b is closed. It is no longer visible from inside the car.
- the inner cover 37 may cover not only the frame portion 30j and the second frame portion 35b but also the design portion 30b of the inner sash 30 from the inside of the vehicle.
- the vehicle interior opening 30k (and the vehicle interior opening formed on the connection member 35) is open. Therefore, it is possible to access the third section S3 in the upright sash 12 from the inside of the vehicle, and the degree of freedom in assembling and maintaining the components of the window regulators 40, 140 in the upright sash 12 is improved.
- the guide rail 31 is attached to the main body portion of the upright pillar sash 12 (the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35). Of the second frame portion 35b).
- the main body portion of the upright pillar sash 12 is provided with an opening portion to the inside of the vehicle as in the modified example of FIG. 28, some of the components of the window regulators 40 and 140 are removed from the main body of the upright pillar sash 12.
- the wire pressing member 63 is the one that is wholly contained in the third section S3 (see FIG. 14).
- the regulator assembly 40A is configured without attaching the wire pressing member 63, and after the regulator assembly 40A is installed in the upright pillar sash 12, the wire pressing member 63 is assembled from the inside of the vehicle to make the final tension of the wire. It can be carried out.
- the wire pressing member 63 is located in the arrangement region of the inner sash 30 in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12, it is attached through the vehicle-inside opening 30k (FIG. 28) of the inner sash 30.
- the guide pulley 54 (see FIGS. 16 and 28) is arranged across the second section S2 and the third section S3. Therefore, after the guide rail 31 is installed in the upright pillar sash 12, the guide pulley 54 can be assembled to the guide rail 31 from the inside of the vehicle. Since the guide pulley 54 is located in the region where the connecting member 35 is arranged in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12, the guide pulley 54 is assembled through the vehicle-inside opening (not shown) of the connecting member 35. In this case, the guide pulley 54 is supported by using a pulley bracket (not shown) of a type that can be fixed to the inside wall 31a of the guide rail 31 from the inside of the vehicle.
- the maintenance and adjustment can be performed from the inside of the vehicle by removing the inner cover 37.
- the grease is applied to the guide pulley 54 and the wires 52 and 53, the wiring state of the wires 52 and 53 in the third section S3 is confirmed, and the bolted portion of the guide rail 31 to the vehicle interior side wall 31a (FIG. 17). It is possible to check the bolt 74, the nut 75, etc. shown in FIG.
- the amount of protrusion of the inner sash 30 toward the vehicle interior is small because the vehicle interior side wall 30d has no wall thickness.
- the vehicle interior side wall 37c of the inner cover 37 can be arranged closer to the vehicle exterior side, and the effect of widening the vehicle interior space can be obtained. Alternatively, the maintainability from the inside of the vehicle can be improved.
- FIG. 29 shows a second modification of the vertical pillar sash 12.
- the upright pillar sash 12 shown in FIG. 29 is configured by combining an inner sash 130 and a garnish 132.
- the second modification is different in that a guide rail portion 132d corresponding to the guide rail 31 of the above embodiment is integrally formed with the garnish 132.
- the inner sash 130 is made of metal
- the garnish 132 is made of non-metal such as synthetic resin.
- the overall structure of the inner sash 130 is similar to that of the inner sash 30 of the above embodiment.
- the inner sash 130 includes a frame portion 130a having a bag-shaped cross section located inside the vehicle, a design portion 130b located outside the vehicle, and a step portion 130c connecting the frame portion 130a and the design portion 130b.
- the frame portion 130a extends inside the vehicle from the vehicle interior side wall 130d, the vehicle interior side wall 130d extends from the vehicle interior side end to the vehicle exterior side, and the vehicle interior side wall 130d extends to the vehicle exterior from the vehicle exterior side wall.
- the step portion 130c has an outer peripheral extension portion 130g extending from the vehicle outer side end portion of the outer peripheral side wall 130f to the outer peripheral side and a vehicle outer extension portion 130h extending from the outer peripheral side end portion of the outer peripheral side extension portion 130g to the vehicle outer side. ..
- the design portion 130b extends from the end portion on the vehicle outer side of the vehicle exterior extending portion 130h toward the outer peripheral side.
- the frame portion 130a has an inner peripheral extension portion 130i extending from the end portion (end portion on the vehicle outer side) of the inner peripheral side wall 130e to the inner peripheral side.
- the garnish 132 is an outer peripheral edge portion having a shape that is provided on the exterior portion 132a that covers the exterior of the design portion 130b of the inner sash 130 and the outer peripheral edge of the exterior portion 132a and that covers the outer peripheral end of the design portion 130b. 132b.
- the outer appearance portion 132a and the outer peripheral edge portion 132b together with the design portion 130b form a vehicle outer side portion (design portion) of the upright sash 12.
- the garnish 132 also has a bent-shaped extension holding portion 132c that protrudes inward from the inner peripheral end of the outer appearance portion 132a and then extends forward. A portion of the extension holding portion 132c that extends from the outer appearance portion 132a to the inside of the vehicle is located along the vehicle exterior extension portion 130h of the inner sash 130.
- the elastic cover 133 has a hollow portion 133a sandwiched between the edge surface W3 of the windshield W and the end surface of the garnish 132 on the inner peripheral side of the outer appearance portion 132a, and the inner surface W2 of the windshield W protruding from the hollow portion 133a. It has a cantilevered lip portion 133b that abuts.
- the hollow holding portion 133a of the elastic cover 133 is held by the extension holding portion 132c of the garnish 132.
- the garnish 132 further includes a guide rail portion 132d corresponding to the guide rail 31 in the above embodiment.
- the guide rail portion 132d has a concave cross-sectional shape that is open toward the vehicle outer side, and has a vehicle interior side wall 132e located on the vehicle interior side and an inner periphery extending from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle interior side wall 132e to the vehicle exterior. It has a side wall 132f and an outer peripheral side wall 132g extending outward from the outer peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 132e.
- a partition wall 132h is provided between the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the outer peripheral side wall 132g.
- the partition wall 132h extends from the vehicle interior side wall 132e to the vehicle exterior side, and a retaining wall 132i protruding toward the inner peripheral side is provided at the vehicle exterior side end of the partition wall 132h.
- the vehicle outer side end of the outer peripheral side wall 132g is continuous with the inner peripheral side end of the extension holding portion 132c, and the garnish 132 has an integral structure including an outer appearance portion 132a and a guide rail portion 132d.
- the guide rail portion 132d is arranged so as to fit inside the open portion on the vehicle outer side of the frame portion 130a of the inner sash 130, and the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the outer peripheral side wall 132g correspond to the inner peripheral side wall 130e of the frame portion 130a. It is sandwiched in the vehicle front-rear direction by the outer peripheral side wall 130f.
- the space inside the guide rail portion 132d is divided into a first section S11 and a second section S12 in the inner and outer peripheral directions by the partition wall 132h.
- the first section S11 and the second section S12 correspond to the first section S1 and the second section S2 of the guide rail 31 of the above embodiment. That is, the shoes 43 and 44 of the sliders 45 and 46 are housed in the first section S11 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction (the direction orthogonal to the paper surface of FIG. 29).
- the vehicle interior side wall 132e and the holding wall 132i surrounding the first section S11 regulate the movement of the sliders 45 and 46 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
- the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the partition wall 132h regulate the movement of the sliders 45 and 46 in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the wire end support portions 41f and 41g provided on the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 are housed in the second section S12.
- a third section S13 surrounded by the vehicle inner side wall 130d, the inner peripheral side wall 130e, the outer peripheral side wall 130f, and the vehicle interior side wall 132e of the guide rail portion 132d is formed.
- the third section S13 corresponds to the third section S3 in the above embodiment and is located inside the first section S11 and the second section S12.
- the first wire 52 and the second wire 53 are arranged in the third section S13.
- a guide pulley 54 (see FIG. 6, FIG. 8, FIG. 19, etc.) is arranged near the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12 in a space extending from the second section S12 to the third section S13. ing.
- the guide rail portion 132d of the garnish 132 is extended downward from the upright sash 12 and inserted into the interior of the door panel 10a similarly to the guide rail 31 of the above-described embodiment, and is fully opened from the fully closed position of the window glass W.
- the sliders 45 and 46 can be supported and guided in the entire movable range up to the position.
- the portion of the garnish 132 other than the guide rail portion 132d may be provided at least in the region above the door panel 10a (the region where the upright sash 12 projects from the door panel 10a).
- the window regulator drives the motor M (see FIGS. 1 and 19) to wind or unwind the wires 52 and 53, pull the sliders 45 and 46 up and down, and drive the window glass W up and down.
- the garnish 132 is positioned and fixed with respect to the inner sash 130 at a location other than the appearance portion 132a.
- the position of the garnish 132 in the inner/outer peripheral direction is determined by the contact of the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the outer peripheral side wall 132g of the guide rail part 132d with the inner peripheral side wall 130e and the outer peripheral side wall 130f of the frame part 130a of the inner sash 130.
- the position of the garnish 132 in the inner and outer peripheral directions can be determined by the contact of the extension holding portion 132c (the portion extending from the outer appearance portion 132a to the vehicle interior side) with the vehicle exterior extension portion 130h forming the step portion 130c.
- the garnish 132 includes a support portion 132j and a support portion 132k on both sides of the guide rail portion 132d in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the support portions 132j and the support portions 132k are respectively provided at a plurality of positions in the longitudinal direction of the garnish 132 at predetermined intervals.
- the support portion 132j and the support portion 132k are positioned with respect to the inner sash 130 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions, and the support portion 132j and the support portion 132k are fixed to the inner sash 130 using the fastening members 160 and 161.
- the support portion 132j on the outer peripheral side of the garnish 132 projects inward from the extension holding portion 132c.
- a recess is formed at the vehicle-side end of the support portion 132j.
- a fastening hole 162 is formed from the bottom surface of this recess toward the vehicle exterior.
- a female screw is formed inside the fastening hole 162.
- the spacer 163 is fitted in the recess of the support portion 132j.
- a through hole that communicates with the fastening hole 162 is formed in the spacer 163.
- the support portion 132j is thicker in the inside and outside of the vehicle than the exterior portion 132a and the guide rail portion 132d. Specifically, the wall thickness of the support portion 132j including the depth of the recessed portion corresponds to the distance from the extension holding portion 132c to the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 130 in the in-vehicle outside direction.
- the support portion 132j is supported by abutting on the surface of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 130 facing the vehicle outer side with the spacer 163 interposed therebetween.
- a through hole that communicates with the through holes of the fastening hole 162 and the spacer 163 is formed in the outer peripheral extension portion 130g.
- the position of the support portion 132j with respect to the inner sash 130 is determined so that the position of the fastening hole 162 coincides with the position of the through hole of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g.
- the fastening member 160 has a head portion 160a and a shaft portion 160b, and a male screw is formed on the shaft portion 160b.
- the shaft portion 160b is inserted from the vehicle inside into the through hole of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g, and the shaft portion 160b is inserted into the fastening hole 162 through the through hole of the spacer 163.
- the support portion 132j becomes the outer peripheral extension portion. Fixed to 130g.
- the support portion 132k on the inner peripheral side of the garnish 132 is formed following the bent portion 132m projecting to the inner peripheral side with respect to the vehicle outer end of the inner peripheral side wall 132f forming the guide rail portion 132d. This is a portion of 132 that is located on the innermost side.
- a recess is formed at the end of the support portion 132k on the inner side of the vehicle.
- a fastening hole 164 is formed from the bottom surface of the recess toward the vehicle exterior.
- a female screw is formed inside the fastening hole 164.
- the spacer 165 is fitted in the recess of the support portion 132k.
- a through hole that communicates with the fastening hole 164 is formed in the spacer 165.
- the support portion 132k has a larger wall thickness in the inside/outside direction than the exterior portion 132a and the guide rail portion 132d.
- the wall thickness of the support portion 132k including the depth of the recess is slightly smaller than the distance from the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W to the inner peripheral extension 130i of the inner sash 130 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
- the support portion 132k is abutted and supported on the surface of the inner circumferential extension portion 130i of the inner sash 30 facing the vehicle outer side with the spacer 165 interposed therebetween.
- a through hole communicating with the through holes of the fastening hole 164 and the spacer 165 is formed in the inner peripheral extension 130i.
- the position of the support portion 132k with respect to the inner sash 130 is determined so that the position of the fastening hole 164 coincides with the position of the through hole of the inner peripheral extension 130i.
- the fastening member 161 has a head portion 161a and a shaft portion 161b, and a male screw is formed on the shaft portion 161b.
- the shaft portion 161b is inserted into the through hole of the inner peripheral extension 130i from the inside of the vehicle, and the shaft portion 161b is inserted into the fastening hole 164 through the through hole of the spacer 165.
- the male screw of the shaft portion 161b is screwed into the female screw of the fastening hole 164 and tightened until the head portion 161a abuts against the inside surface of the inner peripheral extension portion 130i, the support portion 132k becomes the inner peripheral extension portion. It is fixed to 130i.
- the means for fixing the garnish 132 to the inner sash 130 is not limited to fixing with screws such as the fastening members 160 and 161.
- a fastening means cannot be provided on the vehicle outer side of the support portion 132j.
- the surface of the support portion 132k on the vehicle exterior side is visible from the vehicle exterior side through the windshield W, it is aesthetically difficult to provide a fastening means on the vehicle exterior side of the support portion 132k. Because of such conditions, the fastening members 160 and 161 of the type that are screwed into the support portions 132j and 132k from the inside of the vehicle are used.
- the fastening means can be arranged on the vehicle outer side of the support portions 132j and 132k, a fastening member of a type screwed from the vehicle outer side or the support portion 132j (support portion 132k) and the outer peripheral extension portion 130g (inner side). It is also possible to use a fastening member of a type in which the circumferentially extending portion 130i) is penetrated in the vehicle interior/exterior direction to crimp both ends.
- the garnish 132 includes not only the exterior portion 132a that is exposed to the outside of the vehicle and forms the design portion of the standing pillar sash 12 together with the design portion 130b, but also each portion that is located inside the exterior portion 132a. , Has a complex role that goes beyond simple exterior members. Specifically, the extension holding portion 132c that holds the elastic cover 133, the guide rail portion 132d that configures a window regulator to guide the sliding of the sliders 45 and 46, and the garnish 132 is supported and fixed to the inner sash 130.
- the support parts 132j and 132k are provided.
- the garnish 132 and the window regulator can be assembled together in the upright sash 12. As a result, the workability of assembling the upright pillar sash 12 is improved.
- the second modified example shown in FIG. 29 described above is different from the above-described embodiment in that the guide rail portion 132d is integrally formed with the garnish 132, but is more inside the vehicle than the design portion 130b and the outer appearance portion 132a.
- the embodiment described above in that the components of the window regulator such as the guide rail portion 132d, the sliders 45 and 46, and the wires 52 and 53 are housed inside the main body portion (frame portion 130a) that is located in the inside and is inside. It has the same shape. Therefore, the same effect as that of the above embodiment can be obtained.
- the upright pillar sash 12 of the third modification shown in FIG. 30 is a modification of the second modification shown in FIG.
- portions substantially common to the inner sash 130 and the garnish 132 in FIG. 29 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 29, and description thereof will be omitted.
- Inner Sash 230 is made of metal.
- the inner sash 230 shares a portion corresponding to the design portion 130b shown in FIG. 29 with the exterior portion 132a of the garnish 232, and the end portion of the vehicle exterior extending portion 130h serves as one end of the inner sash 230. That is, the design portion of the upright sash 12 located outside the vehicle is configured only by the outer appearance portion 132a and the outer peripheral edge portion 132b of the garnish 232.
- the garnish 232 is made of metal, and an inner peripheral extending portion 132n extends toward the inner peripheral side from the vehicle outer end of the inner peripheral side wall 132f of the guide rail portion 132d.
- the inner peripheral extension portion 132n is arranged so as to overlap the vehicle outer side of the inner peripheral extension portion 130i of the inner sash 230.
- the partition 170 is fixed to the vehicle interior side wall 132e of the guide rail portion 132d of the garnish 232.
- the partition wall 170 extends from the vehicle interior side wall 132e to the vehicle exterior side, and a retaining wall 170a protruding toward the inner peripheral side is provided at the vehicle exterior side end of the partition wall 170.
- the partition 170 and the holding wall 170a have the same functions as the partition 132h and the holding wall 132i in FIG. 29, separate the first section S11 and the second section S12, and guide the sliders 45, 45 to the shoes 43, 44. And position regulation.
- the fastening receiving portion 166 is fixed inside the extension holding portion 132c of the garnish 232.
- the fastening receiving portion 166 has a shape projecting from the extension holding portion 132c to the inside of the vehicle, and has a thickness that can be accommodated between the extension holding portion 132c and the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 230 in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle.
- a recess is formed at the end of the fastening receiving portion 166 on the vehicle inner side, and a fastening hole 167 having a female screw inside is formed from the bottom surface of the recess toward the vehicle outer side.
- the spacer 163 is fitted in the recess of the fastening receiving portion 166.
- a through hole that communicates with the fastening hole 167 is formed in the spacer 163.
- the fastening receiving portion 168 is fixed to the vehicle outer side of the inner peripheral extension 132n of the garnish 232.
- the fastening receiving portion 168 has a shape projecting from the inner peripheral extending portion 132n to the outside of the vehicle, and has a thickness slightly smaller than the distance between the inner peripheral extending portion 132n and the inner side surface W2 of the windshield W in the inner and outer directions of the vehicle. ing.
- a fastening hole 169 having a female screw inside is formed from the vehicle-inside end of the fastening receiving portion 168 toward the vehicle outside.
- An opening that penetrates inward and outward of the vehicle is formed in the inner peripheral extension 132n at a position facing the vehicle inner end of the fastening receiving portion 168, and a spacer 165 is fitted in the opening.
- a through hole communicating with the fastening hole 169 is formed in the spacer 165.
- the partition 170 and the fastening receiving portions 166, 168 can be fixed to the garnish 232 by any means.
- the garnish 232 is made of metal and the partition wall 170 and the fastening receiving portions 166, 168 are also made of metal, they can be fixed by welding.
- the garnish 232 is an extruded product of metal (aluminum or the like)
- the portions corresponding to the partition wall 170 and the holding wall 170a can be integrally formed without using separate members.
- the fastening receiving portion 166 is fixed to the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 230 by using the fastening member 160, similarly to the support portion 132j in FIG. That is, the shaft portion 160b of the fastening member 160 is inserted from the vehicle inside into the through hole of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g, and the shaft portion 160b is inserted and screwed into the fastening hole 167 through the through hole of the spacer 163.
- the fastening receiving portion 166 is fixed to the outer peripheral extension 130g.
- the fastening receiving portion 168 is located outside the inner peripheral extended portion 130i of the inner sash 230 with the inner peripheral extended portion 132n and the spacer 165 interposed therebetween. Then, the fastening receiving portion 168 is fixed to the inner circumferential extension portion 130i of the inner sash 230 by using the fastening member 161, similarly to the support portion 132k of FIG. That is, the shaft portion 161b of the fastening member 161 is inserted from the vehicle inside into the through hole of the inner peripheral extension 130i, and the shaft portion 161b is inserted and screwed into the fastening hole 169 through the through hole of the spacer 165. When the head 161a is tightened until it contacts the inner surface of the inner circumferential extension 130i, the fastening receiving portion 168 and the inner circumferential extension 132n are fixed to the inner circumferential extension 130i.
- the means for fixing the garnish 232 to the inner sash 230 may be different from the fastening members 160 and 161.
- the inner sash 230 and the garnish 232 which are each made of metal, it is possible to fix them to each other by welding. Specifically, the portion where the inner peripheral extension 130i and the inner peripheral extension 132n overlap can be welded. In this case, the fastening member 161 and the fastening receiving portion 168 as fastening means are unnecessary, but it is preferable to dispose a cover (not shown) that covers welding marks from the vehicle exterior side on the vehicle exterior side of the inner peripheral extension 132n.
- the position of the outer peripheral extension 130g of the inner sash 230 is changed so as to overlap the extension holding portion 132c of the garnish 232 in the vehicle interior/outside direction, and then the overlapping portion of the outer peripheral extension 130g and the extension holding portion 132c is welded. can do.
- the welded portion can be covered from the outside of the vehicle by the elastic cover 133.
- the inner sashes 130, 230 and the garnish 232 are made of metal, and the garnish 132 is made of non-metal (synthetic resin). However, the inner sashes 130, 230 and the garnish 232 are made of non-metal. Alternatively, the garnish 132 may be formed of metal.
- Each member such as the inner sash 30, 130, 230, the guide rail 31, the garnish 32, 132, 232, etc. constituting the upright pillar sash 12 in the above-described embodiment and each modified example is, as described above, a metal or a non-metal ( It can be made of any material such as synthetic resin). Then, the fixing and the assembling can be performed by any means such as bolt (screw) fastening, caulking, bonding, and welding depending on the material of each member.
- the window regulator housed in the upright pillar sash 12 is not limited to the wire drive type window regulator 40, and the rack and pinion type window regulator shown in FIGS. 26 and 28.
- Different drive methods may be used, such as the window regulator 140 of the transmission mechanism.
- the rack 91 (see FIGS. 26 and 27) is arranged in the second section S12 of the guide rail portion 132d.
- the constituent elements of the window regulators 40 and 140 are collectively arranged in the vertical column sash 12 that extends along the rear edge of the window glass W of the door sash 10b. ..
- the entire lifting mechanism except the motor units 50 and 150 is housed in the frame portions 30a, 30j, and 130a (including the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35) of the upright sash 12. As a result, a large space is secured in the door panel 10a and the layout is improved.
- the lifting mechanism is housed only in the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, and the upper sash 11 and the front sash 13 are not provided with the components of the lifting mechanism. Therefore, the window regulators 40 and 140 can be completed in a state in which the vertical pillar sash 12 is used alone instead of in a state in which the entire door sash 10b is assembled, and manufacturing is easy.
- the windshield W can be moved up and down to an operating state. That is, the elevating mechanism can be completed by assembling each part to the exposed guide rail 31. After assembling each component, the inner pillar sash 12 is completed by covering the guide rail 31 with the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35. When performing maintenance after completion, the guide mechanism 31 can be removed from the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35 to easily access the lifting mechanism. Therefore, while the elevating mechanism is housed in the frame portions 30a and 30j of the upright pole sash 12 and the second frame portion 35b, the configuration is extremely excellent in productivity and maintainability.
- the guide rail portion 132d integrally formed with the garnishes 132 and 232 instead of the single guide rail 31 is an assembly target of each component of the lifting mechanism. ..
- the lifting mechanism can be completed by assembling each part with respect to the guide rail portions 132d of the garnishes 132, 232 before being attached to the inner sashes 130, 230, thereby achieving excellent productivity and maintainability.
- the sliders 45 and 46 that form the lifting mechanism are located inside the window glass W by the guide rail 31 and the guide rail portion 132d (more specifically, the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the retaining wall 31g, or the vehicle interior side wall 132e.
- the shoes 43 and 44 are held by the walls 132i and 170a to restrict movement in both the inside and outside directions of the vehicle. Without interposing the windshield W, the movement of the sliders 45 and 46 in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle is restricted only inside the windshield W. Therefore, the upright mechanism can be accommodated in the upright pillar sash 12 while avoiding the upsizing of the upright pillar sash 12 (in particular, the ups and downs of the vehicle).
- the elevating mechanism arranged in the upright pillar sash 12 does not restrict the structure of the windshield W on the outside of the vehicle, and the degree of freedom in designing the outer surface of the door 10 is increased.
- the vehicle outer surface W1 of the windshield W and the vehicle outer surface of the upright pillar sash 12 are It is possible to adopt a configuration that is substantially flush.
- the guide rail 31 (the guide rail portion 132d) with respect to the sliders 45 and 46 is not limited to the movement restriction in the vehicle interior/exterior direction due to the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the retaining wall 31g (vehicle interior side wall 132e and the retaining walls 132i, 170a).
- the movement of the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the partition wall 31f (inner peripheral side wall 132f and partition wall 132h, 170) in the inner and outer peripheral directions is also performed inside the windshield W.
- the first divisions S1 and S11 and the first divisions S1 and S11 are arranged in parallel in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- 2nd section S2, S12 offset to the outer peripheral side is provided, and the shoes 43, 44 of the sliders 45, 46 are housed in the first section S1, S11, and the wires 52, 53 for transmitting the driving force to the slider 45,
- the rack 91 is housed in the second sections S2 and S12.
- the guide rail 31 includes the first sections S1 and S11 into which the sliding portions (shoes 43 and 44) provided on the sliders 45 and 46 are slidably inserted, and the inner and outer circumferences with the window opening on the inner circumference side.
- a second section that is offset from the first sections S1 and S11 in the direction and accommodates the transmitted portions of the sliders 45 and 46 to which the driving force is transmitted from the transmission members (the wires 52 and 53 and the rack 91). ing.
- the elevating mechanism is housed in the upright pillar sash 12 with space efficiency.
- the vehicle exterior space (second compartment S2) located outside the vehicle is further defined with reference to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 and the vehicle interior side wall 132e of the guide rail portion 132d.
- S12) and a vehicle interior space (third section S3, S13) located inside the vehicle are set inside the upright sash 12.
- the first wire 52 and the second wire 53, which are transmission members for transmitting the driving force to the sliders 45 and 46, are arranged in the vehicle outer space and the vehicle inner space.
- the second wire 53 is arranged only in the third compartment S3, S13 which is the vehicle interior space, whereas the first wire 52 is arranged in the second compartment S2, S12 which is the vehicle exterior space and the vehicle interior space. It is arranged over both of certain third sections S3 and S13.
- the direction of the first wire 52 is reversed near the upper ends of the guide rail 31 and the guide rail portion 132d in order to complete the lifting mechanism within the upright pillar sash 12.
- a third wire S3 is formed between the frame portions 30a, 30j, and 130a (second frame portion 35b) and the guide rail 31 or the guide rail portion 132d. , S13.
- the first wires 52 are arranged so as to be distributed in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle, and in the frame portions 30a, 30j, 130a (second frame portion 35b), the space in both the inside/outside direction and the inside/outside direction of the vehicle is maximized can do.
- the elevating mechanism can be housed without increasing the cross-sectional size of the frame parts 30a, 30j, and 130a (second frame part 35b).
- the guide pulley 54 is supported so as to rotate around a shaft (pulley pin 62a) that faces the inner and outer peripheral directions in order to guide the first wires 52 that are arranged so as to be distributed in the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
- the winding drum 51 is also supported so as to rotate around a shaft (driving shaft 50c) that faces the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the guide pulley 54 is arranged so as to straddle the second sections S2, S12 and the third sections S3, S13 and is accommodated in the second frame portion 35b.
- the motor unit 50 having the winding drum 51 is provided at a portion of the guide rail 31 or the guide rail portion 132d that is inserted into the door panel 10a. Therefore, neither the guide pulley 54 nor the winding drum 51 appears in the appearance of the upright sash 12.
- the member for changing the direction of the wire in the upright pillar sash 12 may be a fixed member fixed to the guide rail 31 or the guide rail portion 132d instead of the rotating member such as the guide pulley 54.
- An arc-shaped wire guide surface (wire guide groove) is formed on the fixing member, and the central axis of the wire guide surface is set to be directed in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
- the wire guide surface (wire guide groove) formed on the outer periphery of the guide pulley 54 is a circumferential surface (circular groove) that is continuous over the entire circumference of the guide pulley 54, whereas in the case of a fixed member, It is sufficient if there is a semi-circular surface (semicircular groove) only in the upper half.
- wire type window regulator 40 and the rack and pinion type window regulator 140 are applied examples in the above-described embodiment and each modified example, other drive methods can be used as long as they can be accommodated in the frame portion of the upright sash.
- the elevating mechanism can also be applied.
- the vertical pillar sash according to the present invention only needs to have a main body (frame portion) that houses the lifting mechanism, and can have a different configuration from the above embodiment.
- the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 are combined in the general cross section, and the connecting member 35 and the guide rail 31 different from the inner sash 30 are connected to the upper end door corner portion 10d.
- the frame portions 30a, 30j (130a) of the inner sash 30 (130, 230) extend to the upper end of the upright sash 12 and are connected to the upper sash 11 (that is, the connecting member 35 is not used). Is also possible.
- the door 10 of the above-described embodiment is a type of door (sash door) in which a frame-shaped door sash 10b made of a member different from the door panel 10a is provided above the door panel 10a.
- a door of a type in which a door panel and a door sash are integrally formed for example, an inner full door in which an inner panel and a door sash are integrally formed, an inner panel and an outer panel are respectively formed, and an inner side and an outer side of the door sash are integrally formed and then combined.
- panel doors for example, an inner full door in which an inner panel and a door sash are integrally formed, an inner panel and an outer panel are respectively formed, and an inner side and an outer side of the door sash are integrally formed and then combined.
- panel doors for example, an inner full door in which an inner panel and a door sash are integrally formed, an inner panel and an outer panel are respectively formed, and an inner side and an outer side of the door sash are integral
- FIG. 36 is a perspective view showing an example of a vehicle door of a type in which a door panel and a door sash are integrally formed.
- FIG. 36 is drawn in a simplified manner, and there is a point that the configuration of the details is slightly inconsistent with FIGS. 1 to 35, but this is for the convenience of drawing.
- the door sash 10b (upper sash 11, upright pillar sash 12, front sash 13) is formed integrally with the inner panel 10aI of the door panel 10a, and is located above the inner panel 10aI. That is, the door sash 10b and the inner panel 10aI of the door panel 10a are not connected by welding or fastening.
- the door sash 10b is formed integrally with the inner panel 10aI of the door panel 10a is illustrated, but a mode in which the door sash 10b is formed integrally with the outer panel 10aO of the door panel 10a is also possible. .. That is, the door sash 10b may be integrally formed with at least a part of the door panel 10a (the inner panel 10aI, the outer panel 10aO, or any other component of the door panel 10a). Further, there is a degree of freedom in a method for integrally forming the door sash 10b with at least a part of the door panel 10a (the inner panel 10aI, the outer panel 10aO, or any other component of the door panel 10a). Integral formation can be applied.
- the door (vehicle door) 10 of the present embodiment can be applied to, for example, the following types of doors (vehicle doors). That is, the door (vehicle door) 10 of the present embodiment is a door (vehicle door) that raises and lowers the windshield within the window opening regardless of whether the door sash forming the window opening is integrated with the door panel or is a separate body. ) Is applicable.
- Type 1 A door sash integrally formed with at least a part of the inner panel (inner full door).
- Type 2 The first part (outer side part) of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a part of the outer panel, and the second part (inner side part) of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a part of the inner panel. What was done (panel door).
- Type 3 A door sash joined to at least a part of a door panel (for example, by welding or fastening) (sash door).
- At least a part of the components of the window regulator (elevating mechanism) 40 is the frame portion (main body portion) 30a of the upright pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b or its component. It is arranged between the inner space or a portion of the door sash 10b facing the upright pillar sash 12 and the windshield W. That is, at least a part of the components of the window regulator 40 is incorporated in the upright pole sash 12.
- the facing portion of the upright pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b may be the facing portion over the entire area of the windshield W in the vertical direction, or the facing portion of the windshield W in a partial area in the vertical direction. It may be a part. Further, the ascending/descending direction of the window glass W may be read as the longitudinal direction (extension direction) of the guide rail 31.
- the present claim states that "when viewed from the up-and-down direction of the windshield, the facing portion of the upright sash and the window in the outward and inward direction of the vehicle.
- the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located between the glass" and "or the main body is configured to include the facing portion and has an internal space for accommodating the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member. ing.
- this expression is only an example, and various expressions other than this are possible.
- the expression "the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located” or “the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are housed” does not necessarily mean that the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are all located or housed. It does not mean that it means that the slider, the guide rail, and a part of the transmission member are positioned or housed.
- a mode in which all of the components of the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located or accommodated a mode in which only a part of each of the components of the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are positioned or accommodated, and the slider It is possible that all of one component (one or two) of the guide rail and the transmission member and a part of the other component (two or one) are located or accommodated.
- the window regulator 40 which was a technical common sense to arrange in the inner space of the door panel 10a below the window opening 10c, is arranged in the vertical pillar sash 12 or in the vicinity thereof, and the inner space of the door panel 10a is arranged.
- the window regulator 40 is arranged in the vertical pillar sash 12 or in the vicinity thereof, and the inner space of the door panel 10a is arranged.
- the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle that has become a free space by disposing the window regulator 40 as described above for example, the inside of the door panel 10a (more specifically, the vehicle of the vehicle door).
- Door-related parts (vehicle constituent parts) are arranged on the outer panel 10aO arranged on the outer side (inside the vehicle) The arrangement of the door-related parts will be described in detail below with reference to specific examples.
- FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example in which the impact beam 300 is arranged as a door-related component.
- FIG. 31A shows an arrangement structure of a conventional product
- FIGS. 31B and 31C show an arrangement structure of this embodiment.
- the window glass W in the raised position is drawn by a solid line
- the window glass W in the lowered position is drawn by a broken line.
- the door trim 10T located on the vehicle interior side of the door panel 10a is omitted
- FIG. 31C by drawing the door trim 10T, the inner panel 10aI located on the vehicle exterior side of the door trim 10T becomes the door trim 10T. It is drawn so that it cannot be seen because it is hidden between the outer panels 10aO.
- the door panel 10a has an inner panel 10aI located inside the vehicle and an outer panel 10aO located outside the vehicle.
- a door trim 10T formed of resin or leather, for example, is attached to the inside (inside the vehicle) of the door panel 10a (inner panel 10aI).
- the door trim 10T is provided with a door pocket 10TP capable of accommodating various stored items, an arm stand 10TQ having a window opening/closing switch, and a door knob 10TR for opening/closing the door 10 in order from the bottom to the top.
- the window glass W moves up and down between the inner panel 10aI and the outer panel 10aO. It is also possible to omit the inner panel 10aI and provide the door trim 10T inside the outer panel 10aO.
- the impact beam 300 extends, for example, in the front-rear direction and directly or indirectly connects a lock and a hinge (not shown) of the door 10 and has a function of protecting a vehicle component (and thus an occupant) in the event of a vehicle side collision. have.
- the window regulator 40 (the guide rail and the slider are simply drawn) between the inner panel 10aI or the door trim 10T and the window glass W in the lowered position.
- the impact beam 300 is arranged between the outer panel 10aO and the window glass W in the lowered position (it must be arranged). Therefore, in order to secure a space for arranging the impact beam 300, it is necessary to swell the outer panel 10aO to the outside of the vehicle, and the length D of the door panel 10a in the vehicle width direction tends to be relatively large.
- the inner panel 10aI or the door trim 10T and the lower position are set.
- a free space is provided between the windshield W and a certain wind glass W, and the impact beam 300 is arranged in the free space. That is, in the conventional arrangement structure of FIG. 31A, the impact beam 300 is arranged outside the window glass W in the lowered position, whereas in the arrangement structure of the present embodiment of FIG. 31B, the impact beam 300 is in the lowered position.
- the impact beam 300 is arranged inside the windshield W in the vehicle.
- the outer panel 10aO inflated to the outside of the vehicle and having a shape that matches the curved shape of the windshield W, it is possible to easily realize a flash surface structure in which the windshield W and the outer panel 10aO are substantially flush with each other. It will be possible. Further, the length d of the door panel 10a in the vehicle width direction can be set to be relatively small, and d ⁇ D is satisfied (see FIGS. 31A and 31B).
- the impact beam 300 (both ends thereof) is arranged (attached) to the door trim 10T arranged inside the vehicle door.
- the door trim 10T to which the impact beam 300 is attached is simply attached to the door panel 10a (a combination of the inner panel 10aI and the outer panel 10aO or a single outer panel 10aO), and the assembling is completed. it can.
- FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an example in which an airbag 400 is arranged as a door-related component.
- 32A shows the door trim 10T and hides the internal structure of the door panel 10a
- FIGS. 32B and 32C show the internal structure of the door panel 10a with the door trim 10T omitted.
- the window regulator 40 by moving the window regulator 40 to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside or inside of the vehicle door 10 (for example, the outer panel 10aO).
- the airbag 400 is arranged in the free space. That is, the airbag 400 is arranged inside the door trim 10T or the inner panel 10aI arranged inside the vehicle door. Further, the airbag 400 is disposed inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above.
- the airbag 400 is arranged on the inner side of the outer panel 10aO in the vertical direction on the inner side of the vehicle to emphasize protection of the occupant's undercarriage in the event of a rear-end collision.
- the airbag 400 is arranged above the outer panel 10aO in the vertical direction on the inner side of the vehicle, so that the protection around the waist of the occupant during a rear-end collision is emphasized.
- the airbag 400 arranged inside the outer panel 10aO has flexibility in the type and configuration, and various design changes are possible.
- FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example in which a speaker 500 is arranged as a door-related part.
- the window regulator 40 since the window regulator 40 is moved to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) becomes a free space.
- the speaker 500 is arranged in the space. More specifically, the speaker 500 is arranged between a pair of upright pillar sashes (upright pillar sash 12 and front sash 13) along the front and rear edges of the windshield W. Further, the speaker 500 is disposed inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above.
- FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an example in which a monitor 600 is arranged as a door-related component.
- the window regulator 40 is moved to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) becomes a free space, and A monitor 600 is arranged in the space. Further, the monitor 600 is disposed inside the windshield W, for example, like the impact beam 300 described above.
- the monitor 600 can be configured so that the outside of the vehicle can be viewed from the inside of the vehicle door.
- the monitor 600 can be provided with a magic mirror function that allows the skeleton to visually recognize the inside of the vehicle from the inside of the vehicle while the inside of the vehicle cannot be viewed from the outside of the vehicle.
- the portion of the door 10 where the monitor 600 is arranged is a blind spot for the driver. Therefore, by visually recognizing the outside of the vehicle through the monitor 600, it is possible to prevent a car accident or an inner ring difference. It is possible to prevent accidents caused by this.
- similar effects can be obtained by displaying an image of a camera (not shown) installed to capture the blind spot area on the monitor 600.
- specific information may be displayed for people or objects located outside the vehicle.
- an image of a television, a DVD, or the like may be displayed on the inside of the monitor 600 inside the vehicle so that the driver can visually recognize it while the driver is taking a break.
- FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an example in which a table 700 is arranged as a door-related part.
- FIG. 35A shows the pulled-out state of the table 700
- FIG. 35B shows the stored state of the table 700.
- the window regulator 40 is moved to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, so that the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) is free space.
- the table 700 is arranged in the free space.
- the table 700 is arranged on the door trim 10T arranged inside the vehicle door. Further, the table 700 is arranged inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 35B, a table storage hole 710 is formed at the front upper end of the door trim 10T.
- a table 700 rotatable about a hinge shaft 700X is attached to the table storage hole 710 so that the table 700 can be stored and pulled out.
- the table 700 when the driver is driving the vehicle, the table 700 is stored inside the table storage hole 710 as shown in FIG. 35B.
- the driver pauses driving and takes a rest, the upper end of the table 700 is pulled upward, and then the table 700 is rotated about the hinge shaft 700X so as to be tilted toward the inside of the vehicle.
- the table 700 is fixed at the position where it is pulled out from the table storage hole 710.
- the driver can rest food and drink (for example, bento and drinks) on the table 700 and have a break while eating and drinking.
- the table 700 can be housed inside the table housing hole 710 after rotating the table 700 so as to rise around the hinge shaft 700X.
- FIG. 31C, FIG. 32A, FIG. 35A, and FIG. 35B By expanding the door pocket 10TP shown in FIG. 31C, FIG. 32A, FIG. 35A, and FIG. 35B to the outside of the vehicle, it is possible to arrange it with a large capacity.
- FIG. 31C, FIG. 32A, FIG. 35A, and FIG. 35B by moving the window regulator 40 to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) is removed. It is a free space, and by expanding the door pocket 10TP so as to bite into the free space, it is possible to arrange the door pocket 10TP with a large capacity.
- the door pocket 10TP is arranged inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above.
- the expanded portion of the door pocket 10TP that digs into the free space inside the vehicle of the outer panel 10aO and the constituent elements of the window regulator 40 incorporated in the upright pillar sash 12 are displaced from each other in the vehicle front-rear direction.
- the positions in the width direction are arranged so as to overlap each other.
- the door pocket 10TP is arranged in the door trim 10T arranged inside the vehicle door, and extends into the inside of the vehicle to a depth vertically facing the windshield W (expands by biting). .. This makes it possible to secure a large vehicle interior space with respect to the vehicle width of the vehicle.
- ⁇ Sunshade ⁇ As described above, by moving the window regulator 40 to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) becomes a free space.
- a sun shade (not shown) that prevents sunlight from entering the vehicle can be arranged in the free space.
- This sunshade can be arranged, for example, inside the door trim 10T or the inner panel 10aI arranged inside the vehicle door. Further, the sunshade, for example, is arranged inside the windshield W in the vehicle, similar to the impact beam 300 described above.
- the door trim 10T or the inner panel 10aI can be formed with a sunshade housing hole (not shown) capable of housing and drawing out the sunshade. While the driver is driving the vehicle, the sunshade is stored in the sunshade storage hole to ensure a visual field in order to check the condition outside the vehicle.On the other hand, when the vehicle is parked in a parking lot, etc., the sunshade storage hole is used. You can pull out the sunshade from the sun to prevent sunlight from entering the car.
- the impact beam 300, the airbag 400, the speaker 500, the monitor 600, the table 700, the door pocket 10TP, and the sunshade (not shown) are used as the "door-related parts (vehicle constituent parts)" arranged inside the door panel 10a. )
- the “door-related component” arranged inside the windshield W is not limited to these, and may include at least one of them.
- the "door-related parts” may be door-related parts other than the above.
- a glass cleaning wiper, a power assist, an automatic door system, a door check, and the like may be arranged inside or inside the vehicle door 10 (for example, inside the outer panel 10aO).
- the “door-related component” arranged inside or inside the vehicle door 10 (for example, inside the outer panel 10aO) is a door-related component different from the window regulator 40 is illustrated. explained. However, a mode in which a “door-related component” arranged inside or inside the vehicle door 10 (for example, inside the outer panel 10aO) is a component of the window regulator 40 is also possible.
- the above embodiment is applied to the side door attached to the side of the right front seat of the vehicle, but can be applied to other doors.
- the present invention it is possible to obtain a vehicle door in which a mechanism for raising and lowering a windshield is housed in a small space, there are few restrictions on a door design, and door-related parts can be appropriately arranged.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Power-Operated Mechanisms For Wings (AREA)
- Window Of Vehicle (AREA)
- Seal Device For Vehicle (AREA)
Abstract
Provided is a vehicle door that allows a mechanism to lift and lower window glass to be housed in a small space, few restrictions to be placed on the door design, and door related parts to be suitably placed. A pillar sash constitutes a door sash, extends in the direction of lifting and lowering the window glass along one of the front and rear edges of the window glass, and has a facing portion that is positioned to face the vehicle interior side of the window glass. A lifting and lowering mechanism lifts and lowers the window glass by way of the driving force of a driving source and has a slider, a guide rail, and a transmission member. Viewed from the lifting and lowering direction of the window glass, the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located between the pillar sash facing portion and the window glass in the interior-exterior direction of the vehicle. The guide rail regulates the movement of the slider in the interior-exterior direction of the vehicle on the vehicle interior surface side of the window glass. The door related parts can be placed, for example, inside the vehicle door or on the vehicle interior side.
Description
本発明は、車両ドアに関する。
The present invention relates to a vehicle door.
ドアサッシュとドアパネル(窓枠)で囲まれる窓開口をウインドガラスで開閉する車両ドアには、ガラス昇降装置(ウインドレギュレータ)が設けられる。ガラス昇降装置は様々なタイプが知られているが、車両ドアのドアパネルを構成するインナパネルに対して組み付けられて、ドアパネル内に収容される場合が多い。
A glass lifting device (window regulator) is installed on the vehicle door that opens and closes the window opening surrounded by the door sash and the door panel (window frame) with window glass. Although various types of glass lifting devices are known, they are often mounted on an inner panel forming a door panel of a vehicle door and housed in the door panel.
特許文献1には、樹脂ウインドウ(樹脂製の窓)の後端部にラック状のギヤを設け、ドアパネルから上方に突出するギヤ側ガイドフレームの内部に、ギヤを含む樹脂ウインドウの後端部を収容した構成が記載されている。ギヤ側ガイドフレームは、樹脂ウインドウの後端部を昇降可能に案内しており、樹脂ウインドウを挟んで車内側と車外側に位置する一対の壁部によって、樹脂ウインドウの後端部を車内外方向に移動規制している。
In Patent Document 1, a rack-shaped gear is provided at a rear end portion of a resin window (resin window), and a rear end portion of the resin window including the gear is provided inside a gear side guide frame protruding upward from a door panel. The housed configuration is described. The gear-side guide frame guides the rear end of the resin window so that it can be moved up and down, and the rear end of the resin window is guided inward and outward by a pair of walls located inside and outside the vehicle across the resin window. The movement is regulated.
特許文献1の構成は、樹脂ウインドウの車内外方向の移動規制を行うために、樹脂ウインドウを跨いで車内側と車外側に延びる大型の断面形状のギヤ側ガイドフレームを用いている。そのため、ドアサッシュが車内外方向に大型化しやすいという問題がある。また、ギヤ側ガイドフレームの一部が樹脂ウインドウよりも車外側に位置するため、窓とドアサッシュの互いの外面が略面一になるタイプの車両ドア等には適用できず、使用可能なドアの外観デザインが限られる。
The configuration of Patent Document 1 uses a gear-side guide frame having a large cross-sectional shape that extends inward and outward of the vehicle across the resin window in order to regulate the movement of the resin window in and out of the vehicle. Therefore, there is a problem that the door sash tends to increase in size inside and outside the vehicle. Also, since part of the gear side guide frame is located outside the resin window, it cannot be applied to vehicle doors of the type in which the outer surfaces of the window and door sash are substantially flush with each other. The exterior design is limited.
一方、車両ドアにおいては、ウインドガラスを昇降させる機構を含む各種のドア関連部品をどこにどのように配置するかが、機能上、構造上、外観上等の観点から、重要な技術課題となっている。
On the other hand, in vehicle doors, how and where to place various door-related parts including a mechanism for raising and lowering a window glass is an important technical issue from the viewpoint of function, structure, and appearance. There is.
本発明は、以上の問題意識に基づいてなされたものであり、ウインドガラスを昇降させる機構を省スペースに収容し、ドアデザインへの制約が少なく、且つドア関連部品を好適に配置することが可能な車両ドアを得ることを目的とする。
The present invention has been made on the basis of the above-mentioned awareness of problems, and accommodates a mechanism for raising and lowering a window glass in a space-saving manner, has less restrictions on a door design, and can appropriately arrange door-related parts. The purpose is to obtain a perfect vehicle door.
本実施形態の車両ドアは、窓開口を形成し、前記窓開口内に昇降するウインドガラスの前後縁と上縁を囲むドアサッシュと、前記ドアサッシュを構成し、前記ウインドガラスの前後縁の一方に沿って前記ウインドガラスの昇降方向に延び、前記ウインドガラスの車内側に対向して位置する対向部分を有する立柱サッシュと、駆動源の駆動力によって前記ウインドガラスを昇降動作させる昇降機構と、ドア関連部品と、を備え、前記昇降機構は、前記ウインドガラスに固定されるスライダと、前記スライダを前記昇降方向に移動可能に案内するガイドレールと、前記駆動源からの駆動力を前記スライダに伝達する伝達部材と、を備え、前記ウインドガラスの昇降方向から見たときに、車内外方向で前記立柱サッシュの前記対向部分と前記ウインドガラスとの間に前記スライダと前記ガイドレールと前記伝達部材が位置し、前記ガイドレールは、前記ウインドガラスの車内面側で、前記スライダの車内外両方向の移動を規制する、ことを特徴としている。
The vehicle door of this embodiment forms a window opening, and a door sash that surrounds the front and rear edges and the upper edge of the window glass that moves up and down in the window opening, and constitutes the door sash, and one of the front and rear edges of the window glass. A vertical pillar sash that extends in the up-and-down direction of the windshield along with, and has a facing portion that faces the inside of the windshield, and a lift mechanism that raises and lowers the windshield by a driving force of a drive source; The ascending/descending mechanism includes a slider fixed to the window glass, a guide rail for movably guiding the slider in the ascending/descending direction, and a driving force from the driving source to the slider. And a transmission member, wherein the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are provided between the facing portion of the upright pillar sash and the windshield in the vehicle interior-exterior direction when viewed from the vertical direction of the windshield. It is characterized in that the guide rail restricts the movement of the slider in both the in-vehicle direction and the in-vehicle direction on the vehicle inner surface side of the windshield.
前記立柱サッシュは、車外側に位置する意匠部と、前記意匠部よりも車内側に位置する本体部を備え、前記本体部は、前記対向部分を含んで構成されるとともに前記スライダと前記ガイドレールと前記伝達部材が収容される内部空間を形成し、且つ、車外側に開放された袋状断面部を有し、前記ガイドレールは、前記袋状断面部の前記車外側の開放部分を塞いでもよい。
The upright pillar sash includes a design portion located outside the vehicle and a body portion located inside the vehicle with respect to the design portion. The body portion is configured to include the facing portion, and the slider and the guide rail. And a bag-shaped cross section that forms an internal space in which the transmission member is accommodated and is open to the vehicle exterior side, and the guide rail closes the open part on the vehicle exterior side of the bag-shaped cross section. Good.
前記ドア関連部品は、前記ウインドガラスの車内側に配置されるインパクトビーム、エアバッグ、スピーカ、モニタ、テーブル、ドアポケット及びサンシェードの少なくとも1つを含んでもよい。
The door-related parts may include at least one of an impact beam, an airbag, a speaker, a monitor, a table, a door pocket, and a sunshade arranged inside the windshield.
前記ドアサッシュは、インナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成されてもよい。
The door sash may be formed integrally with at least a part of the inner panel.
前記ドアサッシュの第1の部分は、アウタパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成され、前記ドアサッシュの第2の部分は、インナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成されてもよい。
The first portion of the door sash may be formed integrally with at least a portion of the outer panel, and the second portion of the door sash may be formed integrally with at least a portion of the inner panel.
前記ドアサッシュは、ドアパネルの少なくとも一部と接合されてもよい。
The door sash may be joined to at least a part of the door panel.
前記スライダは、前記ガイドレールに対して摺動可能な摺動部を備え、前記摺動部と前記伝達部材は、車両上下方向での位置が異なってもよい。
The slider may include a sliding portion that is slidable with respect to the guide rail, and the sliding portion and the transmission member may have different positions in the vehicle vertical direction.
前記立柱サッシュを構成するフレーム部材と前記ガイドレールは別部材からなってもよい。
The frame member that constitutes the upright pillar sash and the guide rail may be separate members.
前記ガイドレールは、前記スライダに設けた摺動部が摺動可能に挿入される第1の区画と、前記窓開口を内周側とする内外周方向で前記第1の区画に対しオフセットし、前記伝達部材から駆動力が伝えられる前記スライダの被伝達部を収容する第2の区画と、を備えてもよい。
The guide rail is offset with respect to the first section in a first section in which a sliding portion provided on the slider is slidably inserted, and in an inner and outer circumferential direction with the window opening as an inner circumferential side, A second section for accommodating the transmitted portion of the slider to which the driving force is transmitted from the transmission member.
本発明によれば、ウインドガラスを昇降させる機構を省スペースに収容し、ドアデザインへの制約が少なく、且つドア関連部品を好適に配置することが可能な車両ドアを提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a vehicle door in which a mechanism for raising and lowering a windshield is housed in a small space, there are few restrictions on a door design, and door-related parts can be suitably arranged.
以下、図面を参照しながら本発明を適用した実施形態について説明する。図1に示すドア10は、車両ボディ(車両)の右側前席の側方に取り付けられる側面ドアであり、車両ボディにはドア10によって開閉されるドア開口が形成されている(ドア10が車両ボディ(車両)の一部を構成している)。ドア10は、ドアパネル10a(一点鎖線で仮想的に示す)とドアサッシュ10bとを備えている。ドアパネル10aの上縁部とドアサッシュ10bとによって囲まれる窓開口10cが形成されている。
An embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be described below with reference to the drawings. The door 10 shown in FIG. 1 is a side door attached to the side of the right front seat of the vehicle body (vehicle), and a door opening that is opened and closed by the door 10 is formed in the vehicle body (the door 10 is a vehicle It forms part of the body (vehicle)). The door 10 includes a door panel 10a (virtually indicated by a chain line) and a door sash 10b. A window opening 10c surrounded by the upper edge of the door panel 10a and the door sash 10b is formed.
以下の説明における車内側と車外側は、ドア10を閉じた状態での車両ボディの内側と外側に対応しており、車内側と車外側を結ぶ方向(ドア10の厚み方向)を車内外方向と呼ぶ。また、ドアサッシュ10bのうち、窓開口10cに向く側を内周側、窓開口10cの反対側(ドア10を閉じた状態でボディ開口の内縁に向く側)を外周側とし、内周側と外周側を結ぶ方向を内外周方向と呼ぶ。
The inside and outside of the vehicle in the following description correspond to the inside and outside of the vehicle body when the door 10 is closed, and the direction connecting the inside and outside of the vehicle (the thickness direction of the door 10) is the inside and outside direction. Call. Further, in the door sash 10b, the side facing the window opening 10c is the inner circumference side, and the side opposite to the window opening 10c (the side facing the inner edge of the body opening when the door 10 is closed) is the outer circumference side. The direction connecting the outer peripheral sides is called the inner-outer peripheral direction.
ドアパネル10aは、車内側に位置するインナパネルと、車外側に位置するアウタパネルとを組み合わせて構成されている。また、ドアパネル10a(インナパネル)の内側(車内側)には、例えば、樹脂や皮で成形したドアトリムが取り付けられる。インナパネルとアウタパネルとドアトリムについては、後に図31等を参照して詳細に説明する。インナパネルとアウタパネルの間にドアパネル内空間が形成されており、ドアパネル内空間の上縁は窓開口10c側に開口している。
The door panel 10a is configured by combining an inner panel located inside the vehicle and an outer panel located outside the vehicle. A door trim formed of resin or leather, for example, is attached to the inside (inside the vehicle) of the door panel 10a (inner panel). The inner panel, outer panel and door trim will be described later in detail with reference to FIG. A door panel inner space is formed between the inner panel and the outer panel, and an upper edge of the door panel inner space opens toward the window opening 10c.
ドアサッシュ10bは、ドア10の上縁に位置するアッパサッシュ11と、アッパサッシュ11からドアパネル10aへ向けて概ね上下方向に延びている立柱サッシュ12及びフロントサッシュ13とを有している。立柱サッシュ12及びフロントサッシュ13によって「一対の立柱サッシュ」が構成される。立柱サッシュ12はドアサッシュ10bの最後部に位置しており、ドア10の後部上方の角隅部は、アッパサッシュ11の後端と立柱サッシュ12の上端が交わるドアコーナー部10dとなっている。立柱サッシュ12とフロントサッシュ13は略平行に延びており、立柱サッシュ12が窓開口10cの後縁を形成し、フロントサッシュ13が窓開口10cの前縁を形成する。また、アッパサッシュ11が窓開口10cの上縁を形成する。
The door sash 10b has an upper sash 11 located at the upper edge of the door 10, and a vertical pillar sash 12 and a front sash 13 extending substantially vertically from the upper sash 11 toward the door panel 10a. The upright pillar sash 12 and the front sash 13 constitute a “pair of upright pillar sashes”. The upright pillar sash 12 is located at the rearmost portion of the door sash 10b, and the corner corner above the rear of the door 10 is a door corner portion 10d where the rear end of the upper sash 11 and the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12 intersect. The upright pillar sash 12 and the front sash 13 extend substantially in parallel, and the upright pillar sash 12 forms the rear edge of the window opening 10c, and the front sash 13 forms the front edge of the window opening 10c. Further, the upper sash 11 forms the upper edge of the window opening 10c.
立柱サッシュ12は、ドアコーナー部10dから下方(斜め下方)に延びてドアパネル内空間に挿入される。アッパサッシュ11は、ドアコーナー部10dから前方に延び、途中から前方に進むにつれて下方に湾曲する。アッパサッシュ11の前端はドアパネル10aのドアパネル内空間に挿入される。フロントサッシュ13は、アッパサッシュ11の途中位置から下方(斜め下方)に延びてドアパネル内空間に挿入される。アッパサッシュ11と立柱サッシュ12とフロントサッシュ13はそれぞれ、ドアパネル内空間内でドアパネル10aに対して固定される。
The vertical pillar sash 12 extends downward (obliquely downward) from the door corner portion 10d and is inserted into the interior space of the door panel. The upper sash 11 extends forward from the door corner portion 10d and bends downward as it goes from the middle to the front. The front end of the upper sash 11 is inserted into the door panel inner space of the door panel 10a. The front sash 13 extends downward (obliquely downward) from an intermediate position of the upper sash 11 and is inserted into the inner space of the door panel. The upper sash 11, the upright pillar sash 12, and the front sash 13 are fixed to the door panel 10a in the interior space of the door panel.
ドアパネル内空間には、前部にミラーブラケット14が配され、後部にロックブラケット15が配されている。ミラーブラケット14とロックブラケット15はそれぞれドアパネル10aに対して固定され、ミラーブラケット14にフロントサッシュ13が固定され、ロックブラケット15に立柱サッシュ12が固定される。ミラーブラケット14の一部は、ドアパネル10aよりも上方に突出してアッパサッシュ11とフロントサッシュ13の間の三角状のスペースに収まる形状をなし、ミラーブラケット14の当該部分に対してドアミラー(図示略)等が取り付けられる。ロックブラケット15にはドアロック機構(図示略)等が取り付けられる。
In the interior space of the door panel, a mirror bracket 14 is arranged in the front part and a lock bracket 15 is arranged in the rear part. The mirror bracket 14 and the lock bracket 15 are respectively fixed to the door panel 10a, the front sash 13 is fixed to the mirror bracket 14, and the vertical pillar sash 12 is fixed to the lock bracket 15. A part of the mirror bracket 14 has a shape protruding above the door panel 10a so as to fit in the triangular space between the upper sash 11 and the front sash 13, and a door mirror (not shown) with respect to that part of the mirror bracket 14. Etc. are attached. A door lock mechanism (not shown) or the like is attached to the lock bracket 15.
ドアパネル内空間の上縁付近に、前後方向に延びるベルトラインリンフォース16が配されている。ベルトラインリンフォース16は車外側に位置するアウタリンフォースを少なくとも備えており、その前部がミラーブラケット14に固定され後部がロックブラケット15に固定される。なお、ベルトラインリンフォース16の構成として、アウタリンフォースに加えて、車内側に位置するインナリンフォースを備えてもよい。
A belt line reinforcement 16 extending in the front-rear direction is arranged near the upper edge of the interior space of the door panel. The belt line reinforcement 16 includes at least an outer reinforcement located outside the vehicle, and a front portion thereof is fixed to the mirror bracket 14 and a rear portion thereof is fixed to the lock bracket 15. In addition to the outer reinforcement, the belt line reinforcement 16 may include an inner reinforcement located inside the vehicle.
立柱サッシュ12とフロントサッシュ13に沿って昇降して窓開口10cを開閉させるウインドガラスWを備える。ウインドガラスWは、車外側を向く車外側面W1と、車内側を向く車内側面W2と、外周側を向く縁面W3とを有する板状のガラス材である(図19参照)。ウインドガラスWは、後述するウインドレギュレータ40によって、全閉位置(図1の位置、図20の実線位置)と全開位置(図20の二点鎖線位置)との間で昇降し、全閉位置ではウインドガラスWの上縁がアッパサッシュ11まで達する。全閉位置から全開位置へ下降したウインドガラスWは、ドアパネル内空間に収容される。
Includes a windshield W that moves up and down along the upright pillar sash 12 and the front sash 13 to open and close the window opening 10c. The windshield W is a plate-shaped glass material having an outer surface W1 facing the outer side of the vehicle, an inner surface W2 facing the inner side of the vehicle, and an edge surface W3 facing the outer peripheral side (see FIG. 19). The window glass W moves up and down between a fully closed position (position in FIG. 1, solid line position in FIG. 20) and a fully open position (position indicated by alternate long and two short dashes line in FIG. 20) by a window regulator 40 described later, and in the fully closed position. The upper edge of the windshield W reaches the upper sash 11. The window glass W lowered from the fully closed position to the fully opened position is housed in the door panel inner space.
図2に示すように、アッパサッシュ11は、車内側に位置するサッシュ本体20と、車外側に位置するサッシュモールディング21とを組み合わせて構成されている。
As shown in FIG. 2, the upper sash 11 is configured by combining a sash body 20 located inside the vehicle and a sash molding 21 located outside the vehicle.
サッシュ本体20は、アッパサッシュ11を剛体とさせる厚肉の金属製の長尺部材であり、車内側に位置する中空断面形状のフレーム部20aと、フレーム部20aから車外側に向けて突出する板状部20bとを有する。フレーム部20aは、車内側に位置する車内側壁20cと、車内側壁20cの内周側の端部から車外側に延びる内周側壁20dと、車内側壁20cの外周側の端部から車外側に延びる外周側壁20eと、内周側壁20d及び外周側壁20eの車外側の端部を接続する車外側壁20fとを有する。板状部20bは、外周側壁20eと車外側壁20fの境界付近から車外側へ突出している。
The sash body 20 is a thick metal elongated member that makes the upper sash 11 a rigid body, and has a hollow cross-section frame portion 20a located inside the vehicle and a plate protruding from the frame portion 20a toward the outside of the vehicle. And a section 20b. The frame portion 20a extends from the vehicle interior side wall 20c located inside the vehicle interior, the inner peripheral side wall 20d extending from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle interior side wall 20c to the vehicle exterior side, and the outer peripheral side end of the vehicle interior side wall 20c to the vehicle exterior side. It has an outer peripheral side wall 20e, and a vehicle outer side wall 20f connecting the vehicle outer side ends of the inner peripheral side wall 20d and the outer peripheral side wall 20e. The plate-shaped portion 20b projects outward from the vehicle near the boundary between the outer peripheral side wall 20e and the vehicle outer side wall 20f.
サッシュモールディング21は、サッシュ本体20よりも肉厚が小さい金属製の長尺部材であり、板状部20bの外周側に重なる支持部21aと、支持部21aの車外側に位置する意匠部21bとを有する。板状部20bと支持部21aはリベット等によって固定される。すなわち、アッパサッシュ11は、車内側に位置するフレーム部20aと車外側に位置する意匠部21bを、板状部20b及び支持部21aからなる接続部によって接続した構成を有する。
The sash molding 21 is a metal elongated member having a smaller wall thickness than the sash body 20, and includes a support portion 21a that overlaps the outer peripheral side of the plate-shaped portion 20b, and a design portion 21b that is located outside the vehicle of the support portion 21a. Have. The plate-shaped portion 20b and the supporting portion 21a are fixed by rivets or the like. That is, the upper sash 11 has a configuration in which the frame portion 20a located inside the vehicle and the design portion 21b located outside the vehicle are connected by the connecting portion including the plate-shaped portion 20b and the support portion 21a.
アッパサッシュ11には、フレーム部20aの車外側壁20fと、板状部20bと、支持部21aとによって囲まれる凹部として、ガラスラン収納部22が形成される。ガラスラン収納部22は内周側に向けて開放しており、その内部に弾性体からなるガラスラン23が収容される。ガラスラン収納部22内には内周側へのガラスラン23の脱落を防ぐ抜け止め用の凹凸形状が設けられている。ガラスラン23はガラスラン収納部22の内面に沿う凹状の断面形状を有しており、弾性変形可能な複数のリップ部が内側に形成されている。
The upper sash 11 is provided with a glass run storage portion 22 as a recess surrounded by the vehicle outer side wall 20f of the frame portion 20a, the plate-shaped portion 20b, and the support portion 21a. The glass run housing portion 22 is open toward the inner peripheral side, and a glass run 23 made of an elastic body is housed therein. A concave-convex shape for preventing the glass run 23 from coming off to the inner peripheral side is provided in the glass run housing portion 22. The glass run 23 has a concave cross-sectional shape along the inner surface of the glass run housing portion 22, and has a plurality of elastically deformable lip portions formed inside.
図2に示すように、ウインドガラスWの全閉位置では、ウインドガラスWの上縁部がガラスラン収納部22に進入する。ガラスラン収納部22に進入したウインドガラスWはガラスラン23のリップ部を押圧して弾性変形させる。すると、ガラスラン23のリップ部がウインドガラスWの車外側面W1と車内側面W2と縁面W3にそれぞれ密着して、車内側への雨滴等の浸入が防がれる水密状態になると共に、ウインドガラスWの上縁部がガラスラン23によって弾性的に保持される。
As shown in FIG. 2, at the fully closed position of the windshield W, the upper edge of the windshield W enters the glass run storage portion 22. The window glass W that has entered the glass run storage portion 22 presses the lip portion of the glass run 23 to elastically deform it. Then, the lip portion of the glass run 23 comes into close contact with the vehicle outer side surface W1, the vehicle interior side surface W2, and the edge surface W3 of the wind glass W, respectively, and becomes a watertight state in which intrusion of raindrops and the like into the vehicle interior is prevented, and the wind glass The upper edge of W is elastically held by the glass run 23.
アッパサッシュ11にはさらに、ガラスラン収納部22と反対の外周側にウェザストリップ保持部24が形成されている。ウェザストリップ保持部24は、支持部21aとその車内側及び車外側に形成した外周側への曲折部とによって構成される凹部である。ウェザストリップ保持部24は外周側に向けて開放しており、その内部に弾性体からなるウェザストリップ(図示略)の脚部が嵌合保持される。ウェザストリップはウェザストリップ保持部24から外周側に突出する弾接部を有する。ドア10を閉じると、車両ボディのドア開口の内縁部にウェザストリップの弾接部が当接して弾性変形する。後述するように、ウェザストリップは立柱サッシュ12に沿う部分にも連続しており、ドア10を閉じた状態では、ドアサッシュ10bの全体とドア開口との間がウェザストリップによって水密状態にシールされる。
The upper sash 11 is further formed with a weatherstrip holding portion 24 on the outer peripheral side opposite to the glass run storage portion 22. The weather strip holding portion 24 is a concave portion formed by the support portion 21a and the bent portions formed on the vehicle inner side and the vehicle outer side toward the outer peripheral side. The weather strip holding portion 24 is open toward the outer peripheral side, and a leg portion of a weather strip (not shown) made of an elastic body is fitted and held therein. The weather strip has an elastic contact portion that projects from the weather strip holding portion 24 to the outer peripheral side. When the door 10 is closed, the elastic contact portion of the weather strip comes into contact with the inner edge portion of the door opening of the vehicle body and is elastically deformed. As will be described later, the weather strip is also continuous to the portion along the vertical pillar sash 12, and when the door 10 is closed, the space between the entire door sash 10b and the door opening is sealed in a watertight state by the weather strip. ..
アッパサッシュ11は、ドアコーナー部10d側の後端位置からフロントサッシュ13の上端と接続する位置(前方コーナー部と呼ぶ)まで、以上に述べた一般断面形状を維持する。図示を省略するが、アッパサッシュ11のうち前方コーナー部よりも前方の部分は、サッシュモールディング21が設けられずにガラスラン収納部22が省略されている。フロントサッシュ13には、アッパサッシュ11のガラスラン収納部22に連続する凹状の断面形状のガラスラン収納部(図示略)が設けられており、ガラスラン23は、フロントサッシュ13のガラスラン収納部内に保持されて、前方コーナー部から下方に向けて配設される。
The upper sash 11 maintains the general cross-sectional shape described above from the rear end position on the door corner 10d side to the position connected to the upper end of the front sash 13 (referred to as the front corner). Although illustration is omitted, in the portion of the upper sash 11 that is in front of the front corner portion, the sash molding 21 is not provided and the glass run storage portion 22 is omitted. The front sash 13 is provided with a glass run storage portion (not shown) having a concave cross-section that is continuous with the glass run storage portion 22 of the upper sash 11, and the glass run 23 is inside the glass run storage portion of the front sash 13. And is arranged downward from the front corner.
図3と図4に示すように、立柱サッシュ12は、それぞれが金属製の長尺部材であるインナサッシュ30とガイドレール31を組み合わせて構成されている。すなわち、立柱サッシュ12を構成するフレーム部材としてのインナサッシュ30と、ガイドレール31とは、別部材から構成されている。なお、インナサッシュ30やガイドレール31は、合成樹脂のような非金属の材質で形成することも可能である。図9に示すように、インナサッシュ30とガイドレール31の車外側にガーニッシュ32と弾性カバー33が取り付けられている。
As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the upright pillar sash 12 is configured by combining an inner sash 30 and a guide rail 31, which are long members made of metal, respectively. That is, the inner sash 30 as a frame member that constitutes the upright pillar sash 12 and the guide rail 31 are configured by different members. The inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 may be formed of a non-metal material such as synthetic resin. As shown in FIG. 9, a garnish 32 and an elastic cover 33 are attached to the outer side of the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31.
インナサッシュ30は、車内側に位置するフレーム部30aと、車外側に位置する意匠部30bと、フレーム部30aと意匠部30bを接続する段部30cとを有する。フレーム部30aは、アッパサッシュ11におけるフレーム部20aに対応する部分である。より詳しくは、図9に示すように、車内側に位置する車内側壁30dと、車内側壁30dの内周側の端部から車外側に延びる内周側壁30eと、車内側壁30dの外周側の端部から車外側に延びる外周側壁30fとを有する。外周側壁30fは概ね車内外方向へストレートに延びている。内周側壁30eは、車内側壁30dから離れるにつれて外周側壁30fに対する間隔を大きくする(内周側への突出量を大きくする)傾斜領域を有し、傾斜領域の車外側は内周側壁30eと略平行な平行領域となっている。
The inner sash 30 has a frame portion 30a located inside the vehicle, a design portion 30b located outside the vehicle, and a step portion 30c connecting the frame portion 30a and the design portion 30b. The frame portion 30a is a portion corresponding to the frame portion 20a in the upper sash 11. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 9, the vehicle interior side wall 30d, the vehicle interior side wall 30d, the inner peripheral side wall 30e extending from the vehicle interior side end to the vehicle exterior side, and the vehicle interior side wall 30d outer peripheral side end. And an outer peripheral side wall 30f extending from the portion to the outside of the vehicle. The outer peripheral side wall 30f extends straight in a generally inward/outward direction of the vehicle. The inner peripheral side wall 30e has an inclined region in which an interval with respect to the outer peripheral side wall 30f is increased as the distance from the vehicle inner side wall 30d is increased (the amount of protrusion toward the inner peripheral side is increased), and the vehicle outer side of the inclined region is substantially the inner peripheral side wall 30e. It is a parallel area.
フレーム部20aを閉鎖断面形状としているアッパサッシュ11のサッシュ本体20とは異なり、立柱サッシュ12のインナサッシュ30は、フレーム部30aにおける内周側壁30eと外周側壁30fの車外側の端部を接続せずに車外側に向けて開放された袋状の断面形状を有している。
Unlike the sash body 20 of the upper sash 11 in which the frame portion 20a has a closed cross-sectional shape, the inner sash 30 of the upright pillar sash 12 connects the outer side end portions of the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f in the frame portion 30a. Instead, it has a bag-shaped cross-sectional shape that is open toward the outside of the vehicle.
インナサッシュ30の段部30cは、外周側壁30fの車外側の端部から外周側に延びる外周延設部30gと、外周延設部30gの外周側の端部から車外側に延びる車外延設部30hとを有する。意匠部30bは、車外延設部30hの車外側の端部から外周側に延びている。
The step portion 30c of the inner sash 30 includes an outer peripheral extension portion 30g extending from the vehicle outer side end portion of the outer peripheral side wall 30f to the outer peripheral side, and a vehicle outer extension portion extending from the outer peripheral side end portion of the outer peripheral extension portion 30g to the vehicle outer side. With 30h. The design portion 30b extends to the outer peripheral side from the end portion on the vehicle outer side of the vehicle exterior extension portion 30h.
ガイドレール31は、車外側に向けて開放した凹状の断面形状を有しており、インナサッシュ30における袋状断面形状のフレーム部30aの車外側の開放部分の内側に嵌まるように配置されている。より詳しくは、ガイドレール31は、車内側に位置する車内側壁31aと、車内側壁31aの内周側の端部から車外側に延びる内周側壁31bと、車内側壁31aの外周側の端部から車外側に延びる外周側壁31cとを有する。内周側壁31bの車外側の端部と外周側壁31cの車外側の端部には、内周側に向けて突出する屈曲部31dとカバー壁31eが設けられている。ガイドレール31はさらに、車内側壁31aの内外周方向の途中位置から車外側に突出する隔壁31fと、隔壁31fの車外側の端部から内周側に突出する保持壁31gとを有している。
The guide rail 31 has a concave cross-sectional shape that opens toward the vehicle outer side, and is arranged so as to fit inside the open portion on the vehicle outer side of the bag-shaped cross-section frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30. There is. More specifically, the guide rail 31 includes a vehicle inner side wall 31a located inside the vehicle, an inner peripheral side wall 31b extending from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 31a to the vehicle outer side, and an outer peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 31a. It has an outer peripheral side wall 31c extending to the outside of the vehicle. A bent portion 31d protruding toward the inner peripheral side and a cover wall 31e are provided at the vehicle outer side end of the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the vehicle outer side end of the outer peripheral side wall 31c. The guide rail 31 further has a partition wall 31f projecting to the vehicle exterior side from an intermediate position of the vehicle interior side wall 31a in the inner and outer circumferential directions, and a holding wall 31g projecting to the inner circumferential side from the vehicle exterior side end of the partition wall 31f. ..
内外周方向に並ぶ3つの壁(内周側壁31b、外周側壁31c、隔壁31f)と、これら3つの壁を接続する車内側壁31aとによって、ガイドレール31内には内外周方向に隣接する第1区画S1と第2区画S2が形成される。保持壁31gは、内周側壁31bとの間に隙間を形成しながら、第1区画S1の車外側を部分的に塞いでいる。カバー壁31eは、隔壁31fとの間に隙間を形成しながら、第2区画S2の車外側を部分的に塞いでいる。
By the three walls (inner peripheral side wall 31b, outer peripheral side wall 31c, partition wall 31f) lined up in the inner and outer peripheral directions, and the vehicle inner side wall 31a connecting these three walls, the guide rail 31 is provided with a first adjacent inner and outer peripheral direction. A section S1 and a second section S2 are formed. The holding wall 31g partially closes the vehicle exterior side of the first section S1 while forming a gap between the holding wall 31g and the inner peripheral side wall 31b. The cover wall 31e partially closes the vehicle outer side of the second section S2 while forming a gap with the partition wall 31f.
隔壁31fは外周側壁31cよりも内周側壁31bに近い位置に設けられており、内外周方向におけるサイズは、第1区画S1よりも第2区画S2の方が大きい。車内側壁31aを基準とする車外側への突出量は、外周側壁31cが最も大きく、次いで内周側壁31bが大きく、隔壁31fが最も小さい。したがって、第1区画S1よりも第2区画S2の方が、内外周方向と車内外方向のいずれにも広い。また、第1区画S1の車外側の面を形成する保持壁31gよりも、第2区画S2の車外側の面を形成するカバー壁31eの方が内外周方向に長い。
The partition wall 31f is provided closer to the inner peripheral side wall 31b than the outer peripheral side wall 31c, and the size in the inner and outer peripheral directions of the second partition S2 is larger than that of the first partition S1. The amount of protrusion to the outside of the vehicle with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 31a is largest in the outer peripheral side wall 31c, second largest in the inner peripheral side wall 31b, and smallest in the partition wall 31f. Therefore, the second section S2 is wider than the first section S1 in both the inner and outer peripheral directions and the vehicle interior and exterior directions. Further, the cover wall 31e forming the vehicle outer side surface of the second section S2 is longer in the inner and outer peripheral directions than the holding wall 31g forming the vehicle outer side surface of the first section S1.
インナサッシュ30とガイドレール31を組み合わせた状態で、フレーム部30aの車外側の開口部分をガイドレール31が塞ぐ。内周側壁30eの端部が屈曲部31dに当接して、インナサッシュ30とガイドレール31の車内外方向の相対的な位置が決まる(図14参照)。内周側壁31bと外周側壁31cは、フレーム部30aの内側から内周側壁30eと外周側壁30fに対して当接しており、この当接によってインナサッシュ30とガイドレール31は内外周方向に一体化される。ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aは、インナサッシュ30の内周側壁30eと外周側壁30fを内外周方向に接続する。そして、車内側壁30dと内周側壁30eと外周側壁30fと車内側壁31aとによって囲まれる第3区画S3が形成される。第3区画S3は、第1区画S1と第2区画S2の車内側に隣接して位置し、車内側壁31aによって第1区画S1及び第2区画S2と隔てられている。
With the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 combined, the guide rail 31 closes the opening outside the vehicle of the frame portion 30a. The end portion of the inner peripheral side wall 30e comes into contact with the bent portion 31d, and the relative positions of the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions are determined (see FIG. 14). The inner peripheral side wall 31b and the outer peripheral side wall 31c are in contact with the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f from the inside of the frame portion 30a. By this contact, the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 are integrated in the inner and outer peripheral directions. To be done. The vehicle inner side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 connects the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f of the inner sash 30 in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Then, a third section S3 surrounded by the vehicle interior side wall 30d, the inner peripheral side wall 30e, the outer peripheral side wall 30f, and the vehicle interior side wall 31a is formed. The third section S3 is located adjacent to the inner side of the first section S1 and the second section S2, and is separated from the first section S1 and the second section S2 by the vehicle interior side wall 31a.
また、インナサッシュ30とガイドレール31を組み合わせた状態では、ガイドレール31の外周側壁31cが、インナサッシュ30の外周延設部30gよりも車外側に突出して、段部30cの内周側に位置する位置決め部31c1を形成する(図9から図11参照)。そして、段部30cの車外延設部30hと位置決め部32c1を両側壁として外周延設部30gを底部とする、車外側に開放された保持凹部U1がフレーム部30aの外側(車外側且つ外周側)に形成される(図9から図11参照)。
Further, in the state where the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 are combined, the outer peripheral side wall 31c of the guide rail 31 protrudes outward from the outer peripheral extending portion 30g of the inner sash 30 and is located on the inner peripheral side of the step portion 30c. The positioning portion 31c1 is formed (see FIGS. 9 to 11). Further, the holding recess U1 that is open to the outside of the vehicle and that has the outer peripheral extended portion 30g as the bottom and the vehicle outer extended portion 30h and the positioning portion 32c1 of the stepped portion 30c as the side walls is located outside the frame portion 30a (outside the vehicle and the outer peripheral side). ) Is formed (see FIGS. 9 to 11).
ガイドレール31で外周側壁31cに続けて形成されるカバー壁31eは、ウインドガラスWに対して車内側に離間して対向する。カバー壁31eは外周延設部30gよりも車外側に位置しており、ウインドガラスWの車内側面W2とカバー壁31eとの間には、保持凹部U1に連通する隙間U2が形成される(図9から図11参照)。
A cover wall 31e formed on the guide rail 31 following the outer peripheral side wall 31c faces the windshield W with a space inside the vehicle. The cover wall 31e is located on the vehicle outer side than the outer peripheral extension 30g, and a gap U2 communicating with the holding recess U1 is formed between the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W and the cover wall 31e (see FIG. 9 to 11).
ガーニッシュ32は、意匠部30bの車外側を覆って立柱サッシュ12の長手方向に延びる長尺部材であり、車外側に向く車外側面32aと、車内側に向き意匠部30bに対向する車内側面32bとを有する。内外周方向ではガーニッシュ32は意匠部30bの全体を覆う幅を有している。ガーニッシュ32の内周側の縁部と外周側の縁部にはそれぞれ、車内側に向けて湾曲(屈曲)して車内側面32bよりも車内側に突出する形状の内周縁部32cと外周縁部32dが設けられている。
The garnish 32 is a long member that covers the exterior of the design portion 30b and extends in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12. The garnish 32 includes an exterior surface 32a facing the exterior and an interior surface 32b facing the interior 30b and facing the interior 30b. Have. The garnish 32 has a width that covers the entire design portion 30b in the inner and outer peripheral directions. The inner peripheral edge portion and the outer peripheral edge portion of the garnish 32 respectively have an inner peripheral edge portion 32c and an outer peripheral edge portion that are curved (bent) toward the vehicle interior side and project toward the vehicle interior side from the vehicle interior side surface 32b. 32d is provided.
より詳しくは、図10と図11に示すように、ガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32cは、内周側を向く内周側面32eと、外周側を向く外周側面32fと、車内側を向く端面32gとを有する。内周側面32eは、車外側面32aに連続する面であり、車内側に進むほど内周側に突出する傾斜形状を有し、且つ内周側に向けて凸となる湾曲形状を有している(特に、車外側面32aに接続する部分から所定の領域が凸状の湾曲面となっている)。外周側面32fは、車内側面32bに連続する面であり、車内側に進むほど内周側に突出する傾斜形状を有し、且つ内周側に向けて凹となる湾曲形状を有している(特に、車内側面32bに接続する部分から所定の領域が凹状の湾曲面となっている)。端面32gは、内周側面32eと外周側面32fのそれぞれの車内側端部を接続しており、車内側を向く平面形状を有する。
More specifically, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32 includes an inner peripheral side surface 32e facing the inner peripheral side, an outer peripheral side surface 32f facing the outer peripheral side, and an end surface 32g facing the vehicle inner side. Have. The inner peripheral side surface 32e is a surface that is continuous with the vehicle outer surface 32a, has an inclined shape that protrudes toward the inner peripheral side toward the vehicle inner side, and has a curved shape that is convex toward the inner peripheral side. (In particular, a predetermined region from the portion connected to the vehicle outer side surface 32a is a convex curved surface). The outer peripheral side surface 32f is a surface that is continuous with the vehicle inner side surface 32b, has an inclined shape that protrudes toward the inner peripheral side toward the vehicle inner side, and has a curved shape that becomes concave toward the inner peripheral side ( In particular, a predetermined area is a concave curved surface from the portion connected to the vehicle interior side surface 32b). The end surface 32g connects the respective inner side surfaces of the inner peripheral side surface 32e and the outer peripheral side surface 32f, and has a planar shape facing the inner side of the vehicle.
インナサッシュ30の意匠部30bと車外延設部30hの境界部分は湾曲形状を有し、内周縁部32cの内周側面32eや外周側面32fの湾曲形状は、このインナサッシュ30の湾曲形状に沿うものである。そして、端面32gを含む内周縁部32cの先端側の一部が、車外延設部30hよりも内周側に位置して保持凹部U1の内側に入り込んでいる。ガーニッシュ32の車外側面32aは、車内外方向においてウインドガラスWの車外側面W1と概ね同じ位置にあり、端面32gは、車内外方向においてウインドガラスWの車内側面W2に近い位置にある。
The boundary portion between the design portion 30b of the inner sash 30 and the vehicle exterior extension portion 30h has a curved shape, and the curved shape of the inner peripheral side surface 32e and the outer peripheral side surface 32f of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c follows the curved shape of the inner sash 30. It is a thing. A part of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c including the end face 32g on the tip side is located on the inner peripheral side of the vehicle exterior extending portion 30h and enters the inside of the holding recess U1. The vehicle outer side surface 32a of the garnish 32 is substantially at the same position as the vehicle outer side surface W1 of the windshield W in the vehicle interior/exterior direction, and the end surface 32g is located at a position closer to the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W in the vehicle interior/exterior direction.
ガーニッシュ32は合成樹脂等の材質からなる成形品であり、図13に示す成形用の型を用いて成形される。この成形用の型は、車外側面32aと車内側面32bを表裏とするガーニッシュ32の表裏方向(ガーニッシュ32を立柱サッシュ12に組み付けた状態での車内外方向に相当する)に相対移動可能な上型80と下型81を有する。
The garnish 32 is a molded product made of a material such as synthetic resin, and is molded using the molding die shown in FIG. This molding die is an upper die that is relatively movable in the front and back direction of the garnish 32 having the vehicle outer side surface 32a and the vehicle inner side surface 32b (corresponding to the vehicle inside and outside direction when the garnish 32 is assembled to the upright pillar sash 12). It has a lower die 80 and a lower die 81.
上型80は、ガーニッシュ32の車外側面32aを形成する平面状の第1の形成領域80aと、第1の形成領域80aに続けて凹状に湾曲しながら延設されて内周側面32eの一部を形成する第2の形成領域80bとを有する。下型81は、ガーニッシュ32の車内側面32bを形成する平面状の第1の形成領域81aと、第1の形成領域81aに続けて凸状に湾曲しながら延設されて外周側面32fを形成する第2の面形成領域81bと、第2の面形成領域81bに連続して端面32gを形成する第3の形成領域81cと、第3の形成領域81cに続けて内周側面32eの一部を形成する第4の形成領域81dとを有する。上型80は第2の形成領域80bに続く合わせ面80cを有し、下型81は第4の形成領域81dに続く合わせ面81eを有する。合わせ面80cと合わせ面81eは、上型80と下型81の接離方向に正対する平面である。
The upper mold 80 is provided with a flat first forming region 80a that forms the vehicle outer side surface 32a of the garnish 32, and a concave portion that is continuously extended from the first forming region 80a and is partially extended from the inner peripheral side surface 32e. And a second formation region 80b for forming the. The lower die 81 is provided with a planar first forming area 81a forming the vehicle interior side surface 32b of the garnish 32, and a convex shape curvingly extending from the first forming area 81a to form an outer peripheral side surface 32f. The second surface forming area 81b, the third forming area 81c which continuously forms the end surface 32g in the second surface forming area 81b, and a part of the inner peripheral side surface 32e following the third forming area 81c. And a fourth formation region 81d to be formed. The upper die 80 has a mating surface 80c following the second forming area 80b, and the lower die 81 has a mating surface 81e following the fourth forming area 81d. The mating surface 80c and the mating surface 81e are flat surfaces that face each other in the contact and separation directions of the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81.
図13に示すように、第2の形成領域80bと第4の形成領域81dが連続するように位置合わせした上で、合わせ面80cと合わせ面81eが当接するまで上型80と下型81を接近させる。そして、上型80と下型81の内面(各形成領域80a、80b、81a、81b、81c、81d)によってガーニッシュ32を成形する。図示を省略するが、上型80と下型81の内面には、外周縁部32dを形成するための領域も設けられており、内周縁部32cだけでなく外周縁部32dも上型80と下型81によって形成される。
As shown in FIG. 13, after aligning so that the second forming region 80b and the fourth forming region 81d are continuous, the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81 are moved until the mating face 80c and the mating face 81e come into contact with each other. Bring them closer. Then, the garnish 32 is molded by the inner surfaces of the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81 ( formation regions 80a, 80b, 81a, 81b, 81c, 81d). Although illustration is omitted, the inner surfaces of the upper mold 80 and the lower mold 81 are also provided with regions for forming the outer peripheral edge portion 32d, and not only the inner peripheral edge portion 32c but also the outer peripheral edge portion 32d are formed as the upper mold 80. It is formed by the lower die 81.
成形後に上型80と下型81をガーニッシュ32の表裏方向に離間させると、ガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32cには、合わせ面80cと合わせ面81eの境界に対応する部分にパーティングラインL1(図13参照)が形成される。パーティングラインL1は、ガーニッシュ32の車内側面32bを延長した仮想線(仮想平面)が内周側面32eと交差する交差箇所K1(図13参照)よりも車内側に位置している。
When the upper die 80 and the lower die 81 are separated from each other in the front and back directions of the garnish 32 after molding, the parting line L1 is formed on the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32 at a portion corresponding to the boundary between the mating surface 80c and the mating surface 81e. 13) is formed. The parting line L1 is located inside the vehicle from an intersection point K1 (see FIG. 13) where an imaginary line (virtual plane) extending from the vehicle interior side surface 32b of the garnish 32 intersects the inner peripheral side surface 32e.
ガーニッシュ32は、合成樹脂製以外に金属製(例えば鋼板のロール成形品、アルミニウム合金のダイキャスト品等)とすることも可能である。
The garnish 32 can be made of metal (for example, a steel plate roll-formed product, an aluminum alloy die-cast product, etc.) in addition to the synthetic resin.
弾性カバー33は、弾性体からなる長尺部材であり、ガーニッシュ32の内周側に隣接して立柱サッシュ12の長手方向に延びている。弾性カバー33は、中空断面形状の中空部33aと、中空部33aから内周側に突出する片持ち状のリップ部33bとを有している。
The elastic cover 33 is a long member made of an elastic body and is adjacent to the inner peripheral side of the garnish 32 and extends in the longitudinal direction of the vertical pillar sash 12. The elastic cover 33 has a hollow portion 33a having a hollow cross-sectional shape, and a cantilevered lip portion 33b protruding from the hollow portion 33a toward the inner peripheral side.
図10は、ウインドガラスWやガーニッシュ32による押圧を受けない初期状態(自由状態)の弾性カバー33の形状を示している。この初期状態における弾性カバー33の各部は、次のような形状及び構造を有している。
FIG. 10 shows the shape of the elastic cover 33 in an initial state (free state) that is not pressed by the windshield W or the garnish 32. Each part of the elastic cover 33 in this initial state has the following shape and structure.
弾性カバー33の中空部33aは、車外側壁33c、内周側壁33d、外周側壁33e、外周突出壁33f、車内側壁33g、内周側基部壁33h、外周側基部壁33iで囲まれた閉断面構造の内部空間を有している。
The hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 has a closed cross section surrounded by a vehicle outer side wall 33c, an inner peripheral side wall 33d, an outer peripheral side wall 33e, an outer peripheral protruding wall 33f, a vehicle inner side wall 33g, an inner peripheral side base wall 33h, and an outer peripheral side base wall 33i. It has an internal space of structure.
車外側壁33cは車外側に位置し、ウインドガラスWの車外側面W1やガーニッシュ32の車外側面32aと内外周方向に並ぶ位置関係にある。内周側壁33dは、車外側壁33cの内周側の端部からリップ部33bまで延びており、内外周方向でウインドガラスWの縁面W3に対向する位置にある。外周側壁33eと外周突出壁33fは、ガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32cに沿うL字状の形状をなし、外周側壁33eが内周側面32eに対向し、外周突出壁33fが端面32gに対向する。
The outer side wall 33c is located on the outer side of the vehicle, and is in a positional relationship with the outer side surface W1 of the windshield W and the outer side surface 32a of the garnish 32 in the inner-outer peripheral direction. The inner peripheral side wall 33d extends from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle outer side wall 33c to the lip portion 33b, and is located at a position facing the edge surface W3 of the windshield W in the inner and outer peripheral directions. The outer peripheral side wall 33e and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f are L-shaped along the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, the outer peripheral side wall 33e faces the inner peripheral side surface 32e, and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f faces the end surface 32g.
車内側壁33gは、インナサッシュ30の外周延設部30gに当接する。この外周延設部30gに対する車内側壁33gの当接によって、弾性カバー33(特に中空部33a)の車内外方向の位置が定まる。接続部材35が設けられているドアコーナー部10dでは、車内側壁33gは接続部材35の屈曲部35hにも当接する(図16から図18参照)。
The inner side wall 33g comes into contact with the outer peripheral extension portion 30g of the inner sash 30. The position of the elastic cover 33 (particularly, the hollow portion 33a) in the vehicle interior/outside direction is determined by the contact of the vehicle interior side wall 33g with the outer peripheral extension 30g. In the door corner portion 10d provided with the connecting member 35, the vehicle interior side wall 33g also contacts the bent portion 35h of the connecting member 35 (see FIGS. 16 to 18).
内周側基部壁33hは、車内側壁33gの内周側端部とリップ部33bの間の角部に形成されており、ガイドレール31の位置決め部31c1に当接する。外周側基部壁33iは、外周突出壁33fと車内側壁33gのそれぞれの外周側端部を接続しており、車内側(車内側壁33g)から車外側(外周突出壁33f)に進むにつれて外周側に突出する傾斜形状を有している。位置決め部31c1に内周側基部壁33hを当接させた状態で、外周側基部壁33iは段部30cから離間する(外周側基部壁33iと外周延設部30g及び車外延設部30hとの間に三角形状のスペースが形成される)ように、初期状態の中空部33aの形状及びサイズが設定されている(図10参照)。すなわち、位置決め部31c1に対する内周側基部壁33hの当接によって、弾性カバー33の内外周方向の位置が定まる。
The inner peripheral side base wall 33h is formed at a corner between the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 33g and the lip portion 33b, and contacts the positioning portion 31c1 of the guide rail 31. The outer peripheral side base wall 33i connects the outer peripheral side end portions of the outer peripheral projecting wall 33f and the vehicle interior side wall 33g, and the outer peripheral side wall 33i moves toward the outer peripheral side from the vehicle inner side (vehicle inner side wall 33g) to the vehicle outer side (outer peripheral projecting wall 33f). It has a protruding inclined shape. The outer peripheral side base wall 33i is separated from the step portion 30c in a state where the inner peripheral side base wall 33h is in contact with the positioning portion 31c1 (the outer peripheral side base wall 33i, the outer peripheral extended portion 30g, and the vehicle outer extended portion 30h). The shape and size of the hollow portion 33a in the initial state are set so that a triangular space is formed therebetween (see FIG. 10). That is, the position of the elastic cover 33 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is determined by the contact of the inner peripheral side base wall 33h with the positioning portion 31c1.
中空部33aにおいては、車内側壁33gや内周側基部壁33hの肉厚が大きく、車外側壁33c、内周側壁33d、外周側壁33e、外周突出壁33fの肉厚が小さくなっている。別言すれば、中空部33aは、保持凹部U1内でインナサッシュ30やガイドレール31に当接して保持される(位置決めされる)部分では肉厚が大きく安定性に優れ、ウインドガラスWとガーニッシュ32に挟まれる部分では肉厚が小さく弾性変形しやすくなっている。
In the hollow portion 33a, the wall thickness of the vehicle inner side wall 33g and the inner peripheral side base wall 33h is large, and the wall thickness of the vehicle outer side wall 33c, the inner peripheral side wall 33d, the outer peripheral side wall 33e, and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f are small. In other words, the hollow portion 33a is large in thickness and excellent in stability in a portion which is held (positioned) in contact with the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 in the holding recess U1, and the hollow glass 33a and the garnish. The portion sandwiched by 32 has a small thickness and is easily elastically deformed.
弾性カバー33のリップ部33bは、中空部33aの内周側壁33dと内周側基部壁33hの間から内周側へ向けて延設されている。リップ部33bのうち中空部33aに接続する基端側の所定範囲が、ウインドガラスWとカバー壁31eの間の隙間U2内に挿入され、リップ部33bの先端部は隙間U2から内周側に突出している。
The lip portion 33b of the elastic cover 33 extends from the space between the inner peripheral side wall 33d and the inner peripheral side base wall 33h of the hollow portion 33a toward the inner peripheral side. A predetermined range of the lip portion 33b on the base end side connected to the hollow portion 33a is inserted into the gap U2 between the window glass W and the cover wall 31e, and the tip end portion of the lip portion 33b is located on the inner peripheral side from the gap U2. It is protruding.
図10に示すように、初期状態(自由状態)のリップ部33bは、カバー壁31eに対向する車内側面33jがカバー壁31eに沿う平面形状であり、ウインドガラスWの車内側面W2に対向する車外側面33kは凹凸形状を有している。より詳しくは、車外側面33kのうち中空部33a(内周側壁33d)に近い基端部分は車内側に凹んだ凹状で、当該凹状部分よりも内周側が車外側へ膨らむ凸状になっている。このリップ部33bの凸状部分の車内外方向への肉厚は、隙間U2の幅よりも大きい。
As shown in FIG. 10, the lip portion 33b in the initial state (free state) has a planar shape in which the vehicle interior side surface 33j facing the cover wall 31e is along the cover wall 31e, and the vehicle exterior side surface W2 of the windshield W facing the vehicle interior side surface W2. The side surface 33k has an uneven shape. More specifically, the base end portion of the outer side surface 33k close to the hollow portion 33a (inner peripheral side wall 33d) has a concave shape that is recessed toward the inside of the vehicle, and the inner peripheral side of the concave portion is a convex shape that bulges toward the outside of the vehicle. .. The wall thickness of the convex portion of the lip portion 33b toward the inside and outside of the vehicle is larger than the width of the gap U2.
リップ部33bのうち隙間U2から内周側に突出する部分は、弾性変形自在になっている。リップ部33bの当該突出部分は、内周側に進むほど車内側に突出するように湾曲した形状を有しており、リップ部33bの先端は、ガイドレール31の保持壁31gの先端近傍に位置している。
The part of the lip portion 33b that protrudes from the gap U2 to the inner peripheral side is elastically deformable. The projecting portion of the lip portion 33b has a curved shape so as to project toward the inner side of the vehicle toward the inner peripheral side, and the tip of the lip portion 33b is located near the tip of the retaining wall 31g of the guide rail 31. doing.
図10に示すように、初期状態(自由状態)での弾性カバー33は、中空部33aのうち内周側壁33dの一部(リップ部33bに近い領域)と、リップ部33bの車外側面33kの凸状部分とが、ウインドガラスWと重なる関係にある。また、中空部33aのうち外周側壁33eの一部(車外側壁33cに近い領域)がガーニッシュ32と重なる関係にある。弾性カバー33は、これらの重なり部分がウインドガラスWやガーニッシュ32から押圧されて弾性変形し、図11に示す保持状態の形状になる。
As shown in FIG. 10, the elastic cover 33 in the initial state (free state) includes a portion of the inner peripheral side wall 33d (a region near the lip portion 33b) of the hollow portion 33a and a vehicle outer surface 33k of the lip portion 33b. The convex portion has a relationship of overlapping with the wind glass W. In addition, a part of the outer peripheral side wall 33e (a region near the vehicle outer side wall 33c) in the hollow portion 33a overlaps with the garnish 32. The overlapping portion of the elastic cover 33 is pressed by the window glass W or the garnish 32 and elastically deformed, so that the elastic cover 33 has the shape of the holding state shown in FIG. 11.
図11の保持状態では、弾性カバー33の中空部33aの内周側壁33dが、縁面W3に沿う形状になりながらウインドガラスWから押圧される。ウインドガラスWからの押圧力は、中空部33aをガーニッシュ32に押し付けるように外周側に向けて作用し、外周側壁33eがガーニッシュ32の内周側面32eとの密着度を増大させる。また、中空部33aに対しては、ガーニッシュ32からも内周方向へ向けて押圧力が作用し、内周側壁33dがウインドガラスWの縁面W3に密着する。したがって、弾性カバー33の中空部33aが内外周方向に弾性変形しながらウインドガラスWとガーニッシュ32の双方に密着し、ウインドガラスWとガーニッシュ32の間を水密に塞ぐ。中空部33aの車外側壁33cは、ウインドガラスWの車外側面W1及びガーニッシュ32の車外側面32aと略面一の関係となる。
In the holding state shown in FIG. 11, the inner peripheral side wall 33d of the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is pressed from the windshield W while forming a shape along the edge surface W3. The pressing force from the window glass W acts toward the outer peripheral side so as to press the hollow portion 33a against the garnish 32, and the outer peripheral side wall 33e increases the degree of adhesion with the inner peripheral side surface 32e of the garnish 32. Further, a pressing force acts on the hollow portion 33a from the garnish 32 toward the inner peripheral direction, and the inner peripheral side wall 33d is brought into close contact with the edge surface W3 of the window glass W. Therefore, the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is elastically deformed in the inner and outer peripheral directions and is in close contact with both the wind glass W and the garnish 32, so that the space between the wind glass W and the garnish 32 is watertightly closed. The vehicle exterior wall 33c of the hollow portion 33a is substantially flush with the vehicle exterior surface W1 of the windshield W and the vehicle exterior surface 32a of the garnish 32.
中空部33aの内周側壁33dは、初期状態の傾斜形状(図10参照)によって、ウインドガラスWの縁面W3に当接して押圧される際に、外周側に加えて車内側への押圧力も受ける。つまり、ウインドガラスWから外周側への分力と車内側への分力によって中空部33aが押圧される。これにより、車内側壁33gが外周延設部30gに押し付けられる。この押し付けによって、車内側壁33gを内外周方向へ押し広げようとする力が働く。内周側基部壁33hは初期状態(図10)で位置決め部32c1に当接する形状であるため、内周側基部壁33hは位置決め部32c1への密着を維持して内外周方向における中空部33aの位置を定める。一方、外周側基部壁33iと段部30cとの間には初期状態(図10)でスペースに余裕があり、中空部33aは、段部30cと外周側基部壁33iの間のスペースを小さくさせながら、外周側基部壁33iから外周突出壁33fにかけての部分を車外延設部30hに押し付ける。
The inner peripheral side wall 33d of the hollow portion 33a has a pressing force not only on the outer peripheral side but also on the inner side of the vehicle when it is pressed against the edge surface W3 of the window glass W by the inclined shape in the initial state (see FIG. 10). Also receive. That is, the hollow portion 33a is pressed by the component force from the window glass W toward the outer peripheral side and the component force toward the inside of the vehicle. As a result, the vehicle interior side wall 33g is pressed against the outer peripheral extension portion 30g. By this pressing, a force acts to spread the inner side wall 33g in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Since the inner peripheral side base wall 33h has a shape that abuts on the positioning portion 32c1 in the initial state (FIG. 10), the inner peripheral side base wall 33h maintains close contact with the positioning portion 32c1 and the hollow portion 33a in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Determine the position. On the other hand, there is a space in the initial state (FIG. 10) between the outer peripheral side base wall 33i and the step portion 30c, and the hollow portion 33a reduces the space between the step portion 30c and the outer peripheral side base wall 33i. Meanwhile, the portion from the outer peripheral side base wall 33i to the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f is pressed against the vehicle exterior extending portion 30h.
図11に示す弾性カバー33の保持状態ではさらに、リップ部33bにおける車外側面33kの凸状部分がウインドガラスWの車内側面W2によって押圧されて、リップ部33bが車内外方向に圧縮変形されて隙間U2内を水密に塞ぐ。ウインドガラスWの縁面W3での中空部33aによる密封に加えて、ウインドガラスWの車内側面W2でのリップ部33bによる密封を行うことで、ウインドガラスWと立柱サッシュ12の間の水密性がさらに向上する。
In the holding state of the elastic cover 33 shown in FIG. 11, the convex portion of the outer side surface 33k of the lip portion 33b is further pressed by the inner side surface W2 of the windshield W, and the lip portion 33b is compressed and deformed in the inner and outer directions of the vehicle to form a gap. Watertightly close U2. In addition to the sealing by the hollow portion 33a at the edge surface W3 of the windshield W and the sealing by the lip portion 33b at the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W, the watertightness between the windshield W and the upright sash 12 is improved. Further improve.
特に本実施の形態のドア10では、後述するようにウインドレギュレータ40の構成要素が立柱サッシュ12内に組み込まれている。そのため、弾性カバー33によってウインドガラスWと立柱サッシュ12の間を高度な水密状態で密封することの有効性が高い。
In particular, in the door 10 of the present embodiment, the components of the window regulator 40 are incorporated in the upright pillar sash 12 as described later. Therefore, it is highly effective to seal the window glass W and the vertical column sash 12 in a highly watertight state by the elastic cover 33.
弾性カバー33において、保持凹部U1に保持されてウインドガラスWとガーニッシュ32により挟持される部分を中空部33aにしたことで、部分的に開放された開放断面や片持ち状の形態に比べて、断面構造の安定性に優れたシール部材となっている。その結果、弾性カバー33やその周辺部材(インナサッシュ30、ガイドレール31、ガーニッシュ32等)の部品精度や組付精度のばらつきを吸収しながら、中空部33aを適切な接触圧で確実にウインドガラスWと立柱サッシュ12の各部(段部30c、位置決め部31c1、ガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32c)に密着させて、高度な水密性能を得ることができる。
In the elastic cover 33, the portion held by the holding recess U1 and sandwiched by the window glass W and the garnish 32 is formed as a hollow portion 33a, so that a partially opened open cross section or a cantilevered form is provided. The seal member has excellent cross-sectional structure stability. As a result, it is possible to reliably absorb the variation in component accuracy and assembly accuracy of the elastic cover 33 and its peripheral members (inner sash 30, guide rail 31, garnish 32, etc.) while ensuring that the hollow portion 33a has an appropriate contact pressure. A high degree of watertightness can be obtained by closely contacting the W and the respective portions of the vertical column sash 12 (step portion 30c, positioning portion 31c1, inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32).
また、内外周方向におけるウインドガラスWとガーニッシュ32の間隙にばらつきがある場合でも、中空部33aは内外周方向に安定した外観上の幅を維持できる。
Further, even if the gap between the window glass W and the garnish 32 in the inner/outer peripheral direction varies, the hollow portion 33a can maintain a stable outer width in the inner/outer peripheral direction.
また、初期状態(図10)の中空部33aにおいて外周側基部壁33iが段部30cとの間に所定のスペースを備えており、保持状態(図11)にする際に当該スペースを小さくさせる方向に弾性カバー33を弾性変形させる構成とすることで、精度のばらつき吸収性能が向上する。
Further, in the hollow portion 33a in the initial state (FIG. 10), the outer peripheral side base wall 33i has a predetermined space between itself and the step portion 30c, and the space is made smaller when the holding state (FIG. 11) is set. The elastic cover 33 is elastically deformed to improve the accuracy variation absorption performance.
図11の保持状態における中空部33aは、略L字状をなす外周側壁33eと外周突出壁33fがガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32cに嵌合することで、さらに高い安定性が得られる。先に述べたように、中空部33aは初期状態(図10)の内周側壁33dの傾斜形状によって、ウインドガラスWから外周側と車内側への押圧力を受け、車内側壁33gがインナサッシュ30の外周延設部30gに当接して車内側への移動が規制される。さらに、ガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32cの端面32gに外周突出壁33fが対向することで、車外側への中空部33aの移動(脱落)が規制される。したがって、中空部33aは車内外方向に安定して保持される。
The hollow portion 33a in the holding state shown in FIG. 11 has a further L-shaped outer peripheral side wall 33e and an outer peripheral protruding wall 33f fitted to the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, so that higher stability can be obtained. As described above, the hollow portion 33a receives a pressing force from the window glass W toward the outer peripheral side and the inside of the vehicle due to the inclined shape of the inner peripheral side wall 33d in the initial state (FIG. 10), and the inside wall 33g of the inside of the vehicle is sashed. The movement toward the inside of the vehicle is regulated by abutting on the outer peripheral extended portion 30g. Further, the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f faces the end surface 32g of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, so that the movement (dropping) of the hollow portion 33a toward the vehicle outer side is restricted. Therefore, the hollow portion 33a is stably held in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle.
詳細は後述するが、ガイドレール31の第1区画S1は、ウインドガラスWを支持するスライダ45、46のシュー43、44を摺動可能に支持する部分である。すなわち、ガイドレール31の第1区画S1を構成する内周側壁31bと隔壁31fによって、内外周方向へのウインドガラスWの位置が定まり、車内側壁31aと保持壁31gによって、車内外方向へのウインドガラスWの位置が定まる。弾性カバー33の内外周方向の位置決めを行う位置決め部31c1は、ガイドレール31の一部である。すなわち、ガイドレール31を基準として、ウインドガラスWと弾性カバー33の両方の位置決めを行っている。これにより、ウインドガラスWと弾性カバー33の位置関係が安定する(ばらつきにくくなる)。弾性カバー33は保持状態(図11)でウインドガラスWによる押圧を受けてシール部材として機能するため、ウインドガラスWと弾性カバー33の位置関係が安定していると、ウインドガラスWや立柱サッシュ12の各部に対する弾性カバー33の密着度が安定し、弾性カバー33による高度な水密性を確保できる。また、後述するように、弾性カバー33はリップ部33bをスライダ45、46に対して当接させるため、ウインドガラスWと弾性カバー33の位置関係が安定しているとスライダ45、46に対する負荷変更も抑えられ、ガイドレール31に対するスライダ45、46の摺動性能が良好になる。
As will be described later in detail, the first section S1 of the guide rail 31 is a portion that slidably supports the shoes 43 and 44 of the sliders 45 and 46 that support the window glass W. That is, the position of the windshield W in the inner and outer peripheral directions is determined by the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the partition wall 31f that form the first section S1 of the guide rail 31, and the inner and outer side walls 31a and the holding wall 31g define the window inward and outward directions. The position of the glass W is determined. The positioning portion 31c1 that positions the elastic cover 33 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is a part of the guide rail 31. That is, both the window glass W and the elastic cover 33 are positioned with reference to the guide rail 31. As a result, the positional relationship between the windshield W and the elastic cover 33 becomes stable (hard to be dispersed). Since the elastic cover 33 is pressed by the window glass W in the holding state (FIG. 11) and functions as a seal member, if the positional relationship between the window glass W and the elastic cover 33 is stable, the window glass W and the vertical pillar sash 12 are not provided. The degree of adhesion of the elastic cover 33 with respect to each part is stable, and a high degree of watertightness due to the elastic cover 33 can be secured. Further, as will be described later, since the elastic cover 33 brings the lip portion 33b into contact with the sliders 45 and 46, if the positional relationship between the window glass W and the elastic cover 33 is stable, the load on the sliders 45 and 46 is changed. The sliding performance of the sliders 45 and 46 with respect to the guide rail 31 is improved.
ガーニッシュ32と弾性カバー33は、ドア10を車外側から見たときに立柱サッシュ12の外観を構成する部分である。立柱サッシュ12は、ガーニッシュ32がウインドガラスWの車外側面W1と概ね面一に近い位置関係で並ぶ、いわゆるフラッシュサーフェス構造である。弾性カバー33は、上記のように車外側への中空部33aの膨出等が生じにくい高精度で安定した状態で保持されるため、優れた水密性能を備えつつ、ウインドガラスW及びガーニッシュ32と共に美観に優れたフラッシュサーフェス構造の外観を構成することができる。
The garnish 32 and the elastic cover 33 are parts that form the exterior of the upright sash 12 when the door 10 is viewed from the outside of the vehicle. The upright pillar sash 12 has a so-called flash surface structure in which the garnish 32 is arranged in a positional relationship substantially flush with the vehicle outer surface W1 of the windshield W. Since the elastic cover 33 is held in a highly accurate and stable state in which the bulging of the hollow portion 33a to the outside of the vehicle is unlikely to occur as described above, the elastic cover 33 has excellent water-tightness, and together with the windshield W and the garnish 32. The appearance of the flash surface structure can be configured to be aesthetically pleasing.
また、ガーニッシュ32は、成形により生じるパーティングラインL1の位置を、内周縁部32cの内周側面32e上の交差箇所K1(車内側面32bを延長した位置)よりも車内側に設定している(図13参照)。これにより、多少の精度のばらつきがあっても、パーティングラインL1を確実に弾性カバー33によって覆うことができる。パーティングラインL1が外観に表れないためガーニッシュ32の見栄えが良く、立柱サッシュ12の美観向上に寄与する。
In addition, the garnish 32 sets the position of the parting line L1 generated by molding to the vehicle interior side from the intersection K1 (the position where the vehicle interior side surface 32b is extended) on the inner peripheral side surface 32e of the inner peripheral edge portion 32c ( (See FIG. 13). Thereby, even if there is some variation in accuracy, the parting line L1 can be reliably covered with the elastic cover 33. Since the parting line L1 does not appear in the appearance, the garnish 32 looks good and contributes to improving the aesthetics of the upright sash 12.
また、弾性カバー33は、ウインドガラスWとガーニッシュ32の間で直接的に立柱サッシュ12の外観に表れる中空部33aに加えて、ウインドガラスWの車内側に位置してガイドレール31の大部分を車外側から覆うリップ部33bを備える。これにより、ガーニッシュ32よりも内周側で立柱サッシュ12の内部構造がほとんど外観に表れることなくカバーされ、ウインドガラスWと立柱サッシュ12が車内外方向に重なる領域においても優れた美観が得られる。
Further, the elastic cover 33 is located inside the windshield W and covers most of the guide rail 31 in addition to the hollow portion 33a directly appearing in the appearance of the upright sash 12 between the windshield W and the garnish 32. A lip portion 33b that covers the vehicle from the outside is provided. As a result, the inner structure of the upright pillar sash 12 is covered on the inner peripheral side of the garnish 32 with almost no appearance, and an excellent aesthetic appearance is obtained even in the region where the windshield W and the upright pillar sash 12 overlap in the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
立柱サッシュ12に対して弾性カバー33を取り付ける際には、図12に示すように、取り付け対象となる立柱サッシュ12の断面位置にウインドガラスWが存在しない状態にする。具体的には、ウインドガラスWを全開位置(図20参照)に下降させる。この状態で、図12のように弾性カバー33を傾けて、中空部33aを矢印INの方向に挿入する。中空部33aは、ガイドレール31の位置決め部31c1とガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32cとの間を通って保持凹部U1内に入る。このとき、弾性カバー33の外周側基部壁33iとガーニッシュ32の内周側面32eが当接する。外周側基部壁33iと内周側面32eは、挿入方向(矢印IN)に進むにつれて中空部33aを内周側に押し込むような傾斜形状を有している。そのため、中空部33aは、内外周方向に押し縮められながら、位置決め部31c1との間を通って保持凹部U1内に挿入される。外周側基部壁33iと内周側面32eが互いに滑らかな傾斜形状であるため、中空部33aをスムーズに保持凹部U1内に挿入させることができる。
When attaching the elastic cover 33 to the upright sash 12, the windshield W is not present at the cross-sectional position of the upright sash 12 to be attached, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the window glass W is lowered to the fully open position (see FIG. 20). In this state, the elastic cover 33 is tilted as shown in FIG. 12, and the hollow portion 33a is inserted in the direction of the arrow IN. The hollow portion 33a passes through between the positioning portion 31c1 of the guide rail 31 and the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32 and enters the holding recess U1. At this time, the outer peripheral side base wall 33i of the elastic cover 33 and the inner peripheral side surface 32e of the garnish 32 contact each other. The outer peripheral side base wall 33i and the inner peripheral side surface 32e have an inclined shape that pushes the hollow portion 33a toward the inner peripheral side as it goes in the insertion direction (arrow IN). Therefore, the hollow portion 33a is inserted into the holding recess U1 through the positioning portion 31c1 while being compressed in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Since the outer peripheral side base wall 33i and the inner peripheral side surface 32e have a mutually slanted shape, the hollow portion 33a can be smoothly inserted into the holding recess U1.
図12の矢印INに沿って中空部33aが保持凹部U1に挿入されたら、弾性カバー33を図12の時計方向に回転させる。すると、弾性カバー33の外周側壁33eと外周突出壁33fがガーニッシュ32の内周縁部32cに嵌合して、弾性カバー33は図10に示す安定した保持状態となる。このとき弾性カバー33の中空部33aは、位置決め部31c1と内周縁部32cによって、保持凹部U1から内周側や車外側への脱落が規制される。すなわち、弾性カバー33の中空部33aは、保持凹部U1に対して車内外方向と内外周方向のいずれにも位置が定められる。したがって、取り付け後の弾性カバー33は、ウインドガラスWが開かれた状態(図10からウインドガラスWを省略した状態)でも、安定して立柱サッシュ12に保持される。
When the hollow portion 33a is inserted into the holding recess U1 along the arrow IN in FIG. 12, the elastic cover 33 is rotated clockwise in FIG. Then, the outer peripheral side wall 33e and the outer peripheral protruding wall 33f of the elastic cover 33 are fitted to the inner peripheral edge portion 32c of the garnish 32, and the elastic cover 33 is in a stable holding state shown in FIG. At this time, the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is restricted from dropping from the holding recess U1 to the inner peripheral side or the vehicle outer side by the positioning portion 31c1 and the inner peripheral edge portion 32c. That is, the hollow portion 33a of the elastic cover 33 is positioned with respect to the holding recess U1 in both the in-vehicle outer direction and the inner-outer circumferential direction. Therefore, the elastic cover 33 after the attachment is stably held by the vertical pillar sash 12 even when the window glass W is opened (the window glass W is omitted from FIG. 10).
以上のように、アッパサッシュ11と立柱サッシュ12の断面構造は部分的に異なっている。このように異なる断面構造のアッパサッシュ11と立柱サッシュ12は、ドアコーナー部10dで接続部材35を介して接続される。接続部材35は、アルミ等の金属をダイキャストで製造したものである。接続部材35は、アッパサッシュ11の延長上に位置する第1フレーム部35aと、立柱サッシュ12の延長上に位置する第2フレーム部35bとを有する。
As mentioned above, the sectional structures of the upper sash 11 and the vertical pillar sash 12 are partially different. In this way, the upper sash 11 and the upright pillar sash 12 having different cross-sectional structures are connected via the connecting member 35 at the door corner portion 10d. The connection member 35 is made of metal such as aluminum by die casting. The connection member 35 has a first frame portion 35 a located on the extension of the upper sash 11 and a second frame portion 35 b located on the extension of the upright sash 12.
接続部材35における第1フレーム部35aの前端は、アッパサッシュ11のサッシュ本体20の後端に対向する当接端面35cとなっている。当接端面35cは、サッシュ本体20におけるフレーム部20aと板状部20bを含む形状を有しており、フレーム部20aの中空部分に相当する領域は当接端面35cでは塞がれている。これにより、当接端面35cに対してサッシュ本体20の後端面を確実に当接させることができる。
The front end of the first frame portion 35a of the connecting member 35 is a contact end surface 35c that faces the rear end of the sash body 20 of the upper sash 11. The contact end surface 35c has a shape including the frame portion 20a and the plate-shaped portion 20b of the sash body 20, and the area corresponding to the hollow portion of the frame portion 20a is closed by the contact end surface 35c. Thereby, the rear end surface of the sash body 20 can be reliably brought into contact with the contact end surface 35c.
当接端面35cから前方に向けて突出する差込突起35dが設けられている(図6、図7参照)。差込突起35dは、中空状のフレーム部20aの内面に沿う形状を有しており、サッシュ本体20の後端面を当接端面35cに当接させた状態で、差込突起35dがフレーム部20a内に挿入される。この状態で接続部材35とサッシュ本体20が溶接等の手段を用いて接合される。
An insertion protrusion 35d that protrudes forward from the contact end face 35c is provided (see FIGS. 6 and 7). The insertion projection 35d has a shape along the inner surface of the hollow frame portion 20a, and the insertion projection 35d is inserted into the frame portion 20a in a state where the rear end surface of the sash body 20 is in contact with the contact end surface 35c. Inserted inside. In this state, the connecting member 35 and the sash body 20 are joined together by means such as welding.
接続部材35の上端に、アッパサッシュ11と第1フレーム部35aを接合した状態でアッパサッシュ11の板状部20bに連続する板状部35iを有している。アッパサッシュ11のウェザストリップ保持部24に保持されたウェザストリップ(図示略)は、接続部材35上まで延びて板状部35iによって連続して保持される。
The upper end of the connecting member 35 has a plate-shaped portion 35i continuous with the plate-shaped portion 20b of the upper sash 11 in a state where the upper sash 11 and the first frame portion 35a are joined. The weather strip (not shown) held by the weather strip holding portion 24 of the upper sash 11 extends to above the connecting member 35 and is continuously held by the plate-like portion 35i.
接続部材35における第2フレーム部35bの下端は、立柱サッシュ12のインナサッシュ30のうち、意匠部30bを除く部分に対応する形状を有する。より詳しくは、接続部材35は、車内側壁30dに連続する車内側壁35eと、内周側壁30eに連続する内周側壁35fと、外周側壁30fに連続する外周側壁35gとを有する。また、外周側壁35gの車外側の端部に、外周延設部30gの内周側の一部に連続する屈曲部35hが設けられている。
The lower end of the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35 has a shape corresponding to the portion of the inner sash 30 of the upright pillar sash 12 excluding the design portion 30b. More specifically, the connecting member 35 has a vehicle interior side wall 35e continuous with the vehicle interior side wall 30d, an inner peripheral side wall 35f continuous with the inner peripheral side wall 30e, and an outer peripheral side wall 35g continuous with the outer peripheral side wall 30f. In addition, a bent portion 35h that is continuous with a portion of the outer peripheral extension portion 30g on the inner peripheral side is provided at the vehicle outer side end portion of the outer peripheral side wall 35g.
第2フレーム部35bのうち内周側壁35fは、内外周方向への肉厚が部分的に異なっている。第2フレーム部35bの下端付近では内周側壁35fの肉厚が大きく、内周側壁35fの下端面から下方に向けて突出する差込突起35jが設けられている(図6、図7参照)。差込突起35jはインナサッシュ30のフレーム部30aの内面に沿う形状を有しており、インナサッシュ30の上端面を第2フレーム部35bの下端面に当接させた状態で、差込突起35jがフレーム部30a内に挿入される。この状態で、接続部材35とインナサッシュ30が溶接等の手段を用いて接合される。
The inner peripheral side wall 35f of the second frame portion 35b is partially different in thickness in the inner and outer peripheral directions. The thickness of the inner peripheral side wall 35f is large near the lower end of the second frame portion 35b, and an insertion protrusion 35j protruding downward from the lower end surface of the inner peripheral side wall 35f is provided (see FIGS. 6 and 7). .. The insertion protrusion 35j has a shape along the inner surface of the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30, and the insertion protrusion 35j is in a state where the upper end surface of the inner sash 30 is in contact with the lower end surface of the second frame portion 35b. Is inserted into the frame portion 30a. In this state, the connecting member 35 and the inner sash 30 are joined together by means such as welding.
インナサッシュ30の意匠部30bと段部30c(車外延設部30hの全体と外周延設部30gの外周側の一部)は、立柱サッシュ12の上端まで延びている。上記の第2フレーム部35bの下端面とインナサッシュ30の上端面の接合箇所よりも上方では、段部30cに形成された上下方向へ延びる側方当接面30iに対して、接続部材35の屈曲部35hの縁部が当接する(図16から図18参照)。
The design portion 30b and the step portion 30c of the inner sash 30 (the entire vehicle exterior extension portion 30h and a part of the outer periphery extension portion 30g on the outer peripheral side) extend to the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12. Above the joint between the lower end surface of the second frame portion 35b and the upper end surface of the inner sash 30 above the side contact surface 30i extending in the vertical direction formed on the step portion 30c, the connecting member 35 is connected. The edge of the bent portion 35h abuts (see FIGS. 16 to 18).
図16や図17に示すように、内周側壁35fの車外側の端部がガイドレール31の屈曲部31dに当接して、インナサッシュ30に対する接続部材35の車内外方向の位置が決まる。そして、立柱サッシュ12と接合された第2フレーム部35bの内部には、立柱サッシュ12の一般断面部(図9)と同様に、車内側壁35e、内周側壁35f、外周側壁35g、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aとによって囲まれる第3区画S3が形成される。
As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the end of the inner peripheral side wall 35f on the vehicle outer side abuts on the bent portion 31d of the guide rail 31 to determine the position of the connecting member 35 in the vehicle inner/outer direction with respect to the inner sash 30. Then, inside the second frame portion 35b joined to the upright sash 12, like the general cross-section (FIG. 9) of the upright sash 12, the vehicle inner side wall 35e, the inner peripheral side wall 35f, the outer peripheral side wall 35g, the guide rail 31. A third compartment S3 surrounded by the vehicle inner side wall 31a is formed.
以上のようにして第1フレーム部35aと第2フレーム部35bをそれぞれサッシュ本体20とインナサッシュ30に接合させることにより、接続部材35を介してアッパサッシュ11と立柱サッシュ12がつながってドアコーナー部10dが形成される。
By joining the first frame portion 35a and the second frame portion 35b to the sash body 20 and the inner sash 30, respectively, as described above, the upper sash 11 and the upright pillar sash 12 are connected via the connecting member 35, and the door corner portion is formed. 10d is formed.
接続部材35における車内側壁35eは、図5のように車内側から側面視して、立柱サッシュ12の上端付近から前方と下方に向けて延びるL字状の形状を有しており、アッパサッシュ11の車内側壁20cと立柱サッシュ12の車内側壁30dのそれぞれに対して略面一の関係となる。接続部材35における内周側壁35fは、湾曲しながら前方と下方に向けて延びて、アッパサッシュ11の内周側壁20dと立柱サッシュ12の内周側壁30eのそれぞれに対して略面一の関係となる。同様に、接続部材35における外周側壁35gは、湾曲しながら前方と下方に向けて延びて、アッパサッシュ11の外周側壁20eと立柱サッシュ12の外周側壁30fのそれぞれに対して略面一の関係となる。すなわち、アッパサッシュ11のフレーム部20a(車外側壁20fを除く)と、立柱サッシュ12のフレーム部30aとが、接続部材35の第1フレーム部35aと第2フレーム部35bによって滑らかに接続される。
The vehicle interior side wall 35e of the connecting member 35 has an L-shape that extends from the vicinity of the upper end of the upright sash 12 toward the front and the lower side in a side view from the vehicle interior as shown in FIG. The vehicle interior side wall 20c and the vehicle interior side wall 30d of the upright sash 12 are substantially flush with each other. The inner peripheral side wall 35f of the connection member 35 extends forward and downward while curving, and has a substantially flush relationship with each of the inner peripheral side wall 20d of the upper sash 11 and the inner peripheral side wall 30e of the upright sash 12. Become. Similarly, the outer peripheral side wall 35g of the connecting member 35 extends forward and downward while curving, and is substantially flush with the outer peripheral side wall 20e of the upper sash 11 and the outer peripheral side wall 30f of the upright sash 12. Become. That is, the frame portion 20a of the upper sash 11 (excluding the vehicle outer side wall 20f) and the frame portion 30a of the upright sash 12 are smoothly connected by the first frame portion 35a and the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35. ..
接続部材35は、上下方向位置の違いに応じて第2フレーム部35bの内部形状を変化させる。図16や図17に示すように、一般断面部におけるインナサッシュ30の内周側壁30e(図9参照)とは異なり、第2フレーム部35bにおける内周側壁35fは、車内側壁35eに接続する部分から車外側へ進むにつれての肉厚が徐々に大きくなっている。そして、内外周方向において内周側壁35fがガイドレール31の一部とオーバーラップし、車内側壁31aと内周側壁31bの境界の角部に嵌合する形状の段部35kが内周側壁35fに形成されている(図16、図17参照)。第2フレーム部35bのさらに上方では、図18に示すように、内周側壁35fが前方に延びて第1フレーム部35aに連続していく。
The connecting member 35 changes the internal shape of the second frame portion 35b according to the difference in the vertical position. As shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 17, unlike the inner peripheral side wall 30e of the inner sash 30 in the general cross section (see FIG. 9), the inner peripheral side wall 35f in the second frame portion 35b is a portion connected to the vehicle inner side wall 35e. The thickness gradually increases from the outside to the outside of the car. Then, the inner peripheral side wall 35f overlaps with a part of the guide rail 31 in the inner and outer peripheral directions, and a step portion 35k having a shape fitted at a corner portion of a boundary between the vehicle inner side wall 31a and the inner peripheral side wall 31b is formed on the inner peripheral side wall 35f. Is formed (see FIGS. 16 and 17). Above the second frame portion 35b, as shown in FIG. 18, the inner peripheral side wall 35f extends forward and is continuous with the first frame portion 35a.
また、第2フレーム部35bは、車内側壁35eを基準とした車内外方向の肉厚も部分的に異なっている。第2フレーム部35bの下端付近では、車内側壁35eの肉厚がインナサッシュ30の車内側壁30dの肉厚と概ね同じになっている。図6、図16、図17に示すように、車内側壁35eは概ねこの肉厚を維持しながら上方へ延びており、立柱サッシュ12の上端に近い位置まで、第3区画S3は車内外方向における幅が大きく確保されている。
Further, the second frame portion 35b is also partially different in the thickness in the inside/outside direction with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 35e. Near the lower end of the second frame portion 35b, the wall thickness of the vehicle interior side wall 35e is substantially the same as the wall thickness of the vehicle interior side wall 30d of the inner sash 30. As shown in FIG. 6, FIG. 16, and FIG. 17, the vehicle interior side wall 35e extends upward while maintaining this wall thickness, and the third section S3 in the vehicle exterior and exterior direction reaches a position near the upper end of the upright sash 12. Large width is secured.
図6や図18に示すように、第2フレーム部35bのさらに上方(第1フレーム部35aの後方延長上の位置)では、上記の車内側壁35eに上方に連続する領域が、部分的にガイドレール31の車内側壁31aに近接する位置まで肉厚を大きくした厚肉部35mとなっている。厚肉部35mは車外側に向く座面を形成しており、この座面から車内側に凹設する形で、第3区画S3の一部である逃げ凹部35nと、逃げ凹部35nに連通するネジ孔35pが形成されている。逃げ凹部35nは、車内側壁31aに沿って第1区画S1と第2区画S2の車内側に位置する第1の領域と、第1の領域のうち第1区画S1に対応する部分を車内側に延長した第2の領域とを有するL字状の断面形状を有する空間である。ネジ孔35pは、逃げ凹部35nの第1の領域のうち第2区画S2に対応する部分を車内側に延長した円筒状の孔部であり、内周面に雌ネジが形成されている。逃げ凹部35nとネジ孔35pはいずれも、車外側から車内側に向けて凹設された有底の凹部や孔部であり、第2フレーム部35bの車内側の面には貫通(開口)していない。
As shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 18, above the second frame portion 35b (at a position on the rear extension of the first frame portion 35a), an area continuous to the above-mentioned vehicle interior side wall 35e is partially guided. The thick portion 35m is formed by increasing the wall thickness to a position close to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the rail 31. The thick portion 35m forms a seating surface facing the vehicle outer side, and communicates with the escape recessed portion 35n, which is a part of the third section S3, and the escape recessed portion 35n in the form of being recessed from the seating surface toward the vehicle inside. A screw hole 35p is formed. The escape recess 35n includes a first area located inside the first section S1 and the second section S2 along the vehicle interior side wall 31a and a portion of the first area corresponding to the first section S1 inside the vehicle. It is a space having an L-shaped cross-sectional shape having an extended second region. The screw hole 35p is a cylindrical hole portion in which a portion corresponding to the second section S2 in the first region of the escape recess 35n is extended to the inside of the vehicle, and a female screw is formed on the inner peripheral surface thereof. The escape recess 35n and the screw hole 35p are both bottomed recesses and holes that are recessed from the outside of the vehicle toward the inside of the vehicle, and penetrate (open) into the inside surface of the second frame portion 35b. Not not.
以上のようにドアサッシュ10bの長手方向位置の違いによって断面形状や肉厚が異なる複雑な構造を有する接続部材35は、ダイキャストによって高精度に製造することができる。また、ダイキャスト製の接続部材35は、外面上に成形用の型抜き孔等を形成することなく、有底のネジ孔35pや厚肉部35m等を内部に高精度に形成可能であるため、内部の機能性の高さと優れた外観性を両立させることができる。
As described above, the connecting member 35 having a complicated structure in which the cross-sectional shape and the wall thickness are different depending on the difference in the longitudinal direction position of the door sash 10b can be manufactured with high precision by die casting. Further, since the die-cast connecting member 35 can highly accurately form the bottomed screw hole 35p, the thick portion 35m, and the like inside without forming a molding die-cutting hole or the like on the outer surface. It is possible to achieve both high functionality inside and excellent appearance.
図4に示すように、立柱サッシュ12はさらに、インナサッシュ30と接続部材35を車内側から覆うインナカバー36を有している。なお、立柱サッシュ12の断面図(図9から図11、図14から図18)においては、インナカバー36の図示を省略している。インナカバー36は、インナサッシュ30のフレーム部30aや接続部材35の第2フレーム部35bの断面形状に概ね対応する断面形状のフレーム部36aと、フレーム部36aから車外側に向けて突出する板状部36bとを有する。
As shown in FIG. 4, the upright pillar sash 12 further includes an inner cover 36 that covers the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35 from the inside of the vehicle. The inner cover 36 is not shown in the cross-sectional views of the upright pillar sash 12 (FIGS. 9 to 11 and FIGS. 14 to 18 ). The inner cover 36 includes a frame portion 36a having a cross-sectional shape substantially corresponding to the cross-sectional shape of the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35, and a plate-like shape protruding from the frame portion 36a toward the vehicle outer side. And a portion 36b.
インナカバー36の板状部36bは、接続部材35の板状部35iに連続する形状を有している。板状部35iから板状部36bに亘って別部品からなるウェザストリップ保持部(図示略)が取り付けられる。ウェザストリップは、アッパサッシュ11のウェザストリップ保持部24(図2参照)から板状部35iと板状部36b上のウェザストリップ保持部に連続して保持され、ドアコーナー部10dを含むドアサッシュ10bの外周部分の全体に亘って配設される。
The plate-shaped portion 36b of the inner cover 36 has a shape continuous with the plate-shaped portion 35i of the connection member 35. A weather strip holding portion (not shown), which is a separate component, is attached from the plate portion 35i to the plate portion 36b. The weather strip is held continuously from the weather strip holding portion 24 (see FIG. 2) of the upper sash 11 to the plate-shaped portion 35i and the weather strip holding portion on the plate-shaped portion 36b, and the door sash 10b including the door corner portion 10d. Is disposed over the entire outer peripheral portion of the.
ドア10は、ウインドガラスWを昇降駆動させるウインドレギュレータ40(図8、図22から図24参照)を備えている。ウインドレギュレータ40は立柱サッシュ12に組み込まれている。
The door 10 includes a window regulator 40 (see FIGS. 8 and 22 to 24) that drives the window glass W to move up and down. The window regulator 40 is incorporated in the upright pillar sash 12.
ウインドレギュレータ40は、ウインドガラスWに対して固定される上下2つのシューベース41、42と、各シューベース41、42に取り付けられてガイドレール31に対して上下方向に摺動可能に支持される上下2つのシュー43、44とを有する。図8や図21に示すように、シューベース41にシュー43を取り付けて上側のスライダ45が構成され、シューベース42にシュー44を取り付けて下側のスライダ46が構成される。そして、インナサッシュ30と共に立柱サッシュ12を構成するガイドレール31は、ウインドレギュレータ40における各スライダ45、46の昇降案内用のガイド部としても機能する。
The window regulator 40 is attached to each of the upper and lower shoe bases 41 and 42 fixed to the window glass W and the shoe bases 41 and 42, and is supported so as to be vertically slidable with respect to the guide rail 31. It has upper and lower two shoes 43, 44. As shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 21, the shoe 43 is attached to the shoe base 41 to configure the upper slider 45, and the shoe 44 is attached to the shoe base 42 to configure the lower slider 46. The guide rail 31 that constitutes the upright pillar sash 12 together with the inner sash 30 also functions as a guide portion for ascending and descending guides of the sliders 45 and 46 in the window regulator 40.
ガイドレール31はインナサッシュ30やインナカバー36よりも下方に長く延設されており(図3、図4参照)、ドアパネル10aの内部空間ではガイドレール31がインナサッシュ30やインナカバー36に囲まれずに露出する。このドアパネル10aの内部空間におけるガイドレール31の露出部分に、ウインドレギュレータ40における駆動源であるモータMを備えたモータユニット50が取り付けられる(図1、図8、図19参照)。
The guide rail 31 is extended longer than the inner sash 30 and the inner cover 36 (see FIGS. 3 and 4), and the guide rail 31 is not surrounded by the inner sash 30 and the inner cover 36 in the inner space of the door panel 10a. Exposed to. A motor unit 50 including a motor M, which is a drive source of the window regulator 40, is attached to an exposed portion of the guide rail 31 in the internal space of the door panel 10a (see FIGS. 1, 8, and 19).
モータユニット50に内蔵した巻取ドラム51(図8、図22から図24参照)に、第1ワイヤ52と第2ワイヤ53のそれぞれの一端部が接続している。第1ワイヤ52は、巻取ドラム51から上方に延設されて、ガイドレール31の上端付近(ドアコーナー部10d)に回転自在に支持されたガイドプーリ54に巻回されて下方に向きを変えて、他端部が上方からスライダ45のシューベース41に接続する。第2ワイヤ53は、巻取ドラム51から上方に延設されて、他端部が下方からスライダ45のシューベース41に接続する。
One end of each of the first wire 52 and the second wire 53 is connected to the winding drum 51 (see FIGS. 8 and 22 to 24) built in the motor unit 50. The first wire 52 extends upward from the winding drum 51 and is wound around a guide pulley 54 rotatably supported near the upper end of the guide rail 31 (door corner portion 10d) and turned downward. The other end is connected to the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 from above. The second wire 53 extends upward from the winding drum 51, and the other end thereof is connected to the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 from below.
モータユニット50のモータMを駆動して巻取ドラム51を回転させると、巻取ドラム51の周面に形成した螺旋溝に対する第1ワイヤ52と第2ワイヤ53の巻回量が相対的に変化する。巻取ドラム51を第1の方向に回転させて第1ワイヤ52の巻回量が増加すると、第1ワイヤ52によってスライダ45(シューベース41)が上方に牽引され、シュー43をガイドレール31に摺動させながらスライダ45が上方に移動する。巻取ドラム51を第2の方向に回転させて第2ワイヤ53の巻回量が増加すると、第2ワイヤ53によってスライダ45(シューベース41)が下方に牽引され、シュー43をガイドレール31に摺動させながらスライダ45が下方に移動する。巻回量が増加する側と反対の各ワイヤ52、53は、巻取ドラム51から繰り出されて(弛緩して)、スライダ45の移動に追随する。スライダ45が上下に移動すると、シューベース41に固定されているウインドガラスWが昇降動作を行う。シューベース42を介してウインドガラスWに固定されているスライダ46は、シュー44をガイドレール31に摺動させながらウインドガラスWと共に移動して、ウインドガラスWの姿勢を安定させる。以上のように動作するウインドレギュレータ40の詳細な構造について説明する。
When the winding drum 51 is rotated by driving the motor M of the motor unit 50, the winding amount of the first wire 52 and the second wire 53 relative to the spiral groove formed on the peripheral surface of the winding drum 51 changes. To do. When the winding amount of the first wire 52 is increased by rotating the winding drum 51 in the first direction, the slider 45 (the shoe base 41) is pulled upward by the first wire 52, and the shoe 43 is guided to the guide rail 31. The slider 45 moves upward while sliding. When the winding drum 51 is rotated in the second direction to increase the winding amount of the second wire 53, the slider 45 (shoe base 41) is pulled downward by the second wire 53, and the shoe 43 is guided to the guide rail 31. The slider 45 moves downward while sliding. The wires 52 and 53, which are opposite to the side on which the winding amount increases, are unwound (relaxed) from the winding drum 51 and follow the movement of the slider 45. When the slider 45 moves up and down, the window glass W fixed to the shoe base 41 moves up and down. The slider 46 fixed to the window glass W via the shoe base 42 moves together with the window glass W while sliding the shoe 44 on the guide rail 31, thereby stabilizing the attitude of the window glass W. The detailed structure of the window regulator 40 that operates as described above will be described.
スライダ45とスライダ46を構成する要素のうち、ウインドガラスWに固定されるシューベース41とシューベース42はそれぞれ、金属等で形成された剛体となっている。ガイドレール31に対して摺動して移動されるシュー43とシュー44はそれぞれ、異音や振動を防ぎながら円滑な移動を実現するべく、ガイドレール31を構成する金属等に比して硬度が低い合成樹脂等で形成されている。
Among the elements constituting the slider 45 and the slider 46, the shoe base 41 and the shoe base 42 fixed to the window glass W are rigid bodies made of metal or the like, respectively. The shoe 43 and the shoe 44, which are slidably moved with respect to the guide rail 31, have hardness higher than that of the metal or the like forming the guide rail 31 in order to realize smooth movement while preventing abnormal noise and vibration. It is made of low synthetic resin.
図8と図21に示すように、シューベース41は上下方向に長い形状をなし、車外側に位置するガラス支持部41aと、ガラス支持部41aから車内側に突出する接続部41bと、接続部41bの車内側端部に設けたシュー支持部41cと、を備えている。図15や図16に示すように、ガラス支持部41aは車内外方向に表裏の面(側面)が向く板状部であり、ガラス支持部41aの車外側の面がウインドガラスWの車内側面W2に対向する。接続部41bは、ガラス支持部41aの車内側の面から突出して、内外周方向に両側面が向く板状部である。すなわち、シューベース41におけるガラス支持部41aと接続部41bは、長手方向に対して垂直な断面形状が略T字状になっている(図25(A)参照)。
As shown in FIGS. 8 and 21, the shoe base 41 has a vertically long shape, and has a glass support portion 41a located outside the vehicle, a connection portion 41b protruding from the glass support portion 41a toward the vehicle interior, and a connection portion. 41b, and a shoe support portion 41c provided at an end on the vehicle inner side. As shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16, the glass support portion 41a is a plate-shaped portion whose front and back surfaces (side surfaces) face the inside and outside directions of the vehicle, and the outside surface of the glass support portion 41a is the inside surface W2 of the windshield W. To face. The connection portion 41b is a plate-like portion that protrudes from the surface of the glass support portion 41a on the inner side of the vehicle and has both side surfaces facing in the inner and outer peripheral directions. That is, the glass support portion 41a and the connection portion 41b in the shoe base 41 have a substantially T-shaped cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction (see FIG. 25(A)).
ガラス支持部41aと接続部41bはそれぞれ、長手方向の両端部に負荷低減部41dと負荷低減部41eを有している。ガラス支持部41aの車内側を向く面は、長手方向の端部付近で、先端に進むにつれて車外側へ傾斜するテーパー面となっており、このテーパー面によって先細(断面積を徐々に小さくする形状)になっている部分が負荷低減部41dである。図25(B)に示すように、接続部41bの長手方向の端部付近では、内周側を向く側面と外周側を向く側面がそれぞれ、先端に進むにつれて互いの間隔を小さくするテーパー面41e1となっており、これらのテーパー面41e1によって先細(断面積を徐々に小さくする形状)になっている部分が負荷低減部41eである。
The glass supporting portion 41a and the connecting portion 41b respectively have a load reducing portion 41d and a load reducing portion 41e at both ends in the longitudinal direction. The surface of the glass support portion 41a facing the inside of the vehicle is a tapered surface near the end in the longitudinal direction, which is inclined toward the outside of the vehicle as it goes to the tip, and the tapered surface reduces the taper shape (the cross-sectional area is gradually reduced). The portion marked with) is the load reducing portion 41d. As shown in FIG. 25(B), in the vicinity of the end portion in the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 41b, the side surface facing the inner peripheral side and the side surface facing the outer peripheral side each have a tapered surface 41e1 that reduces the distance therebetween toward the tip. The load reducing portion 41e is a portion that is tapered (shape that gradually reduces the cross-sectional area) by these tapered surfaces 41e1.
ガラス支持部41aの車外側を向く面がウインドガラスWの車内側面W2に対して接着等で固定される。接続部41bのうち上端側の一部分が、車内側への突出量を大きくして、ガイドレール31の内周側壁31bと保持壁31gとの間を通って第1区画S1内に入る(図15、図16参照)。この第1区画S1に挿入される接続部41bの突出部分にシュー支持部41cが設けられている。シュー支持部41cは接続部41bの車内側端部を外周側に屈曲したL字状の断面形状を有しており、シュー支持部41cに対してシュー43が取り付けられる(図15、図16参照)。
The surface of the glass support portion 41a facing the vehicle exterior is fixed to the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W by adhesion or the like. A part of the upper end side of the connection portion 41b has a large protrusion amount toward the inside of the vehicle, and passes through between the inner peripheral side wall 31b of the guide rail 31 and the holding wall 31g to enter the first section S1 (FIG. 15). , See FIG. 16). The shoe support portion 41c is provided on the protruding portion of the connection portion 41b inserted into the first section S1. The shoe support portion 41c has an L-shaped cross-sectional shape in which the vehicle-inside end portion of the connection portion 41b is bent to the outer peripheral side, and the shoe 43 is attached to the shoe support portion 41c (see FIGS. 15 and 16). ).
図8と図21に示すように、シュー43は上下方向に長い形状をなし、長手方向の中間に位置する摺動基部43aと、摺動基部43aの上端と下端からそれぞれ突出する第1弾接部43bと第2弾接部43cとを有している。摺動基部43aは、シュー43の長手方向に対して垂直な断面形状が略矩形状の中実構造である。シュー支持部41cは摺動基部43a内に挿入され、接続ピン47(図15参照)を介してシュー支持部41cに摺動基部43aが固定される。
As shown in FIGS. 8 and 21, the shoe 43 has a vertically long shape, and has a sliding base portion 43a located in the middle of the longitudinal direction, and first elastic contacts protruding from the upper end and the lower end of the sliding base portion 43a, respectively. It has a portion 43b and a second elastic contact portion 43c. The sliding base 43a is a solid structure having a substantially rectangular cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the shoe 43. The shoe support portion 41c is inserted into the sliding base portion 43a, and the sliding base portion 43a is fixed to the shoe support portion 41c via the connection pin 47 (see FIG. 15).
第1弾接部43bは、摺動基部43aの上端面から突出する細長の輪状体であり、車内外方向に向けて凸となる一対の湾曲部を上下端で接続した形状をなし、一対の湾曲部の間の中空部が内外周方向に向けて貫通している。この形状によって、第1弾接部43bは、車内外方向に弾性変形しやすくなっている。
The first elastic contact portion 43b is an elongated ring-shaped body protruding from the upper end surface of the sliding base portion 43a, and has a shape in which a pair of curved portions that are convex toward the inside and outside of the vehicle are connected at the upper and lower ends. The hollow part between the curved parts penetrates toward the inner and outer peripheral directions. Due to this shape, the first elastic contact portion 43b is easily elastically deformed in the inside and outside directions of the vehicle.
第2弾接部43cは、摺動基部43aの下端面から突出する細長の輪状部であり、内外周方向に向けて凸となる一対の湾曲部を上下端で接続した形状をなし、一対の湾曲部の間の中空部が車内外方向に向けて貫通している。この形状によって、第2弾接部43cは、内外周方向に弾性変形しやすくなっている。
The second elastic contact portion 43c is an elongated ring-shaped portion that projects from the lower end surface of the sliding base portion 43a, and has a shape in which a pair of curved portions that are convex toward the inner and outer peripheral directions are connected at the upper and lower ends, and The hollow portion between the curved portions penetrates toward the inside and outside of the vehicle. Due to this shape, the second elastic contact portion 43c is easily elastically deformed in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
シュー43はガイドレール31の第1区画S1内に挿入される(図15、図16参照)。シューベース41においてガラス支持部41aとシュー支持部41cを接続している接続部41bは、内周側壁31bと保持壁31gの間を通過しており、ガイドレール31とは干渉しない。第1区画S1を囲むガイドレール31の車内側壁31a、内周側壁31b、隔壁31f、保持壁31gに対して、矩形状断面の摺動基部43aの4つの外面がそれぞれ対向して摺動可能に当接する。これにより、シュー43は、ガイドレール31に対する車内外方向と内外周方向への移動が規制されながら、第1区画S1内を上下方向に摺動可能に支持される。
The shoe 43 is inserted into the first section S1 of the guide rail 31 (see FIGS. 15 and 16). In the shoe base 41, the connection portion 41b connecting the glass support portion 41a and the shoe support portion 41c passes between the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the holding wall 31g and does not interfere with the guide rail 31. The four outer surfaces of the sliding base portion 43a having a rectangular cross section are slidably opposed to the vehicle inner side wall 31a, the inner peripheral side wall 31b, the partition wall 31f, and the holding wall 31g of the guide rail 31 surrounding the first section S1. Abut. As a result, the shoe 43 is supported in the first partition S1 so as to be vertically slidable while the movement of the shoe 43 relative to the guide rail 31 in the in-vehicle outer direction and the inner-outer circumferential direction is restricted.
シュー43の第1弾接部43bは、第1区画S1内で、車内外方向に対向する車内側壁31aと保持壁31gに対面している(図18参照)。第1弾接部43bは車内側と車内側のいずれかの方向に付勢されて、保持壁31gと車内側壁31aのいずれかに接触する状態を維持しようとする。これにより、車内外方向におけるシュー43のガタつきを抑制する。本実施形態では、第1弾接部43bは保持壁31gに当接する方向(車外側)に付勢されている(図18参照)。
The first elastic contact portion 43b of the shoe 43 faces the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the retaining wall 31g that face each other in the vehicle interior and exterior direction within the first section S1 (see FIG. 18). The first elastic contact portion 43b is urged in either the vehicle interior side or the vehicle interior direction to maintain the state of contacting either the holding wall 31g or the vehicle interior side wall 31a. This suppresses the rattling of the shoe 43 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions. In the present embodiment, the first elastic contact portion 43b is urged in the direction of contacting the holding wall 31g (outside the vehicle) (see FIG. 18).
シュー43の第2弾接部43cは、第1区画S1内で、内外周方向に対向する内周側壁31bと隔壁31fに対面している。第2弾接部43cは内周側と外周側のいずれかの方向に付勢されて、内周側壁31bと隔壁31fのいずれかに接触する状態を維持しようとする。これにより、内外周方向におけるシュー43のガタつきを抑制する。
The second elastic contact portion 43c of the shoe 43 faces the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the partition wall 31f that face each other in the inner and outer peripheral directions within the first section S1. The second elastic contact portion 43c is urged in either the inner peripheral side or the outer peripheral side to try to maintain the state of being in contact with either the inner peripheral side wall 31b or the partition wall 31f. This suppresses rattling of the shoe 43 in the inner and outer peripheral directions.
薄肉且つ中空形状で弾性変形しやすい第1弾接部43bや第2弾接部43cに比して、摺動基部43aは肉厚が大きい中実構造で硬度が高いため、シュー43はガイドレール31に対して、車内外方向と内外周方向のいずれにも高精度に位置を定めながら摺動することができる。
As compared with the first elastic contact portion 43b and the second elastic contact portion 43c, which are thin and hollow and are easily elastically deformed, the sliding base portion 43a has a solid structure with a large thickness and a high hardness. It is possible to slide with respect to 31 while accurately positioning the position in both the inside and outside directions of the vehicle and the inside and outside directions.
弾性カバー33のリップ部33bは、自由状態(図9のように、ウインドガラスWの車内側面W2とガイドレール31のカバー壁31eの間に基部が保持されているだけの状態)で、先端付近がシューベース41の移動軌跡上に位置している。そのため、ガイドレール31に対してシュー43を介して支持させた状態でスライダ45を上下に移動させると、リップ部33bがシューベース41に当接して押圧力を受けて弾性変形する。
The lip portion 33b of the elastic cover 33 is in the vicinity of the tip in a free state (a state in which the base portion is only held between the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W and the cover wall 31e of the guide rail 31 as shown in FIG. 9). Are located on the movement trajectory of the shoe base 41. Therefore, when the slider 45 is moved up and down while being supported by the guide rail 31 via the shoe 43, the lip portion 33b comes into contact with the shoe base 41 and is elastically deformed by receiving a pressing force.
より詳しくは、図9から図11、図14から図18に表れているのは、自由状態でのリップ部33bの形状である。シューベース41に当接した状態のリップ部33bの形状を図25(A)と図25(B)に示した。図25(A)はシューベース41の長手方向に対して垂直な断面を示したものであり、図25(B)はシューベース41の長手方向に沿う断面を示したものである。図25(A)に示すように、リップ部33bは、その途中部分がガラス支持部41aの外周側且つ車内側の角部に近い位置を通り、先端部分が接続部41bの外周側の面に当接する。先端部分がシューベース41から押圧されることで、リップ部33bは、ウインドガラスWの車内側面W2とカバー壁31eに挟まれる箇所を支点として、車内側と外周側に向けて弾性変形する。図25(A)に一点鎖線で示すのが、弾性変形前のリップ部33bの形状である。リップ部33bは、当該方向に弾性変形しやすい湾曲形状を元々有しているので、シューベース41に対して過大な負荷をかけずにスムーズに変形することができる。
More specifically, what is shown in FIGS. 9 to 11 and FIGS. 14 to 18 is the shape of the lip portion 33b in the free state. The shape of the lip portion 33b in contact with the shoe base 41 is shown in FIGS. 25(A) and 25(B). 25(A) shows a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the shoe base 41, and FIG. 25(B) shows a cross section along the longitudinal direction of the shoe base 41. As shown in FIG. 25(A), the lip portion 33b passes through a position where the middle portion thereof is near the outer peripheral side of the glass support portion 41a and the corner portion inside the vehicle, and the tip portion is on the outer peripheral surface of the connection portion 41b. Abut. When the tip portion is pressed by the shoe base 41, the lip portion 33b is elastically deformed toward the vehicle inner side and the outer peripheral side with the location sandwiched between the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W and the cover wall 31e as a fulcrum. The shape of the lip portion 33b before the elastic deformation is shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. Since the lip portion 33b originally has a curved shape that is easily elastically deformed in that direction, it can be smoothly deformed without applying an excessive load to the shoe base 41.
さらに、上下に移動するシューベース41によって最初にリップ部33bの先端部分を押し込む箇所である接続部41bの両端部には、負荷低減部41eが形成されている。図25(B)に示すように、負荷低減部41eは、内外周方向の両側に設けたテーパー面41e1により、シューベース41の端部(進行方向)に進むにつれて断面積が小さくなってリップ部33bに対する接触圧を低減させるテーパー形状を有している。そのため、移動するシューベース41は常に、負荷低減部41eによって、小さい負荷で滑らかにリップ部33bの押圧を開始する。
Further, load reducing portions 41e are formed at both ends of the connecting portion 41b, which is a portion where the tip portion of the lip portion 33b is first pushed by the shoe base 41 that moves up and down. As shown in FIG. 25(B), the load reducing portion 41e has a tapered surface 41e1 provided on both sides in the inner and outer circumferential directions, so that the cross-sectional area becomes smaller toward the end portion (traveling direction) of the shoe base 41 and the lip portion. It has a taper shape that reduces the contact pressure against 33b. Therefore, the moving shoe base 41 always starts smoothly pressing the lip portion 33b with a small load by the load reducing portion 41e.
また、接続部41bの負荷低減部41eと同様に、ガラス支持部41aの両端に設けた負荷低減部41dは、リップ部33bに接触したときの負荷を低減させる作用を有する。なお、図25(A)に一点鎖線で示すように、リップ部33bは、接続部41bによる押圧を受けない自由状態で、ガラス支持部41aに対して近接するものの接触はしないように設計されている。そのため負荷低減部41dは、精度のばらつき等によってリップ部33bが設計上の位置よりもガラス支持部41aに近づいて接触した場合にのみ機能する、補助的な役割となる。
Further, similarly to the load reducing portion 41e of the connecting portion 41b, the load reducing portions 41d provided at both ends of the glass supporting portion 41a have an action of reducing the load when coming into contact with the lip portion 33b. Note that, as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 25(A), the lip portion 33b is designed so as to be close to the glass supporting portion 41a but not contact with it in a free state in which it is not pressed by the connecting portion 41b. There is. Therefore, the load reducing portion 41d has an auxiliary role that functions only when the lip portion 33b comes closer to and comes into contact with the glass supporting portion 41a than at the designed position due to variations in accuracy or the like.
以上のようにシューベース41に負荷低減部41eや負荷低減部41dを設けた結果、シューベース41とリップ部33bの間で引っかかり等を生じさせずに、リップ部33bのスムーズな弾性変形と、シューベース41のスムーズな移動を実現できる。また、シューベース41とリップ部33bとの間で生じる異音(リップ部33bのビビリ音等)を抑制する効果が得られる。上端側の負荷低減部41eや負荷低減部41dは、シューベース41が上方に移動する際の動作の円滑性向上に寄与し、下端側の負荷低減部41eや負荷低減部41dは、シューベース41が下方に移動する際の動作の円滑性向上に寄与する。
As a result of providing the load reducing portion 41e and the load reducing portion 41d on the shoe base 41 as described above, smooth elastic deformation of the lip portion 33b without causing a catch or the like between the shoe base 41 and the lip portion 33b, A smooth movement of the shoe base 41 can be realized. In addition, an effect of suppressing abnormal noise (such as chattering noise of the lip portion 33b) generated between the shoe base 41 and the lip portion 33b can be obtained. The load reducing portion 41e and the load reducing portion 41d on the upper end side contribute to improving the smoothness of the operation when the shoe base 41 moves upward, and the load reducing portion 41e and the load reducer portion 41d on the lower end side correspond to the shoe base 41. Contributes to the improvement of the smoothness of movement when moving downward.
なお、シューベース41の接続部41bについては、負荷低減部41eのように内周側と外周側の両方にテーパー面41e1を有する構成に変えて、リップ部33bの先端部分が当接する外周側の面にのみテーパー面41e1を有する非対称構造を採用することも可能である。
Regarding the connecting portion 41b of the shoe base 41, instead of the load reducing portion 41e having the tapered surface 41e1 on both the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side, the outer peripheral side on which the tip portion of the lip portion 33b abuts. It is also possible to adopt an asymmetric structure having the tapered surface 41e1 only on the surface.
シューベース41と同様に、シューベース42は上下方向に長い形状をなし、車外側に位置するガラス支持部42aと、ガラス支持部42aから車内側に突出する接続部42bと、接続部42bの車内側端部に設けたシュー支持部42cと、を備えている(図8、図21参照)。
Similar to the shoe base 41, the shoe base 42 has a vertically long shape, and has a glass supporting portion 42a located outside the vehicle, a connecting portion 42b protruding from the glass supporting portion 42a to the inside of the vehicle, and a connecting portion 42b. And a shoe support portion 42c provided at the inner end portion (see FIGS. 8 and 21).
シューベース42は、先に説明したシューベース41と略同じ構造(ガラス支持部41aと接続部41bとシュー支持部41cを上下に反転させたような構造)であり、個々の部位におけるガイドレール31に対する配置や役割はシューベース41と共通しているので、詳細な説明は省略する。ガラス支持部42aの上下端に形成した負荷低減部41dと負荷低減部42e(テーパー面41e2)についても、シューベース41の負荷低減部41dや負荷低減部41eと同様に機能する。図25(A)と図25(B)には、シューベース42においてシューベース41と対応する部位の符号を括弧書きで示した。
The shoe base 42 has substantially the same structure as that of the shoe base 41 described above (a structure in which the glass support portion 41a, the connection portion 41b, and the shoe support portion 41c are vertically inverted), and the guide rail 31 in each portion. Since the arrangement and the role with respect to are common to the shoe base 41, detailed description will be omitted. The load reducing portion 41d and the load reducing portion 42e (taper surface 41e2) formed at the upper and lower ends of the glass support portion 42a also function in the same manner as the load reducing portion 41d and the load reducing portion 41e of the shoe base 41. 25(A) and 25(B), the reference numerals of the parts of the shoe base 42 corresponding to the shoe base 41 are shown in parentheses.
シュー44は、中実構造の摺動基部44aと、摺動基部44aの下端と上端からそれぞれ突出する第1弾接部44bと第2弾接部44cとを有している。摺動基部44a、第1弾接部44b、第2弾接部44cはそれぞれ、先に説明したシュー43の摺動基部43a、第1弾接部43b、第2弾接部43cと略同じ構造(第1弾接部43bと第2弾接部43cの上下を入れ替えたような構造)であり、個々の部位におけるガイドレール31に対する配置や役割はシュー43側と共通しているので、詳細な説明は省略する。
The shoe 44 includes a sliding base portion 44a having a solid structure, a first elastic contact portion 44b and a second elastic contact portion 44c protruding from the lower end and the upper end of the sliding base portion 44a, respectively. The sliding base portion 44a, the first elastic contact portion 44b, and the second elastic contact portion 44c have substantially the same structure as the sliding base portion 43a, the first elastic contact portion 43b, and the second elastic contact portion 43c of the shoe 43 described above, respectively. (The first elastic contact portion 43b and the second elastic contact portion 43c have a structure in which the upper and lower sides are interchanged), and the arrangement and role of the individual parts with respect to the guide rail 31 are common to the shoe 43 side. The description is omitted.
以上のように、下側のスライダ46は上側のスライダ45と同様の基本構造を有している。図15はスライダ45を通る断面位置を示したものであるが、スライダ46についても同様にしてガイドレール31の案内を受けることを示すために、スライダ46の構成要素を表す符号を括弧書きで記載している。
As described above, the lower slider 46 has the same basic structure as the upper slider 45. Although FIG. 15 shows a cross-sectional position passing through the slider 45, in order to indicate that the slider 46 is also guided by the guide rail 31 in the same manner, the reference numerals representing the components of the slider 46 are shown in parentheses. doing.
図20に示すように、スライダ45のシューベース41とスライダ46のシューベース42はそれぞれ、ウインドガラスWにおいて立柱サッシュ12に沿う後縁側を支持している。上方に位置するシューベース41のガラス支持部41aは、ウインドガラスWの後縁の上端近傍から下方に向けて上下方向の範囲E1(図20)に亘ってウインドガラスWに対して固定されている。下方に位置するシューベース42のガラス支持部42aは、ウインドガラスWの後縁の下端近傍から上方に向けて上下方向の範囲E2(図20)に亘ってウインドガラスWに対して固定されている。
As shown in FIG. 20, the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 and the shoe base 42 of the slider 46 respectively support the rear edge side of the windshield W along the vertical column sash 12. The glass support portion 41a of the shoe base 41 located above is fixed to the windshield W over a range E1 (FIG. 20) in the up-down direction from the vicinity of the upper end of the rear edge of the windshield W downward. .. The glass support portion 42a of the shoe base 42 located below is fixed to the windshield W over a range E2 (FIG. 20) in the vertical direction from the vicinity of the lower end of the rear edge of the windshield W toward the upper side. ..
このように、ウインドレギュレータ40を構成するスライダ45とスライダ46が上下方向に大きく離れた位置でウインドガラスWを支持するため、立柱サッシュ12に沿う部分ではウインドガラスWの位置精度と安定性が極めて高くなっている。特に、図20に示すように、ウインドガラスWはフロントサッシュ13に沿う前縁部よりも立柱サッシュ12に沿う後縁部の方が上下に長い。このウインドガラスWの後縁部の上端付近と下端付近に離間させてスライダ45とスライダ46を配置することで、ウインドガラスWに対する上下方向の有効な支持長が非常に大きくなり、前後方向の片側の縁部だけでウインドガラスWを支持する構造であっても十分な安定性と支持強度を得ることができる。
In this way, the slider 45 and the slider 46 that form the window regulator 40 support the windshield W at positions that are largely apart from each other in the vertical direction, so that the position accuracy and stability of the windshield W in the portion along the upright sash 12 are extremely high. It's getting higher. In particular, as shown in FIG. 20, in the windshield glass W, the rear edge portion along the vertical pillar sash 12 is vertically longer than the front edge portion along the front sash 13. By arranging the slider 45 and the slider 46 separately from each other near the upper end and the lower end of the trailing edge of the window glass W, the effective vertical support length for the window glass W becomes very large, and one side in the front-rear direction is provided. Sufficient stability and supporting strength can be obtained even with a structure in which the window glass W is supported only by the edge portions of.
また、上側のスライダ45においては、シューベース41の上端寄りにシュー43が設けられ、下側のスライダ46においては、シューベース42の下端寄りにシュー44が設けられている(図8、図21、図23、図24参照)。これにより、シューベース41、42が設けられている上下方向の範囲内で最も大きいシューピッチ(2つのシュー43、44の上下方向間隔)が得られる。シューピッチが大きいほど、ガイドレール31に対するウインドガラスWの傾き(特に内外周方向への傾き)を抑制しやすく、ウインドガラスWの高精度な支持と高い安定性を得ることができる。
The upper slider 45 is provided with a shoe 43 near the upper end of the shoe base 41, and the lower slider 46 is provided with a shoe 44 near the lower end of the shoe base 42 (FIGS. 8 and 21). 23, 24). As a result, the largest shoe pitch (the vertical spacing between the two shoes 43 and 44) is obtained within the vertical range in which the shoe bases 41 and 42 are provided. The larger the shoe pitch, the easier it is to suppress the inclination of the window glass W with respect to the guide rails 31 (in particular, the inclination in the inner and outer peripheral directions), and the highly accurate support and high stability of the window glass W can be obtained.
このように優れた精度と安定性でウインドガラスWを支持している立柱サッシュ12においては、アッパサッシュ11のガラスラン23のような、ウインドガラスWを車内外方向に挟んで保持する弾性部材が設けられていない。ウインドガラスWの後縁が当接する弾性カバー33は、ウインドガラスWと立柱サッシュ12(ガーニッシュ32)の間に防水性を持たせると共に、立柱サッシュ12の外観構成部分として機能するものであり、ガラスラン23に比してコンパクトでシンプルな断面形状にすることができる。
In the upright pillar sash 12 that supports the windshield W with such excellent accuracy and stability, an elastic member, such as the glass run 23 of the upper sash 11, that holds the windshield W between the inside and outside of the vehicle is held. Not provided. The elastic cover 33, with which the rear edge of the windshield W abuts, provides waterproofness between the windshield W and the upright sash 12 (garnish 32) and also functions as an external component of the upright sash 12. Compared to the run 23, the cross section can be made compact and simple.
図8や図21に示すように、上側のスライダ45を構成するシューベース41はさらに、第1ワイヤ52と第2ワイヤ53を接続する部分を備えている。シュー支持部41c(図8参照)よりも下方に、接続部41bから側方へ突出する上下一対の腕部を有し、各腕部の先端にワイヤエンド支持部41fとワイヤエンド支持部41gが設けられる。ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gはそれぞれシューベース41の本体部分と一体に形成されている。
As shown in FIGS. 8 and 21, the shoe base 41 that constitutes the upper slider 45 further includes a portion that connects the first wire 52 and the second wire 53. Below the shoe support portion 41c (see FIG. 8), there is a pair of upper and lower arm portions that project laterally from the connection portion 41b, and the wire end support portion 41f and the wire end support portion 41g are provided at the tip of each arm portion. It is provided. The wire end supporting portions 41f and 41g are integrally formed with the main body portion of the shoe base 41, respectively.
シュー43をガイドレール31の第1区画S1に挿入した状態で、ワイヤエンド支持部41fとワイヤエンド支持部41gがそれぞれ第2区画S2内に入る(図17参照)。各ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gには、上下方向に貫通するワイヤ挿通孔41hとワイヤ挿通孔41iが形成されている。ワイヤ挿通孔41hとワイヤ挿通孔41iはいずれも上下方向の両端のみが開口しており、側方(車内外方向へ内外周方向)への開口を有さない閉鎖断面形状の孔である。
With the shoe 43 inserted in the first section S1 of the guide rail 31, the wire end support portion 41f and the wire end support portion 41g enter the second section S2 (see FIG. 17). A wire insertion hole 41h and a wire insertion hole 41i penetrating in the vertical direction are formed in each of the wire end support portions 41f and 41g. Each of the wire insertion hole 41h and the wire insertion hole 41i is a hole having a closed cross-sectional shape that is open only at both ends in the vertical direction and does not have an opening laterally (inward/outward inward and outward).
ワイヤエンド支持部41fのワイヤ挿通孔41hには第1ワイヤ52が挿入され、第1ワイヤ52の端部が接続するワイヤエンド55がワイヤエンド支持部41fの下方に位置する。第1ワイヤ52は、ワイヤ挿通孔41hを出て第2区画S2内を通って上方へ延設される。ワイヤエンド55の上端面(第1ワイヤ52が接続する側の端面)がワイヤエンド支持部41fの下端面に当接することによって、シューベース41に対するワイヤエンド55の上方への移動が規制される(ワイヤエンド55が上方へ牽引されるとその力がシューベース41に伝わる)。
The first wire 52 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41h of the wire end support 41f, and the wire end 55 to which the end of the first wire 52 is connected is located below the wire end support 41f. The first wire 52 exits the wire insertion hole 41h and extends upward through the inside of the second section S2. The upper end surface of the wire end 55 (the end surface on the side to which the first wire 52 is connected) comes into contact with the lower end surface of the wire end support portion 41f, thereby restricting the upward movement of the wire end 55 with respect to the shoe base 41 ( When the wire end 55 is pulled upward, the force is transmitted to the shoe base 41).
ワイヤエンド55は下端付近に大径のフランジを有しており、該フランジとワイヤエンド支持部41fとの間に圧縮バネ56が挿入されている。圧縮バネ56によってワイヤエンド55はシューベース41に対して下方に向けて付勢され、この付勢力によって第1ワイヤ52の弛みが除去される。
The wire end 55 has a large diameter flange near the lower end, and the compression spring 56 is inserted between the flange and the wire end support portion 41f. The wire end 55 is urged downward by the compression spring 56 against the shoe base 41, and the slack of the first wire 52 is removed by this urging force.
ワイヤエンド支持部41gのワイヤ挿通孔41iには第2ワイヤ53が挿入され、第2ワイヤ53の端部が接続するワイヤエンド57がワイヤエンド支持部41gの上方に位置する。第2ワイヤ53は、ワイヤ挿通孔41iを出て第2区画S2内を通って下方へ延設される。ワイヤエンド57の下端面(第2ワイヤ53が接続する側の端面)がワイヤエンド支持部41gの上端面に当接することによって、シューベース42に対するワイヤエンド57の下方への移動が規制される(ワイヤエンド57が下方へ牽引されるとその力がシューベース41に伝わる)。
The second wire 53 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41i of the wire end support portion 41g, and the wire end 57 to which the end of the second wire 53 is connected is located above the wire end support portion 41g. The second wire 53 exits the wire insertion hole 41i, passes through the inside of the second section S2, and extends downward. The lower end surface of the wire end 57 (the end surface on the side to which the second wire 53 is connected) comes into contact with the upper end surface of the wire end support portion 41g, whereby the downward movement of the wire end 57 with respect to the shoe base 42 is restricted ( When the wire end 57 is pulled downward, the force is transmitted to the shoe base 41).
ワイヤエンド57は上端付近に大径のフランジを有しており、該フランジとワイヤエンド支持部41gとの間に圧縮バネ58が挿入されている。圧縮バネ58によってワイヤエンド57はシューベース41に対して上方に向けて付勢され、この付勢力によって第2ワイヤ53の弛みが除去される。
The wire end 57 has a large-diameter flange near the upper end, and a compression spring 58 is inserted between the flange and the wire end support portion 41g. The wire end 57 is biased upward by the compression spring 58 with respect to the shoe base 41, and the slack of the second wire 53 is removed by this biasing force.
シュー43、44が挿入される第1区画S1や、シューベース41、42のワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gが配置される第2区画S2は、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aに対して車外側に位置している。一方、モータユニット50は、ベルトラインリンフォース16よりも下方のドアパネル内空間において、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aの車内側の面に取り付けられている。
The first section S1 in which the shoes 43, 44 are inserted and the second section S2 in which the wire end support portions 41f, 41g of the shoe bases 41, 42 are arranged are located outside the vehicle with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. positioned. On the other hand, the motor unit 50 is attached to the vehicle inner side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31 a of the guide rail 31 in the door panel inner space below the belt line reinforcement 16.
図8に示すように、モータユニット50は、モータMと減速ギヤ機構等を有する駆動部50aと、巻取ドラム51を回転可能に収容するドラムハウジング50bとを備えている。ドラムハウジング50bの周面には、巻取ドラム51から延出される第1ワイヤ52と第2ワイヤ53を通す切欠きが形成されている。駆動部50aとドラムハウジング50bを組み合わせると、駆動部50a側の駆動軸50cが巻取ドラム51の軸孔に連結されて、モータMの駆動力が巻取ドラム51に伝わるようになる。
As shown in FIG. 8, the motor unit 50 includes a drive unit 50a having a motor M and a reduction gear mechanism, and a drum housing 50b that rotatably houses the winding drum 51. A notch is formed on the peripheral surface of the drum housing 50b for passing the first wire 52 and the second wire 53 extending from the winding drum 51. When the drive unit 50a and the drum housing 50b are combined, the drive shaft 50c on the drive unit 50a side is connected to the shaft hole of the winding drum 51, and the driving force of the motor M is transmitted to the winding drum 51.
モータユニット50は、ドラムハウジング50bに設けた上下のブラケット50d、50eを車内側壁31aの車内側の面に対して当接させ、この当接部分をボルト留めすることでガイドレール31に固定される。モータユニット50を固定すると、巻取ドラム51の回転中心(駆動軸50cの軸線)が内外周方向に向く。
The motor unit 50 is fixed to the guide rail 31 by abutting the upper and lower brackets 50d and 50e provided on the drum housing 50b against the inner surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a and bolting the abutting portions. .. When the motor unit 50 is fixed, the center of rotation of the winding drum 51 (the axis of the drive shaft 50c) faces the inner and outer peripheral directions.
ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aには、上下方向でブラケット50dとブラケット50eの締結位置の間に貫通孔31hが形成されている(図8、図22参照)。貫通孔31hは、車内側壁31aのうち第2区画S2を形成している領域(内外周方向で外周側寄りの領域)に設けられている。
A through hole 31h is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 between the fastening positions of the bracket 50d and the bracket 50e in the vertical direction (see FIGS. 8 and 22). The through hole 31h is provided in a region of the vehicle interior side wall 31a that forms the second section S2 (a region closer to the outer peripheral side in the inner and outer peripheral directions).
貫通孔31hの僅かに上方の位置で、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aに対してワイヤガイド部材60とワイヤガイド部材61が取り付けられる。ワイヤガイド部材60とワイヤガイド部材61は、ボルト70を用いてドラムハウジング50bのブラケット50dと共に車内側壁31aに固定される。
The wire guide member 60 and the wire guide member 61 are attached to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 at a position slightly above the through hole 31h. The wire guide member 60 and the wire guide member 61 are fixed to the vehicle interior side wall 31a together with the bracket 50d of the drum housing 50b using a bolt 70.
ワイヤガイド部材60はブラケット50dの車内側に重ねて固定されており、ワイヤガイド部材60とブラケット50dにはそれぞれボルト70を挿通させる貫通孔が形成されている。ワイヤガイド部材61は、ガイドレール31の第2区画S2内に位置して、車内側壁31aの車外側の面に当接して固定されている。ワイヤガイド部材61には車内側に向くネジ孔が形成され、このネジ孔と連通する貫通孔が車内側壁31aに形成されている。ボルト70は、ワイヤガイド部材60とブラケット50dと車内側壁31aのそれぞれの貫通孔に対してネジ部を車内側から挿入させて、ワイヤガイド部材61のネジ孔にネジ部を螺合させる。固定状態におけるボルト70のネジ部の先端は、ワイヤガイド部材61のネジ孔内に位置しており、ガイドレール31の第2区画S2内には露出しない(図22参照)。すなわち、第2区画S2内を通るシューベース41の各ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gや各ワイヤ52、53に対してボルト70は干渉しない。
The wire guide member 60 is overlapped and fixed to the inside of the bracket 50d, and the wire guide member 60 and the bracket 50d have through holes through which the bolts 70 are inserted. The wire guide member 61 is located in the second section S2 of the guide rail 31, and is fixed by abutting on the vehicle outer side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a. The wire guide member 61 is formed with a screw hole facing the inside of the vehicle, and a through hole communicating with this screw hole is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a. The bolt 70 inserts a threaded portion from the inside of the vehicle into each of the through holes of the wire guide member 60, the bracket 50d, and the vehicle interior side wall 31a to screw the threaded portion into the threaded hole of the wire guide member 61. The tip of the threaded portion of the bolt 70 in the fixed state is located in the threaded hole of the wire guide member 61 and is not exposed in the second section S2 of the guide rail 31 (see FIG. 22 ). That is, the bolt 70 does not interfere with the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires 52 and 53 that pass through the second section S2.
ワイヤガイド部材60には、ボルト70による締結位置から上方に延びるアーム部60aが設けられている。アーム部60aの上端は、ボルト70とは異なるボルトによってガイドレール31に固定される。アーム部60aには上下方向へ延びるガイド溝60bが形成されている。ガイド溝60bは車外側に向けて開放した有底溝であり、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aの車内側の面に対して所定の間隔を空けて対向している(図22参照)。
The wire guide member 60 is provided with an arm portion 60a that extends upward from the fastening position of the bolt 70. The upper end of the arm portion 60 a is fixed to the guide rail 31 by a bolt different from the bolt 70. A guide groove 60b extending in the vertical direction is formed in the arm portion 60a. The guide groove 60b is a bottomed groove that is open toward the outside of the vehicle, and faces the inside surface of the inner side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 at a predetermined distance (see FIG. 22).
図22に示すように、ワイヤガイド部材61には、上下方向へ延びるガイド溝61aが形成されている。ガイド溝61aは車外側に向けて開放した有底溝である。ワイヤガイド部材61の上端にはストッパ面61bが形成されている。ガイドレール31の第2区画S2内でシューベース41が下方に移動すると、下側のワイヤエンド支持部41gの下端面がストッパ面61bに当接し、シューベース41のそれ以上の下方への移動が規制される(図24参照)。この当接によって、シューベース41が支持するウインドガラスWの下方への移動端(下死点)が決まる。
As shown in FIG. 22, the wire guide member 61 is formed with a guide groove 61a extending in the vertical direction. The guide groove 61a is a bottomed groove that is open toward the outside of the vehicle. A stopper surface 61b is formed on the upper end of the wire guide member 61. When the shoe base 41 moves downward within the second section S2 of the guide rail 31, the lower end surface of the lower wire end support portion 41g comes into contact with the stopper surface 61b, and the shoe base 41 cannot move further downward. It is regulated (see FIG. 24). This contact determines the downward movement end (bottom dead center) of the window glass W supported by the shoe base 41.
ドラムハウジング50bの下側のブラケット50eは、ボルト71とナット72を介してガイドレール31に固定される。ボルト71は、車内側壁31aのうち第2区画S2の底部に形成した貫通孔と、ブラケット50dに形成した貫通孔とに対して、車外側からネジ部を挿入してナット72に螺合する。ボルト71の頭部は第2区画S2内に位置する。ボルト71による締結位置はドラムハウジング50b内の巻取ドラム51よりも下方である。そのため、第2区画S2内を通るシューベース41の各ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gや各ワイヤ52、53は、ボルト71の頭部の位置まで達することはなく、ボルト71との間で干渉が生じるおそれはない(図22参照)。
The lower bracket 50e of the drum housing 50b is fixed to the guide rail 31 via a bolt 71 and a nut 72. The bolt 71 has a threaded portion inserted from the outside of the vehicle into the through hole formed in the bottom of the second section S2 of the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the through hole formed in the bracket 50d, and screwed into the nut 72. The head of the bolt 71 is located in the second section S2. The fastening position by the bolt 71 is below the winding drum 51 in the drum housing 50b. Therefore, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires 52 and 53 that pass through the second section S2 do not reach the position of the head of the bolt 71, and the interference with the bolt 71 occurs. There is no possibility of occurrence (see FIG. 22).
ガイドレール31の上端付近では、車内側壁31aの車内側の面にプーリブラケット62がボルト留めで固定される。プーリブラケット62に対してプーリピン62aを介してガイドプーリ54が回転自在に支持される。ガイドプーリ54は、外周にワイヤガイド溝が環状に形成された円板状の部材であり、ガイドレール31にプーリブラケット62を固定した状態で、ガイドプーリ54の回転中心(プーリピン62aの軸線)が内外周方向に向く。
Near the upper end of the guide rail 31, a pulley bracket 62 is fixed by bolts to the inside surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a. The guide pulley 54 is rotatably supported by the pulley bracket 62 via a pulley pin 62a. The guide pulley 54 is a disk-shaped member in which a wire guide groove is formed in an annular shape on the outer circumference, and when the pulley bracket 62 is fixed to the guide rail 31, the rotation center of the guide pulley 54 (the axis of the pulley pin 62a) is Facing inward and outward.
図8に示すように、ガイドレール31には、プーリブラケット62の取り付け位置の近傍に、車内側壁31aを貫通する貫通孔31iが形成されている。貫通孔31iは、車内側壁31aのうち第2区画S2を形成している領域(内外周方向で外周側寄りの領域)に設けられており、貫通孔31iによって第2区画S2と第3区画S3が連通している。図16に示すように、プーリピン62aは第3区画S3内に位置し、ガイドプーリ54は、プーリピン62aの軸線と直交する径方向を車内外方向に向け、貫通孔31iを通して第2区画S2と第3区画S3にまたがって配置される。
As shown in FIG. 8, the guide rail 31 is formed with a through hole 31i penetrating the vehicle interior side wall 31a in the vicinity of the attachment position of the pulley bracket 62. The through hole 31i is provided in a region of the vehicle interior side wall 31a forming the second partition S2 (a region closer to the outer peripheral side in the inner and outer peripheral directions), and the through hole 31i allows the second partition S2 and the third partition S3 to be formed. Are in communication. As shown in FIG. 16, the pulley pin 62a is located in the third section S3, and the guide pulley 54 directs the radial direction orthogonal to the axis of the pulley pin 62a toward the inside and outside of the vehicle and passes through the through hole 31i to form the second section S2. It is arranged across three sections S3.
ガイドプーリ54が取り付けられるドアコーナー部10dでは、ガイドレール31と接続部材35が組み合わされている。ガイドプーリ54とプーリブラケット62は、接続部材35の第2フレーム部35bにおける車内側壁35e、内周側壁35f、外周側壁35gに囲まれる空間内に収まるように配置されており、立柱サッシュ12の外側には露出しない。
The guide rail 31 and the connecting member 35 are combined in the door corner portion 10d to which the guide pulley 54 is attached. The guide pulley 54 and the pulley bracket 62 are arranged so as to be housed in a space surrounded by the vehicle inner side wall 35e, the inner peripheral side wall 35f, and the outer peripheral side wall 35g in the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35, and outside the vertical pillar sash 12. Not exposed to.
より詳しくは、プーリブラケット62は上下方向に長く(図6、図8、図22から図24参照)、上面視(または長手方向に対して垂直に断面視)すると、車内外方向に延びる板状のプーリ支持部62bと、プーリ支持部62bの車外側の端部から外周側に延びる上下一対の支持座62c、62dとを有するL字状の形状を有している(図17、図18参照)。支持座62cと支持座62dは、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aの車内側の面に当接する。支持座62cと支持座62dは上下に離間しており、車内側壁31aには、支持座62cと支持座62dが当接する位置の間に貫通孔31iが形成されている。プーリピン62aは支持座62cと支持座62dの間の上下方向位置でプーリ支持部62bに支持されている(図6参照)。
More specifically, the pulley bracket 62 is long in the up-down direction (see FIGS. 6, 8, and 22 to 24 ), and has a plate shape that extends inward and outward in the vehicle when viewed from above (or in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction). It has an L-shaped shape having a pulley support portion 62b and a pair of upper and lower support seats 62c and 62d extending outward from the vehicle outer end of the pulley support portion 62b (see FIGS. 17 and 18). ). The support seat 62c and the support seat 62d are in contact with the inner surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. The support seat 62c and the support seat 62d are vertically separated from each other, and a through hole 31i is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a between the positions where the support seat 62c and the support seat 62d abut. The pulley pin 62a is supported by the pulley support portion 62b at a vertical position between the support seats 62c and 62d (see FIG. 6).
プーリブラケット62の上側の支持座62cがガイドレール31に取り付けられる図18の断面位置では、車内側壁31aの車内側に接続部材35の厚肉部35mが配され、厚肉部35mに逃げ凹部35nとネジ孔35pが形成されている。支持座62cは、車内側壁31aと厚肉部35mとの間に挟まれて逃げ凹部35n内に位置し、車内側を向く面が厚肉部35mに当接される。支持座62cと車内側壁31aにはそれぞれ、ネジ孔35pに連通する貫通孔が形成されている。これらの貫通孔に対して、車外側から車内側に向けてボルト73のネジ部が挿入されてネジ孔35pに螺合される。ボルト73は頭部がガイドレール31の第2区画S2内に位置し、該頭部が車内側壁31aの車外側の面に所定の圧力で当接するまで締め込まれる。これにより、車内側壁31aと厚肉部35mの間に支持座62cが挟持されて固定される。
At the cross-sectional position of FIG. 18 where the upper support seat 62c of the pulley bracket 62 is attached to the guide rail 31, the thick portion 35m of the connecting member 35 is arranged inside the vehicle inner side wall 31a, and the escape recess 35n is provided in the thick portion 35m. And a screw hole 35p is formed. The support seat 62c is sandwiched between the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the thick portion 35m and is located in the escape recess 35n, and the surface facing the vehicle interior is brought into contact with the thick portion 35m. A through hole that communicates with the screw hole 35p is formed in each of the support seat 62c and the vehicle interior side wall 31a. The screw portion of the bolt 73 is inserted into the through hole from the vehicle outer side toward the vehicle inner side and screwed into the screw hole 35p. The head of the bolt 73 is located in the second section S2 of the guide rail 31, and is tightened until the head comes into contact with the vehicle outer side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a with a predetermined pressure. As a result, the support seat 62c is sandwiched and fixed between the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the thick portion 35m.
すなわち、接続部材35の第2フレーム部35b(第3区画S3)の内部に設けた厚肉部35mを支持座面とし、この支持座面上にネジ孔35pを凹設することによって、プーリブラケット62の支持座62cを取り付けるための取付部を構成している。この取付部は、剛性の高い厚肉部35mに支持座62cを支持させた上で、厚肉部35m内に形成されたネジ孔35pに対してボルト73を螺合させる構造であるため、結合強度に優れている。また、接続部材35に対してボルト73を直接的に螺合させるため、複雑な形状のドアコーナー部10dの内部における部品の組み付け作業性にも優れている。
That is, the thick wall portion 35m provided inside the second frame portion 35b (third section S3) of the connecting member 35 is used as a support seat surface, and the screw hole 35p is recessed on the support seat surface to form a pulley bracket. A mounting portion for mounting the support seat 62c of 62 is configured. The mounting portion has a structure in which the support seat 62c is supported by the thick portion 35m having high rigidity, and then the bolt 73 is screwed into the screw hole 35p formed in the thick portion 35m. Excellent strength. Further, since the bolt 73 is directly screwed into the connecting member 35, the workability of assembling components inside the door corner portion 10d having a complicated shape is excellent.
なお、図6や図23に示すように、支持座62cは2本のボルト73を用いて固定される。上側のボルト73は、上記の通り接続部材35のネジ孔35pに螺合する。下側のボルト73のネジ部は、支持座62cと車内側壁31aのそれぞれの貫通孔を通して、厚肉部35mの下方のスペース(接続部材35の第2フレーム部35bの内部空間)に挿入されてナット77に螺合する。
Note that, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 23, the support seat 62c is fixed using two bolts 73. The upper bolt 73 is screwed into the screw hole 35p of the connection member 35 as described above. The screw portion of the lower bolt 73 is inserted into the space below the thick portion 35m (the internal space of the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35) through the through holes of the support seat 62c and the vehicle interior side wall 31a. It is screwed onto the nut 77.
上側のボルト73によるプーリブラケット62の締結位置(図18)では、プーリ支持部62bと支持座62cが逃げ凹部35n内に位置しており、プーリブラケット62は厚肉部35mとは干渉せず、立柱サッシュ12の外観にも露出しない。
At the fastening position (FIG. 18) of the pulley bracket 62 by the upper bolt 73, the pulley support portion 62b and the support seat 62c are located in the escape recess 35n, and the pulley bracket 62 does not interfere with the thick portion 35m. It is not exposed to the appearance of the vertical pillar sash 12.
また、各ボルト73によるプーリブラケット62の締結位置は、ガイドプーリ54よりも上方である。そのため、第2区画S2内を通るシューベース41の各ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gや各ワイヤ52、53は、各ボルト73の頭部の位置まで達することはなく、ボルト73との間で干渉が生じるおそれはない。
Further, the fastening position of the pulley bracket 62 by each bolt 73 is above the guide pulley 54. Therefore, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires 52 and 53 passing through the second section S2 do not reach the position of the head of each bolt 73, and interfere with the bolt 73. There is no possibility of occurrence.
プーリブラケット62の下側の支持座62dがガイドレール31に取り付けられる図17の断面位置では、接続部材35は厚肉部35mを備えておらず、第3区画S3が車内外方向に広くなっている。接続部材35とは別体のナット75を第3区画S3内に配し、ナット75に螺合するボルト74を用いて、支持座62dとガイドレール31が締結される。支持座62dと車内側壁31aにはそれぞれ、ナット75のネジ孔に連通する貫通孔が形成されており、これらの貫通孔に対して、車外側(第2区画S2側)から車内側に向けてボルト74のネジ部が挿入されてナット75のネジ孔に螺合される。ボルト74は頭部が車内側壁31aの車外側の面に所定の圧力で当接するまで締め込まれる。
At the cross-sectional position of FIG. 17 where the support seat 62d on the lower side of the pulley bracket 62 is attached to the guide rail 31, the connecting member 35 does not include the thick portion 35m, and the third section S3 becomes wider in the vehicle interior and exterior directions. There is. The nut 75, which is separate from the connecting member 35, is arranged in the third section S3, and the support seat 62d and the guide rail 31 are fastened by using the bolt 74 screwed to the nut 75. Through holes that communicate with the screw holes of the nut 75 are formed in the support seat 62d and the vehicle interior side wall 31a, and these through holes are directed toward the vehicle interior from the vehicle exterior side (second section S2 side). The screw portion of the bolt 74 is inserted and screwed into the screw hole of the nut 75. The bolt 74 is tightened until its head comes into contact with the vehicle outer side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a with a predetermined pressure.
ボルト74によるプーリブラケット62の締結位置では、プーリ支持部62bと支持座62dとナット75が第3区画S3内に収容されており、プーリブラケット62やナット75は外観に露出しない。また、ボルト74は車内側壁31aから車外側に向けて頭部がほとんど突出しない皿ネジとなっているため、第2区画S2内を通るシューベース41の各ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gや各ワイヤ52、53は、ボルト74の頭部と干渉しない。
At the fastening position of the pulley bracket 62 by the bolt 74, the pulley support portion 62b, the support seat 62d, and the nut 75 are housed in the third section S3, and the pulley bracket 62 and the nut 75 are not exposed in the appearance. Further, since the bolt 74 is a flat head screw whose head hardly protrudes from the vehicle interior side wall 31a toward the vehicle exterior side, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires that pass through the second section S2 are provided. 52 and 53 do not interfere with the head of the bolt 74.
以上のようにしてプーリブラケット62を介してガイドレール31(及び接続部材35)に組み付けられたガイドプーリ54は、回転中心となるプーリピン62aの軸線の向きを内外周方向に設定することによって、貫通孔31iを通して第2区画S2と第3区画S3に亘って配置されている(図16参照)。これにより、ガイドプーリ54を介して第1ワイヤ52を、第2区画S2内に位置するシューベース41のワイヤエンド支持部41fと、第3区画S3の下方に位置する巻取ドラム51とに導くことができる。
The guide pulley 54 assembled to the guide rail 31 (and the connecting member 35) via the pulley bracket 62 as described above penetrates by setting the axis of the pulley pin 62a, which is the center of rotation, in the inner and outer peripheral directions. It is arranged across the second section S2 and the third section S3 through the hole 31i (see FIG. 16). As a result, the first wire 52 is guided to the wire end support portion 41f of the shoe base 41 located in the second section S2 and the winding drum 51 located below the third section S3 via the guide pulley 54. be able to.
立柱サッシュ12におけるインナサッシュ30のフレーム部30aや、接続部材35の第2フレーム部35bは、内外周方向への幅よりも車内外方向への奥行きの方が大きい(図9、図14から図17参照)。ガイドプーリ54は、軸線方向の厚みよりも直径の方が大きい扁平形状であり、第2フレーム部35b内の第2区画S2と第3区画S3に亘って車内外方向に直径方向を向けて配置することで、スペース効率良く接続部材35の内部に収めることができる。
The frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35 in the upright pillar sash 12 have a greater depth in the vehicle interior/outer direction than in the width in the inner/outer peripheral direction (see FIGS. 9 and 14). 17). The guide pulley 54 has a flat shape having a diameter larger than the thickness in the axial direction, and is arranged with the diametrical direction facing the inside and outside of the vehicle over the second section S2 and the third section S3 in the second frame portion 35b. By doing so, the space can be efficiently accommodated inside the connection member 35.
図16や図17示すように、接続部材35が設けられている部分では、肉厚の大きい内周側壁35fの存在によって、第3区画S3のうち内周寄りの領域(第1区画S1の車内側の領域)がやや狭くなっている。しかし、第3区画S3のうち外周寄りの領域(第2区画S2の車内側の領域)は、インナサッシュ30が設けられている部分(図9、図14、図15参照)と同程度の広さが保たれている。よって、第3区画S3内で外周寄りの領域の位置にガイドプーリ54を配することで、車内側壁35eの至近に外周部が位置する大径のガイドプーリ54を用いつつ、ガイドプーリ54を第2フレーム部35b内に収めることができる。別言すれば、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aを跨いだ第2区画S2と第3区画S3にかけての第1ワイヤ52の案内を実現しつつ、接続部材35の第2フレーム部35b内に収まる最大級のサイズのガイドプーリ54を使用可能となっている。ガイドプーリ54の径(曲率半径)が大きい方が、案内される第1ワイヤ52の湾曲が緩やかになるため、ウインドレギュレータ40の駆動時の抵抗軽減や動作の円滑性において有利となる。
As shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 17, in the portion where the connecting member 35 is provided, the inner peripheral side wall 35f having a large wall thickness is present, and thus the inner peripheral region of the third partition S3 (the vehicle in the first partition S1). The inner area) is slightly narrower. However, the area near the outer periphery of the third section S3 (the area on the vehicle interior side of the second section S2) is as wide as the area where the inner sash 30 is provided (see FIGS. 9, 14, and 15). Is maintained. Therefore, by disposing the guide pulley 54 at a position in the region near the outer circumference in the third section S3, the guide pulley 54 can be moved to the first position while using the large-diameter guide pulley 54 having the outer circumference located in the vicinity of the vehicle interior side wall 35e. It can be accommodated in the two-frame portion 35b. In other words, while realizing the guide of the first wire 52 to the second section S2 and the third section S3 straddling the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31, the maximum size that can be accommodated in the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35 is achieved. A class size guide pulley 54 can be used. The larger the diameter (curvature radius) of the guide pulley 54 is, the more gently the curved first wire 52 guided is, which is advantageous in reducing resistance when driving the window regulator 40 and in smoothness of operation.
図8や図22に示すように、ガイドレール31にはさらに、上下方向においてモータユニット50が取り付けられる位置とガイドプーリ54(プーリブラケット62)が取り付けられる位置との間(ガイドプーリ54と巻取ドラム51から概ね等距離)に、ワイヤ押さえ部材63が取り付けられる。ワイヤ押さえ部材63が設けられているのは、インナサッシュ30とガイドレール31で立柱サッシュ12を構成している一般断面部であり、第3区画S3の内部(第2区画S2に対して車内側の位置)にワイヤ押さえ部材63が収められている(図14参照)。
As shown in FIGS. 8 and 22, the guide rail 31 is further provided between the position where the motor unit 50 is attached and the position where the guide pulley 54 (pulley bracket 62) is attached in the vertical direction (the guide pulley 54 and the winding The wire pressing member 63 is attached at a substantially equal distance from the drum 51. The wire pressing member 63 is provided in a general cross-section portion that constitutes the upright pillar sash 12 with the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31, and is inside the third section S3 (inside the second section S2 in the vehicle). The wire pressing member 63 is housed at the position (see FIG. 14) (see FIG. 14).
ワイヤ押さえ部材63は、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aの車内側の面に当接させてボルト留めで固定される。ワイヤ押さえ部材63には車外側に向けてネジ孔が形成され、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aのうち第2区画S2を形成している領域には、ワイヤ押さえ部材63のネジ孔に連通する貫通孔が形成されている。この貫通孔に対して車外側からボルト76のネジ部を挿入し、ワイヤ押さえ部材63のネジ孔に螺合させることで、ワイヤ押さえ部材63がガイドレール31に固定される(図23参照)。上下方向に位置を異ならせて4本のボルト76が用いられる。各ボルト76は車内側壁31aから車外側に向けて頭部がほとんど突出しない皿ネジとなっているため、第2区画S2内を通るシューベース41のワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gやワイヤ52、53は、各ボルト76の頭部と干渉しない(図14参照)。
The wire pressing member 63 is fixed by bolting by bringing it into contact with the inside surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. A screw hole is formed in the wire pressing member 63 toward the outside of the vehicle, and a penetrating hole that communicates with the screw hole of the wire pressing member 63 is formed in a region of the inner wall 31 a of the guide rail 31 where the second section S<b>2 is formed. A hole is formed. The wire pressing member 63 is fixed to the guide rail 31 by inserting the screw portion of the bolt 76 into the through hole from the vehicle exterior side and screwing the screw portion into the screw hole of the wire pressing member 63 (see FIG. 23 ). The four bolts 76 are used by changing their positions in the vertical direction. Since each bolt 76 is a flat head screw whose head hardly protrudes from the vehicle interior side wall 31a to the vehicle exterior side, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g of the shoe base 41 and the wires 52 and 53 that pass through the second section S2. Does not interfere with the head of each bolt 76 (see FIG. 14).
ワイヤ押さえ部材63は上下方向に長手方向を向けており、上下方向へ延びるガイド溝63aが形成されている。図23に示すように、ガイド溝63aは車外側に向けて開放された有底溝であり、ガイド溝63aの底面とガイドレール31の車内側壁31aとの間に所定の隙間がある。
The wire pressing member 63 has its longitudinal direction oriented in the vertical direction, and has a guide groove 63a extending in the vertical direction. As shown in FIG. 23, the guide groove 63a is a bottomed groove that is open toward the vehicle outer side, and there is a predetermined gap between the bottom surface of the guide groove 63a and the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31.
ウインドレギュレータ40において、各ワイヤ52、53は以下のように配索される。前提として、ドア10は車外側に向けて凸となる湾曲した外面形状を有しており、これに対応して立柱サッシュ12のインナサッシュ30やガイドレール31は、長手方向(上下方向)における中間部分が上下端部に対して車外側に向けて突出する湾曲した形状を有している(図4参照)。
In the window regulator 40, the wires 52 and 53 are arranged as follows. As a premise, the door 10 has a curved outer surface shape that is convex toward the outside of the vehicle, and the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 of the upright sash 12 are correspondingly intermediate in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction). The portion has a curved shape protruding toward the vehicle outer side with respect to the upper and lower ends (see FIG. 4 ).
巻取ドラム51において、螺旋溝への第2ワイヤ53の巻回(引き込み)が開始される位置(図22に巻回開始ポイントP1として示す)は、回転中心である駆動軸50cに対して車外側に設定されている。図22に示すように、第2ワイヤ53は、巻回開始ポイントP1から斜め上方に向けて延設され、ガイドレール31の貫通孔31hを通って第2区画S2内に導かれる。第2区画S2に入った第2ワイヤ53は、貫通孔31hの僅かに上方に位置するワイヤガイド部材61のガイド溝61aに挿入される。ガイド溝61aの両側面によって、内外周方向への第2ワイヤ53の振れが規制される。
In the winding drum 51, the position at which the winding (pulling) of the second wire 53 into the spiral groove is started (shown as the winding start point P1 in FIG. 22) is relative to the drive shaft 50c that is the rotation center. It is set outside. As shown in FIG. 22, the second wire 53 extends obliquely upward from the winding start point P1 and is guided into the second section S2 through the through hole 31h of the guide rail 31. The second wire 53 that has entered the second section S2 is inserted into the guide groove 61a of the wire guide member 61 located slightly above the through hole 31h. The deflection of the second wire 53 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is restricted by the both side surfaces of the guide groove 61a.
ワイヤガイド部材61のガイド溝61aの底面は、車外側に向けて凸となる湾曲面であり、車内側壁31aよりも曲率が大きい。仮に、ガイドレール31の貫通孔31hを通った第2ワイヤ53を、ワイヤガイド部材61を用いずにそのまま車内側壁31aに沿わせると、貫通孔31hのエッジ部分(特に上縁部)に対して第2ワイヤ53が擦れてダメージを受けるおそれがある。ガイド溝61aの底面で第2ワイヤ53を支持して、車内側壁31aから車外側に離れた位置に第2ワイヤ53を通すことで、貫通孔31hのエッジ部分に第2ワイヤ53が擦れることを防いでいる。
The bottom surface of the guide groove 61a of the wire guide member 61 is a curved surface that is convex toward the vehicle outer side and has a larger curvature than the vehicle interior side wall 31a. If the second wire 53 that has passed through the through hole 31h of the guide rail 31 is guided along the vehicle inner side wall 31a without using the wire guide member 61, the edge portion (especially the upper edge portion) of the through hole 31h is The second wire 53 may be rubbed and damaged. By supporting the second wire 53 on the bottom surface of the guide groove 61a and passing the second wire 53 at a position away from the vehicle interior side wall 31a to the vehicle exterior side, the second wire 53 is rubbed against the edge portion of the through hole 31h. It is preventing.
車内側壁31aに対するガイド溝61aの底面の位置を低く(車内寄りに)すると、貫通孔31hに対して巻取ドラム51側からの第2ワイヤ53の進入角が小さくなり、スムーズな軌跡で第2区画S2へ導くことができる。その反面、貫通孔31hのエッジ部分に第2ワイヤ53が擦れやすくなる。車内側壁31aに対するガイド溝61aの底面の位置を高く(車外寄りに)すると、貫通孔31hに対する巻取ドラム51側からの第2ワイヤ53の進入角が大きくなるため、貫通孔31hのエッジ部分に対する第2ワイヤ53の接触は生じにくくなる。その反面、第2区画S2内での第2ワイヤ53の屈曲の度合いが大きくなり、駆動時の抵抗増大等を招くおそれがある。これらの条件を考慮して、巻取ドラム51の巻回開始ポイントP1から第2区画S2へ第2ワイヤ53がスムーズに導かれ、且つ貫通孔31hのエッジ部分に対する第2ワイヤ53の擦れが生じない最適な高さとなるように、ガイド溝61aの底面位置が設定されている。
When the position of the bottom surface of the guide groove 61a with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 31a is lowered (closer to the vehicle interior), the approach angle of the second wire 53 from the winding drum 51 side with respect to the through hole 31h becomes smaller, and the second path moves smoothly. It can lead to the section S2. On the other hand, the second wire 53 is likely to rub against the edge portion of the through hole 31h. If the position of the bottom surface of the guide groove 61a with respect to the vehicle interior side wall 31a is set higher (closer to the vehicle exterior), the approach angle of the second wire 53 from the take-up drum 51 side with respect to the through hole 31h increases, so that the edge portion of the through hole 31h does not move. The contact of the second wire 53 is less likely to occur. On the other hand, the degree of bending of the second wire 53 in the second section S2 is increased, which may lead to an increase in resistance during driving. Considering these conditions, the second wire 53 is smoothly guided from the winding start point P1 of the winding drum 51 to the second section S2, and the second wire 53 rubs against the edge portion of the through hole 31h. The bottom surface position of the guide groove 61a is set so as to have an optimum height.
ワイヤガイド部材61よりも上方では、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aの車外側の面(第2区画S2の底面)に沿って第2ワイヤ53が延設される(図9、図22参照)。車内側壁31aの車外側の面は車外側に向けて凸状に湾曲している滑らかな面であるため、第2ワイヤ53は引っかかり等を生じることなくスムーズに案内される。
Above the wire guide member 61, the second wire 53 extends along the vehicle exterior side surface (bottom surface of the second section S2) of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 (see FIGS. 9 and 22). Since the surface on the vehicle outer side of the vehicle interior side wall 31a is a smooth surface that is convexly curved toward the vehicle outer side, the second wire 53 is smoothly guided without being caught.
そして、第2ワイヤ53はワイヤエンド支持部41gのワイヤ挿通孔41iに挿入されて、ワイヤエンド57を介してシューベース41に接続される(図21参照)。なお、ワイヤエンド支持部41gのワイヤ挿通孔41iは側方に開口するスリットを有さない閉鎖断面形状の孔である。そのため、組み立て時には、ワイヤ挿通孔41iへの第2ワイヤ53の挿入(ワイヤエンド57と反対側の端部を挿入する)を先に行い、続いて巻取ドラム51への第2ワイヤ53の巻回及び接続を行うことが好ましい。
Then, the second wire 53 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41i of the wire end support portion 41g and connected to the shoe base 41 via the wire end 57 (see FIG. 21). The wire insertion hole 41i of the wire end support portion 41g is a hole having a closed cross-sectional shape that does not have a slit that opens laterally. Therefore, during assembly, the second wire 53 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41i (the end opposite to the wire end 57 is inserted) first, and then the second wire 53 is wound around the winding drum 51. It is preferable to perform the connection and the connection.
巻取ドラム51において、螺旋溝への第1ワイヤ52の巻回(引き込み)が開始される位置(図22に巻回開始ポイントP2として示す)は、回転中心である駆動軸50cに対して車内側に設定されている。図22に示すように、第1ワイヤ52は、巻回開始ポイントP2から上方に向けて延設される。巻取ドラム51から上方に向かう第1ワイヤ52は、ワイヤガイド部材60のガイド溝60bに挿入される。ガイド溝60bの両側面によって、内外周方向への第1ワイヤ52の振れが規制される。
In the winding drum 51, the position at which the winding (pulling) of the first wire 52 into the spiral groove is started (shown as a winding start point P2 in FIG. 22) is a position with respect to the drive shaft 50c that is the rotation center. It is set inside. As shown in FIG. 22, the first wire 52 extends upward from the winding start point P2. The first wire 52 extending upward from the winding drum 51 is inserted into the guide groove 60 b of the wire guide member 60. The deflection of the first wire 52 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is restricted by both side surfaces of the guide groove 60b.
ワイヤガイド部材60のガイド溝60bの底面は、車外側に向けて凸となる湾曲面であり、車内側壁31aよりも曲率が大きい。ワイヤガイド部材60で保持しない場合、第1ワイヤ52の軌跡は、車外側へ凸となる形状のガイドレール31の凹部側(車内側)で巻取ドラム51とガイドプーリ54を最短距離で結ぶものとなる。この仮想のワイヤ軌跡を図22にワイヤ短絡軌跡52xとして示した。ガイド溝60bの底面は、ワイヤ短絡軌跡52xに対して第1ワイヤ52を車外側に押し込んだ状態で支持している。
The bottom surface of the guide groove 60b of the wire guide member 60 is a curved surface that is convex toward the vehicle outer side and has a larger curvature than the vehicle interior side wall 31a. When not held by the wire guide member 60, the locus of the first wire 52 connects the take-up drum 51 and the guide pulley 54 at the shortest distance on the concave side (inside the vehicle) of the guide rail 31 that is convex outward. Becomes This virtual wire locus is shown as a wire short-circuit locus 52x in FIG. The bottom surface of the guide groove 60b supports the first wire 52 in a state of being pushed toward the outside of the vehicle with respect to the wire short-circuit locus 52x.
図22に示すように、第1ワイヤ52はさらに、上下方向における巻取ドラム51とガイドプーリ54の中間位置で、ワイヤ押さえ部材63による支持を受ける。ワイヤ押さえ部材63のガイド溝63aの両側面によって、内外周方向への第1ワイヤ52の振れが規制される。
As shown in FIG. 22, the first wire 52 is further supported by the wire pressing member 63 at an intermediate position between the winding drum 51 and the guide pulley 54 in the vertical direction. The deflection of the first wire 52 in the inner and outer peripheral directions is restricted by both side surfaces of the guide groove 63a of the wire pressing member 63.
ワイヤ押さえ部材63のガイド溝63aの底面は、車外側に向けて凸となる湾曲面であり、車内側壁31aよりも曲率が大きい。ガイド溝63aの底面は、ワイヤガイド部材60のガイド溝60bの底面よりもガイドレール31の車内側壁31aからの距離が小さく(図22参照)、ガイド溝60bの底面によって保持されている第1ワイヤ52をさらに車外側に押し込むものである。
The bottom surface of the guide groove 63a of the wire pressing member 63 is a curved surface that is convex toward the vehicle outer side and has a larger curvature than the vehicle interior side wall 31a. The bottom surface of the guide groove 63a has a smaller distance from the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 than the bottom surface of the guide groove 60b of the wire guide member 60 (see FIG. 22), and the first wire retained by the bottom surface of the guide groove 60b. 52 is pushed further outside the vehicle.
ワイヤガイド部材60とワイヤ押さえ部材63によってワイヤ短絡軌跡52xから軌跡が変更された第1ワイヤ52は、凹状に湾曲しているガイドレール31の車内側壁31aの車内側の面に対して適切な距離(第3区画S3に収まる位置)を保ちながら、上下方向に配索される。
The first wire 52 whose trajectory is changed from the wire short-circuit trajectory 52x by the wire guide member 60 and the wire pressing member 63 has an appropriate distance from the vehicle-interior side surface of the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 which is curved in a concave shape. The cables are arranged in the vertical direction while maintaining (the position within the third section S3).
ガイドレール31がインナサッシュ30で覆われずに露出しているドアパネル10aの内部では、第1ワイヤ52は、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aと所定の距離を保ちつつ、露出した状態で上下方向に延びている。
Inside the door panel 10a where the guide rail 31 is exposed without being covered with the inner sash 30, the first wire 52 is vertically exposed in the exposed state while maintaining a predetermined distance from the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. It is extended.
ベルトラインリンフォース16よりも上方の立柱サッシュ12の一般断面部では、第1ワイヤ52は、インナサッシュ30のフレーム部30aとガイドレール31の車内側壁31aとによって囲まれる第3区画S3内を通る(図9参照)。ワイヤ押さえ部材63は一般断面部で第3区画S3内に収容されており、第1ワイヤ52を確実に案内する(図14参照)。インナサッシュ30のフレーム部30aに代わって接続部材35が設けられるドアコーナー部10dにおいても、第1ワイヤ52は引き続き、第2フレーム部35bと車内側壁31aで囲まれる第3区画S3内を通る(図17参照)。
In the general cross section of the upright pillar sash 12 above the belt line reinforcement 16, the first wire 52 passes through the third section S3 surrounded by the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31. (See Figure 9). The wire pressing member 63 is housed in the third section S3 with a general cross-section, and reliably guides the first wire 52 (see FIG. 14). Also in the door corner portion 10d in which the connecting member 35 is provided instead of the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30, the first wire 52 continues to pass through the third section S3 surrounded by the second frame portion 35b and the vehicle interior side wall 31a ( (See FIG. 17).
そして、ガイドレール31の上端近くまで達した第1ワイヤ52は、ガイドプーリ54の外周のワイヤガイド溝に掛け回される。先に述べたように、ガイドプーリ54は、ガイドレール31の貫通孔31iを通して第2区画S2と第3区画S3に跨る位置に設けられている。そのため、第3区画S3側で上方に延びてガイドプーリ54に導かれた第1ワイヤ52は、ガイドプーリ54のワイヤガイド溝に沿って延設方向を反転させて、第2区画S2内で下方に向かう。別言すれば、ガイドプーリ54のワイヤガイド溝に対する第1ワイヤ52の巻回領域の一端と他端(図16と図23に示す巻回開始ポイントQ1と巻回開始ポイントQ2)が、プーリピン62aに関して略対称な位置関係で第2区画S2と第3区画S3に配置されている。
Then, the first wire 52 reaching near the upper end of the guide rail 31 is wound around the wire guide groove on the outer periphery of the guide pulley 54. As described above, the guide pulley 54 is provided at a position that extends over the second section S2 and the third section S3 through the through hole 31i of the guide rail 31. Therefore, the first wire 52, which extends upward on the third partition S3 side and is guided to the guide pulley 54, reverses the extending direction along the wire guide groove of the guide pulley 54 and moves downward in the second partition S2. Head to. In other words, one end and the other end (the winding start point Q1 and the winding start point Q2 shown in FIGS. 16 and 23) of the winding region of the first wire 52 with respect to the wire guide groove of the guide pulley 54 are the pulley pins 62a. Are arranged in the second section S2 and the third section S3 in a substantially symmetrical positional relationship.
ガイドプーリ54の巻回開始ポイントQ2から下方に延びる第1ワイヤ52は、第2区画S2内でワイヤエンド支持部41fのワイヤ挿通孔41hに挿入されて、ワイヤエンド55を介してシューベース41に接続される(図21参照)。なお、ワイヤエンド支持部41fのワイヤ挿通孔41hは側方に開口するスリットを有さない閉鎖断面形状の孔である。そのため、組み立て時には、ワイヤ挿通孔41hへの第1ワイヤ52の挿入(ワイヤエンド55と反対側の端部を挿入する)を先に行い、続いてガイドプーリ54と巻取ドラム51への第1ワイヤ52の巻回及び接続を行うことが好ましい。
The first wire 52 extending downward from the winding start point Q2 of the guide pulley 54 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41h of the wire end support portion 41f in the second section S2, and is attached to the shoe base 41 via the wire end 55. Connected (see FIG. 21). The wire insertion hole 41h of the wire end support portion 41f is a hole having a closed cross section, which does not have a slit that opens laterally. Therefore, at the time of assembly, the first wire 52 is inserted into the wire insertion hole 41h (the end opposite to the wire end 55 is inserted) first, and then the first pulley 52 and the take-up drum 51 are first inserted. It is preferable to wind and connect the wire 52.
以上のように第1ワイヤ52と第2ワイヤ53を配索すると、圧縮バネ56と圧縮バネ58がワイヤエンド55とワイヤエンド57を互いの接近方向に押圧することで、各ワイヤ52、53に所定のテンションがかかる。これにより、各ワイヤ52、53が接続するスライダ45が安定し、スライダ45を介して位置制御されるウインドガラスWが高精度に保持及び昇降される。
When the first wire 52 and the second wire 53 are routed as described above, the compression spring 56 and the compression spring 58 press the wire end 55 and the wire end 57 toward each other, so that the wires 52 and 53 are Predetermined tension is applied. As a result, the slider 45 to which the wires 52 and 53 are connected is stabilized, and the window glass W whose position is controlled via the slider 45 is held and lifted with high precision.
図21に示すように、シューベース41は、ワイヤエンド支持部41fとワイヤエンド支持部41gの間に56、57と圧縮バネ56、58を収容している。この収容部分を構成するのは、2つのワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gの対向する端面部分(ワイヤエンド55とワイヤエンド57の端面が当接する面)のみであり、ワイヤエンド55やワイヤエンド57の側面を囲む側壁等は存在していない。そのため、非常にコンパクト且つシンプルな構成でワイヤ接続構造が成立している。
As shown in FIG. 21, the shoe base 41 accommodates 56, 57 and compression springs 56, 58 between the wire end supporting portion 41f and the wire end supporting portion 41g. This accommodating portion is formed only by the opposing end face portions of the two wire end support portions 41f and 41g (the faces where the end faces of the wire end 55 and the wire end 57 contact each other). There is no side wall surrounding the side surface. Therefore, the wire connection structure is realized with a very compact and simple structure.
図21に示すように、ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gはそれぞれ、ワイヤエンド55、57が当接する端面の幅に比して、上下方向の長さが大きい。すなわち、ワイヤ挿通孔41h、41hによる各ワイヤ52、53の支持長が大きくなっている。支持長の長いワイヤ挿通孔41h、41hによって各ワイヤ52、53の直線性が保たれると、その直近に位置するワイヤエンド55、57の側方への振れを抑制する効果が得られる。
As shown in FIG. 21, the wire end support portions 41f and 41g have a vertical length that is larger than the width of the end face against which the wire ends 55 and 57 abut. That is, the supporting length of each wire 52, 53 by the wire insertion holes 41h, 41h is increased. When the linearity of the wires 52, 53 is maintained by the wire insertion holes 41h, 41h having a long support length, the effect of suppressing the lateral swing of the wire ends 55, 57 located in the vicinity thereof can be obtained.
また、ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gをガイドレール31の第2区画S2に挿入した状態では、第2区画S2の内面(車内側壁31a、外周側壁31c、カバー壁31e、隔壁31f)がワイヤエンド55、57の側方を囲んで振れを抑制する。図17に示すように、第2区画S2の内面とワイヤエンド55(またはワイヤエンド57)との間には所定の大きさのクリアランスがあり、ワイヤエンド55、57の位置を厳密に定めるものではない。しかし、ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gの延長上位置から逸脱するようなワイヤエンド55、57の過大な位置ずれを第2区画S2の内面によって防ぐことができる。
Further, when the wire end support portions 41f and 41g are inserted into the second section S2 of the guide rail 31, the inner surface (the vehicle interior side wall 31a, the outer peripheral side wall 31c, the cover wall 31e, and the partition wall 31f) of the second section S2 has the wire end 55. , 57 is laterally surrounded to suppress the shake. As shown in FIG. 17, there is a clearance of a predetermined size between the inner surface of the second section S2 and the wire end 55 (or the wire end 57), and the positions of the wire ends 55 and 57 are not strictly defined. Absent. However, an excessive displacement of the wire ends 55, 57 that deviates from the extended position of the wire end support portions 41f, 41g can be prevented by the inner surface of the second section S2.
以上から、シューベース41におけるワイヤ接続構造として、各ワイヤ52、53の延設方向にワイヤエンド55、57の端面を当接させて牽引力を受ける最小限の構成(駆動力の伝達部)があれば足りる。特に本実施形態のウインドレギュレータ40では、上下方向に細長い立柱サッシュ12の内部空間に、モータユニット50を除く昇降機構の大部分を収容している。そのため、上下方向に離間するワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gの対向面間の細長いスペースでワイヤ接続構造が完成することが、スペース効率の点で極めて有効である。具体的には、ワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gが収められる第2区画S2の断面積が小さくて済む。したがって、内外周方向へのフレーム部30aの幅を増大させずに、シュー43、44が挿入される第1区画S1と、ワイヤ52、53が挿通される第2区画S2とを並列配置することが可能になっている。また、第2区画S2は車内外方向にもコンパクトであるため、各ワイヤ52、53が挿通される第2区画S2と第3区画S3とを、ウインドガラスWからフレーム部30aの車内側壁30d(第2フレーム部35bの車内側壁35e)までの奥行きの制約された寸法内に並列配置することができる。
From the above, as the wire connection structure in the shoe base 41, there is a minimum configuration (driving force transmitting portion) in which the end surfaces of the wire ends 55 and 57 are brought into contact with each other in the extending direction of the wires 52 and 53 to receive the pulling force. It's enough. Particularly, in the window regulator 40 of the present embodiment, most of the lifting mechanism except the motor unit 50 is housed in the internal space of the upright pillar sash 12 that is vertically elongated. Therefore, it is extremely effective in terms of space efficiency that the wire connection structure is completed in an elongated space between the facing surfaces of the wire end support portions 41f and 41g that are vertically separated. Specifically, the sectional area of the second section S2 in which the wire end support portions 41f and 41g are housed can be small. Therefore, the first section S1 into which the shoes 43 and 44 are inserted and the second section S2 into which the wires 52 and 53 are inserted are arranged in parallel without increasing the width of the frame portion 30a in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Is possible. Further, since the second section S2 is also compact in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle, the second section S2 and the third section S3, through which the wires 52 and 53 are inserted, are separated from the windshield W to the vehicle interior side wall 30d of the frame portion 30a ( The second frame portion 35b can be arranged in parallel within the dimension of which the depth to the vehicle interior side wall 35e) is restricted.
ウインドレギュレータ40の組み立てに際しては、各ワイヤ52、53が緩んだ状態で作業を行い、各ワイヤ52、53に最終的なテンションをかけるのはできるだけ遅い段階にすることが、作業性の観点から好ましい。本実施の形態のウインドレギュレータ40の製造においては、一通りの部品組み付けやワイヤ配索を行った後で、ワイヤ押さえ部材63を取り付けることによって各ワイヤ52、53のテンション張りを行う。先に述べたように、ワイヤ押さえ部材63は、湾曲形状のガイドレール31の凹部側(車内側)で、巻取ドラム51とガイドプーリ54を最短距離で結ぶワイヤ短絡軌跡52xよりも車外側(凹部の内側)に位置して第1ワイヤ52を支持している。すなわち、車外側に向けて第1ワイヤ52の配索軌跡を変化させ、第1ワイヤ52の実際の軌跡をワイヤ短絡軌跡52xよりも長くさせることで、第1ワイヤ52の張力を増大させている。
When assembling the window regulator 40, it is preferable from the viewpoint of workability that the work is performed with the wires 52 and 53 loosened and that the final tension is applied to the wires 52 and 53 as late as possible. .. In the manufacture of the window regulator 40 of the present embodiment, the wires 52, 53 are tensioned by attaching the wire pressing member 63 after performing a general assembly of parts and wire arrangement. As described above, the wire pressing member 63 is located outside the wire short-circuit locus 52x that connects the winding drum 51 and the guide pulley 54 at the shortest distance on the concave side (inside the vehicle) of the curved guide rail 31. It is located inside the recess) and supports the first wire 52. That is, the tension of the first wire 52 is increased by changing the routing path of the first wire 52 toward the outside of the vehicle and making the actual path of the first wire 52 longer than the wire short circuit path 52x. ..
なお、ガイドレール31の凹部側(車内側)では、ワイヤ押さえ部材63以外にワイヤガイド部材60も第1ワイヤ52を支持している。そのため、ワイヤ押さえ部材63を取り付けていなくても、ワイヤガイド部材60を取り付けた段階で、各ワイヤ52、53にはある程度のテンションがかかっている。各ワイヤ52、53が緩み過ぎると、ガイドプーリ54からのワイヤ脱落等が生じやすく組み立て性が悪くなってしまうが、ワイヤガイド部材60を取り付けることで、各ワイヤ52、53が適度に安定した状態にして作業を進めることができる。そして、最終段階でワイヤ押さえ部材63を組み付ける際に、予めワイヤガイド部材60で支持されている第1ワイヤ52を少量押圧するだけでよいため、ワイヤ押さえ部材63の組み付け性にも優れている。
In addition to the wire pressing member 63, the wire guide member 60 also supports the first wire 52 on the concave side (inside the vehicle) of the guide rail 31. Therefore, even if the wire pressing member 63 is not attached, a certain amount of tension is applied to each of the wires 52 and 53 when the wire guide member 60 is attached. If the wires 52 and 53 are loosened too much, the wires may easily come off from the guide pulley 54 and the assemblability deteriorates. However, by attaching the wire guide member 60, the wires 52 and 53 are in an appropriately stable state. You can proceed with the work. When assembling the wire pressing member 63 at the final stage, it is only necessary to press a small amount of the first wire 52 supported by the wire guide member 60 in advance, so that the wire pressing member 63 can be easily assembled.
ワイヤ押さえ部材63は、立柱サッシュ12の完成状態で第3区画S3内に収容される(図14参照)。そのため、ガイドレール31をインナサッシュ30や接続部材35と組み合わせる前に、ワイヤ押さえ部材63を含むウインドレギュレータ40の各部品の組み付けを完了させる。この状態のレギュレータアッセンブリ40Aを示したのが図19である。レギュレータアッセンブリ40Aは、ガイドレール31に沿ってウインドガラスWを移動(昇降)させる機能部として既に完成している。よって、レギュレータアッセンブリ40Aの状態で動作確認、検品、出荷(販売)、メンテナンス等を行うことが可能である。
The wire pressing member 63 is housed in the third section S3 in the completed state of the upright pillar sash 12 (see FIG. 14). Therefore, before the guide rail 31 is combined with the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35, the assembling of each component of the window regulator 40 including the wire pressing member 63 is completed. FIG. 19 shows the regulator assembly 40A in this state. The regulator assembly 40A has already been completed as a functional part for moving (elevating) the window glass W along the guide rail 31. Therefore, it is possible to perform operation confirmation, inspection, shipment (sales), maintenance, etc. in the state of the regulator assembly 40A.
なお、図19に示すレギュレータアッセンブリ40Aでは、接続部材35が取り付けられていない。そのため、プーリブラケット62の支持座62cを締結させる一対のボルト73のうち上側のボルト73(図18、図23参照)は、接続部材35のネジ孔35pに対して未固定の状態にある。しかし、下側のボルト73がナット77に螺合しており、支持座62cはガイドレール31に対して固定されて安定している。
The connecting member 35 is not attached to the regulator assembly 40A shown in FIG. Therefore, the upper bolt 73 (see FIGS. 18 and 23) of the pair of bolts 73 that fastens the support seat 62c of the pulley bracket 62 is not fixed to the screw hole 35p of the connection member 35. However, the lower bolt 73 is screwed into the nut 77, and the support seat 62c is fixed to the guide rail 31 and is stable.
以上の構成のウインドレギュレータ40によってウインドガラスWを昇降させた状態を図20、図23、図24に示した。図20に実線で示しているのは、ウインドガラスWが最も上昇した全閉位置(上死点)であり、図20に二点鎖線で示しているのは、ウインドガラスWが最も下降した全開位置(下死点)である。図23はウインドガラスWの全開位置でのウインドレギュレータ40の状態を示し、図24はウインドガラスWの全開位置でのウインドレギュレータ40の状態を示している。
The state in which the window glass W is moved up and down by the window regulator 40 having the above configuration is shown in FIGS. 20, 23, and 24. The solid line in FIG. 20 indicates the fully closed position (top dead center) where the window glass W is raised most, and the two-dot chain line shown in FIG. 20 indicates that the window glass W is lowered most fully. The position (bottom dead center). FIG. 23 shows the state of the window regulator 40 at the fully opened position of the window glass W, and FIG. 24 shows the state of the window regulator 40 at the fully opened position of the window glass W.
ウインドガラスWの全閉位置では、図23に示すように、上側のスライダ45のシュー43は、ガイドレール31の上端付近に達している。ガイドレール31の上端付近にはガイドプーリ54が設けられているが、シュー43が挿入されている第1区画S1と、ガイドプーリ54が配されている第2区画S2は内外周方向に並列して分離されているので、シュー43とガイドプーリ54が互いに干渉することはない。
At the fully closed position of the window glass W, as shown in FIG. 23, the shoe 43 of the upper slider 45 reaches near the upper end of the guide rail 31. A guide pulley 54 is provided near the upper end of the guide rail 31, but the first section S1 in which the shoe 43 is inserted and the second section S2 in which the guide pulley 54 is arranged are arranged in parallel in the inner and outer peripheral directions. Therefore, the shoe 43 and the guide pulley 54 do not interfere with each other.
また、ウインドガラスWの全閉位置では、図23に示すように、スライダ45に設けた上側のワイヤエンド支持部41fがガイドプーリ54(巻回開始ポイントQ1)の直下に位置している。スライダ45において、ワイヤエンド支持部41fはシュー43(シュー支持部41c)に対して下方に位置をずらせて設けられている(図21参照)。そのため、上記のようにシュー43がガイドプーリ54と並列する位置まで達した状態で、ワイヤエンド支持部41fをガイドプーリ54の直下に位置させることができる。すなわち、ガイドプーリ54周りでの第1ワイヤ52のスムーズな配索を損なわずに、ガイドレール31の上端付近に駆動系の各要素をスペース効率良く収めることができる。
At the fully closed position of the window glass W, as shown in FIG. 23, the upper wire end support portion 41f provided on the slider 45 is located directly below the guide pulley 54 (winding start point Q1). In the slider 45, the wire end support portion 41f is provided so as to be displaced downward with respect to the shoe 43 (shoe support portion 41c) (see FIG. 21). Therefore, the wire end support portion 41f can be positioned immediately below the guide pulley 54 in a state where the shoe 43 reaches the position where the shoe 43 is in parallel with the guide pulley 54 as described above. That is, each element of the drive system can be accommodated in the vicinity of the upper end of the guide rail 31 with good space efficiency without impairing the smooth wiring of the first wire 52 around the guide pulley 54.
さらに、上側のスライダ45の上部が立柱サッシュ12の上端付近(ドアコーナー部10d)に位置し、下側のスライダ46の下部がベルトラインリンフォース16付近に位置しており(図1参照)、上下方向で立柱サッシュ12の略全域に亘ってウインドガラスWを支持している。これにより、ウインドガラスWを極めて高い精度で安定して支持し、車両前後方向や車内外方向へのウインドガラスWの倒れ耐性を向上させることができる。
Further, the upper part of the upper slider 45 is located near the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12 (door corner 10d), and the lower part of the lower slider 46 is located near the belt line reinforcement 16 (see FIG. 1). The windshield W is supported over substantially the entire area of the vertical column sash 12 in the vertical direction. As a result, the windshield W can be stably supported with extremely high accuracy, and the tilting resistance of the windshield W in the vehicle front-rear direction and the inside/outside direction of the vehicle can be improved.
図24に示すように、ウインドガラスWの全開位置では、スライダ45を構成するシューベース41の下側のワイヤエンド支持部41gの下端面が、ワイヤガイド部材61のストッパ面61bに対して当接して、それ以上のウインドガラスWの下降が規制される。すなわち、ワイヤガイド部材61は、ウインドレギュレータ40における下降移動端を定める機械的なストッパとしても機能する。
As shown in FIG. 24, at the fully open position of the window glass W, the lower end surface of the wire end support portion 41 g below the shoe base 41 that constitutes the slider 45 contacts the stopper surface 61 b of the wire guide member 61. Therefore, further lowering of the windshield W is restricted. That is, the wire guide member 61 also functions as a mechanical stopper that defines the downward movement end of the window regulator 40.
全開位置においても、ガイドレール31に対してウインドガラスWがドアパネル10a内の上下方向の広い範囲で支持されるので、上記の全閉位置と同様にウインドガラスWの高い支持精度と安定性が得られる。
Even in the fully open position, the window glass W is supported by the guide rail 31 in a wide range in the vertical direction within the door panel 10a, so that high support accuracy and stability of the window glass W can be obtained as in the fully closed position. To be
以上のように、本実施の形態のドア10では、ウインドレギュレータ40のうち、駆動源であるモータMの駆動力をウインドガラスWに伝達する昇降機構の構成部品を立柱サッシュ12に組み込んでいる。これにより、窓開口10cの下方のドアパネル10aの内部空間にウインドレギュレータを配置する既存の構成に比して、ドアパネル10a周りにおけるスペース効率やレイアウト性を向上させることができる。例えば、ドア内面側のドアトリムの形状設定の自由度が高くなる。また、ドア内面を車外側に寄せた形状にして乗降時の足さばき性を向上させることができる、あるいは、ドアパネル10aの内部空間を広くして、ウインドレギュレータ以外の機能部品の配置スペースを確保したり、ドアパネル10a内への部品の組み付け性の向上を実現したりできる。
As described above, in the door 10 of the present embodiment, the component of the lifting mechanism that transmits the driving force of the motor M, which is the driving source, to the window glass W of the window regulator 40 is incorporated in the vertical pillar sash 12. As a result, the space efficiency and layout can be improved around the door panel 10a as compared with the existing configuration in which the window regulator is arranged in the internal space of the door panel 10a below the window opening 10c. For example, the degree of freedom in setting the shape of the door trim on the inner surface of the door is increased. In addition, the inner surface of the door can be formed to be closer to the outer side of the vehicle to improve the foot handling property when getting on or off, or the inner space of the door panel 10a can be widened to secure a space for arranging functional parts other than the window regulator. Alternatively, it is possible to improve the assemblability of the components in the door panel 10a.
図26と図27に、第2の実施形態のウインドレギュレータ140を示す。先の実施形態のウインドレギュレータ40がワイヤ式の伝達機構を備えているのに対し、このウインドレギュレータ140はラックピニオン式の伝達機構を備えている。その他の構成は先の実施形態と共通しており、共通する箇所については先の実施形態と共通の符号を付して説明を省略する。
26 and 27 show the window regulator 140 of the second embodiment. While the window regulator 40 of the previous embodiment has a wire type transmission mechanism, the window regulator 140 has a rack and pinion type transmission mechanism. Other configurations are the same as those in the previous embodiment, and common points are assigned the same reference numerals as those in the previous embodiment and description thereof is omitted.
図26に示すように、ウインドレギュレータ140を構成するモータユニット150は、先の実施形態のモータユニット50と略同じ位置(すなわちドアパネル10aの内部)でガイドレール31に取り付けられる。モータユニット150は、モータMを備えた駆動部150aと、ピニオン90を回転可能に支持するピニオン支持部材150bとを備えている。ピニオン90は駆動軸150cに接続し、駆動部150aから駆動軸150cを介して回転駆動力が伝達される。ピニオン支持部材150bは、上下のブラケット150d、150eをガイドレール31の車内側壁31aに対して車内側から当接させて締結固定される。このように支持されたピニオン90は、内外周方向へ向く駆動軸150cを中心として回転駆動される。
As shown in FIG. 26, the motor unit 150 constituting the window regulator 140 is attached to the guide rail 31 at substantially the same position as the motor unit 50 of the previous embodiment (that is, inside the door panel 10a). The motor unit 150 includes a drive unit 150a including a motor M, and a pinion support member 150b that rotatably supports the pinion 90. The pinion 90 is connected to the drive shaft 150c, and the rotational drive force is transmitted from the drive unit 150a via the drive shaft 150c. The pinion support member 150b is fastened and fixed by bringing the upper and lower brackets 150d and 150e into contact with the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 from the vehicle interior side. The pinion 90 supported in this manner is rotationally driven about the drive shaft 150c that faces the inner and outer peripheral directions.
ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aには、ピニオン支持部材150bの上下のブラケット150d、150eが固定される位置の間に、車内外方向へ貫通する貫通孔31jが形成されている。貫通孔31jは、立柱サッシュ12内の第2区画S2と第3区画S3(図27参照)を連通させる位置に形成されている。ピニオン90の一部が貫通孔31jを通して第2区画S2内に進入する。図27はピニオン90の位置よりも上方の立柱サッシュ12の一般断面位置を示しており、ピニオン90を一点鎖線で仮想的に表している。
A through hole 31j is formed in the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 between the upper and lower brackets 150d and 150e of the pinion support member 150b to which the brackets 150d and 150e are fixed. The through hole 31j is formed at a position where the second section S2 and the third section S3 (see FIG. 27) in the upright pillar sash 12 communicate with each other. A part of the pinion 90 enters the second section S2 through the through hole 31j. FIG. 27 shows the general cross-sectional position of the upright pillar sash 12 above the position of the pinion 90, and the pinion 90 is virtually represented by a one-dot chain line.
立柱サッシュ12(ガイドレール31)内の第2区画S2内にはラック91が配置される。ラック91はガイドレール31の長手方向に沿って延びる長尺部材であり、車内側に向く歯部91aが長手方向に連続的に形成されている。第2区画S2内にはラック91を安定して上下方向へ移動可能にさせるラックガイド92が設けられている(図27参照)。
A rack 91 is arranged in the second section S2 in the vertical pillar sash 12 (guide rail 31). The rack 91 is a long member that extends along the longitudinal direction of the guide rail 31, and has tooth portions 91a that face the inside of the vehicle and are continuously formed in the longitudinal direction. A rack guide 92 that stably moves the rack 91 in the vertical direction is provided in the second section S2 (see FIG. 27).
スライダ45のシューベース41には、長手方向の中央付近(シュー支持部41cよりも下方)に、接続部41bから外周側に突出するラック接続部41jが設けられている。ラック接続部41jは第2区画S2内に延びて、ラック91の車外側の面(歯部91aが形成されていない側の面)に固定されている。ラック接続部41jに固定されるのはラック91上端付近の一部である。
The shoe base 41 of the slider 45 is provided with a rack connecting portion 41j projecting to the outer peripheral side from the connecting portion 41b near the center in the longitudinal direction (below the shoe supporting portion 41c). The rack connecting portion 41j extends into the second section S2 and is fixed to the surface of the rack 91 on the vehicle outer side (the surface on the side where the teeth 91a are not formed). It is a portion near the upper end of the rack 91 that is fixed to the rack connecting portion 41j.
第2区画S2内に配置されるラック91は貫通孔31jの形成位置まで延びており、貫通孔31jを通して第2区画S2内に進入するピニオン90がラック91の歯部91aに噛み合う。モータMの駆動力でピニオン90が正逆に回転すると、噛合するラック91が上下方向に移動する。このラック91の移動がスライダ45に伝わり、ウインドガラスWが昇降する。ラック91は、ウインドガラスWの全閉位置から全開位置まで(図20参照)の可動範囲の全体でピニオン90に噛合する長さを有している。さらに、例えば、図26に注目したとき、摺動部としてのスライダ45のシュー43と、伝達部としてのラック91とは、車両上下方向での位置が異なっている(シュー43がラック91の上方に配置されている)。また、摺動部としてのスライダ46のシュー44と、伝達部としてのラック91とは、車両上下方向での位置が異なっていてもよい(シュー44がラック91の下方に配置されていてもよい)。
The rack 91 arranged in the second section S2 extends to the position where the through hole 31j is formed, and the pinion 90 entering the second section S2 through the through hole 31j meshes with the tooth portion 91a of the rack 91. When the pinion 90 rotates in the forward and reverse directions by the driving force of the motor M, the meshing rack 91 moves in the vertical direction. The movement of the rack 91 is transmitted to the slider 45, and the window glass W moves up and down. The rack 91 has a length that meshes with the pinion 90 in the entire movable range from the fully closed position of the window glass W to the fully opened position (see FIG. 20). Further, for example, when paying attention to FIG. 26, the shoe 43 of the slider 45 as the sliding portion and the rack 91 as the transmitting portion are different in the position in the vehicle vertical direction (the shoe 43 is above the rack 91). Are located in). Further, the shoe 44 of the slider 46 as the sliding portion and the rack 91 as the transmission portion may be different in position in the vehicle vertical direction (the shoe 44 may be arranged below the rack 91). ).
先の実施形態のウインドレギュレータ40と同様に、ウインドレギュレータ140は、駆動源であるモータMの駆動力をウインドガラスWに伝達する昇降機構の構成部品を立柱サッシュ12に組み込んでいる。特に、スライダ45に駆動力を伝える伝達部がピニオン90とラック91のみで構成されるため部品点数が少なく、構成のシンプルさや生産の行い易さ等の点で有利である。
Like the window regulator 40 of the previous embodiment, the window regulator 140 incorporates the components of the lifting mechanism that transmits the driving force of the motor M, which is the driving source, to the window glass W in the vertical pillar sash 12. In particular, since the transmission portion that transmits the driving force to the slider 45 is composed only of the pinion 90 and the rack 91, the number of parts is small, which is advantageous in terms of simplicity of construction, easiness of production, and the like.
図28は立柱サッシュ12の第1の変形例を示している。第1の変形例の立柱サッシュ12は、インナサッシュ30のフレーム部30jが、ガイドレール31で塞がれる車外側の開放部分に加えて、車内側に向く開放部分を備えている。フレーム部30jは、立柱サッシュ12の長手方向の少なくとも一部で、車内側壁30d(図9参照)が存在せず、車内外方向に貫通する車内側開口部30kが形成されている。
FIG. 28 shows a first modification of the vertical pillar sash 12. In the upright pillar sash 12 of the first modified example, the frame portion 30j of the inner sash 30 includes an open portion on the vehicle outer side that is closed by the guide rail 31 and an open portion that faces the vehicle inner side. The frame portion 30j is at least a part of the vertical pillar sash 12 in the longitudinal direction, does not have the vehicle interior side wall 30d (see FIG. 9), and has a vehicle interior opening 30k that penetrates in the vehicle interior outward direction.
なお、図28には図示されていない構造によって、内周側壁30eと外周側壁30fが接続されており、フレーム部30jとしての一体性が保たれている。例えば、立柱サッシュ12の長手方向のうち図28に表れている断面以外の箇所で、車内側壁30d(図9参照)が部分的に存在する構成にすることができる。換言すれば、車内側開口部30kが立柱サッシュ12の長手方向で部分的に存在する構成である。
Note that the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f are connected by a structure not shown in FIG. 28, and the integrity as the frame portion 30j is maintained. For example, the vehicle interior side wall 30d (see FIG. 9) can be partially present in a portion other than the cross section shown in FIG. 28 in the longitudinal direction of the upright sash 12. In other words, the vehicle-inside opening 30k partially exists in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12.
あるいは、車内側開口部30kを長手方向の全体に形成した上で(すなわち、車内側壁30dは設けずに)、車内外方向の途中の位置で内周側壁30eと外周側壁30fを接続する接続壁を設けて、フレーム部30jをH字状の断面構造にすることも可能である。H字状の断面構造にする場合、ガイドレール31が挿入される領域よりも車内側(図28の車内側壁31aよりも車内側)に接続壁を設ければ、ガイドレール31に対する干渉が生じない。
Alternatively, a connection wall that connects the inner peripheral side wall 30e and the outer peripheral side wall 30f at an intermediate position in the vehicle interior/exterior direction after forming the vehicle interior side opening 30k in the entire longitudinal direction (that is, without providing the vehicle interior side wall 30d). It is also possible to provide the frame portion 30j with an H-shaped cross-sectional structure. In the case of the H-shaped cross-sectional structure, if the connection wall is provided on the vehicle inner side (the vehicle inner side than the vehicle inner side wall 31a of FIG. 28) with respect to the region where the guide rail 31 is inserted, interference with the guide rail 31 does not occur. ..
図28はインナサッシュ30のフレーム部30jを示しているが、フレーム部30jの上方に連続する接続部材35の第2フレーム部35bにおいても、車内側開口部30kと同様の車内側への開放部分を形成することができる。具体的には、接続部材35の車内側壁35e(図16、図17参照)を貫通する車内側開口部(図示略)を形成する。
FIG. 28 shows the frame portion 30j of the inner sash 30, but also in the second frame portion 35b of the connecting member 35 continuous above the frame portion 30j, an opening portion to the vehicle interior similar to the vehicle interior opening portion 30k. Can be formed. Specifically, a vehicle-inside opening (not shown) that penetrates the vehicle interior side wall 35e (see FIGS. 16 and 17) of the connection member 35 is formed.
図28に示すように、立柱サッシュ12の車内側にはインナカバー37が設けられている。インナカバー37は、先の実施形態におけるインナカバー36(図4参照)に相当する部材であり、インナサッシュ30と接続部材35を車内側から覆って、立柱サッシュ12の車内側の外観部分を構成する。
As shown in FIG. 28, an inner cover 37 is provided inside the vertical pillar sash 12 inside the vehicle. The inner cover 37 is a member corresponding to the inner cover 36 (see FIG. 4) in the above-described embodiment, and covers the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35 from the inside of the vehicle to configure the exterior portion of the upright sash 12 on the inside of the vehicle. To do.
より詳しくは、インナカバー37は、インナサッシュ30の内周側壁30eと接続部材35の内周側壁35fに沿う内周側壁37aと、インナサッシュ30の外周側壁30fと接続部材35の外周側壁35gに沿う外周側壁37bを有する。インナカバー37はさらに、内周側壁37aと外周側壁37bのそれぞれの車内側端部を接続する車内側壁37cを有する。インナカバー37を組み付けた状態では、車内側壁37cが車内側開口部30k(及び接続部材35に形成した車内側開口部)を車内側から塞ぎ、フレーム部30jや第2フレーム部35bの内部空間が車内側から視認されなくなる。なお、インナカバー37は、フレーム部30jや第2フレーム部35bだけでなく、インナサッシュ30の意匠部30bまで車内側から覆うものであってもよい。
More specifically, the inner cover 37 includes an inner peripheral side wall 30e of the inner sash 30, an inner peripheral side wall 37a along the inner peripheral side wall 35f of the connecting member 35, an outer peripheral side wall 30f of the inner sash 30, and an outer peripheral side wall 35g of the connecting member 35. It has an outer peripheral side wall 37b. The inner cover 37 further includes a vehicle interior side wall 37c that connects the vehicle interior side ends of the inner peripheral side wall 37a and the outer peripheral side wall 37b. When the inner cover 37 is assembled, the vehicle interior side wall 37c closes the vehicle interior side opening 30k (and the vehicle interior side opening formed in the connection member 35) from the vehicle interior side, and the inner space of the frame portion 30j and the second frame portion 35b is closed. It is no longer visible from inside the car. The inner cover 37 may cover not only the frame portion 30j and the second frame portion 35b but also the design portion 30b of the inner sash 30 from the inside of the vehicle.
インナカバー37を取り付ける前の状態では、車内側開口部30k(及び接続部材35に形成した車内側開口部)が開放されている。そのため、車内側から立柱サッシュ12内の第3区画S3へのアクセスが可能であり、立柱サッシュ12へのウインドレギュレータ40、140の構成要素の組み付けやメンテナンスに関する自由度が向上する。
In the state before the inner cover 37 is attached, the vehicle interior opening 30k (and the vehicle interior opening formed on the connection member 35) is open. Therefore, it is possible to access the third section S3 in the upright sash 12 from the inside of the vehicle, and the degree of freedom in assembling and maintaining the components of the window regulators 40, 140 in the upright sash 12 is improved.
例えば、先の実施形態では、全ての構成要素をガイドレール31に組み付けてレギュレータアッセンブリ40Aを構成した上で、ガイドレール31を立柱サッシュ12の本体部(インナサッシュ30のフレーム部30aや接続部材35の第2フレーム部35b)に組み付けている。これに対し、図28の変形例のように立柱サッシュ12の本体部に車内側への開放部分が設けられていると、ウインドレギュレータ40、140の構成要素の一部を、立柱サッシュ12の本体部へのガイドレール31の組み付け後に、車内側から装着したり調整したりすることが可能である。具体的には、全体が第3区画S3に収まるもの、あるいは一部が第3区画S3に位置するものが、車内側からの装着や調整の対象となる。
For example, in the above embodiment, after all the components are assembled to the guide rail 31 to form the regulator assembly 40A, the guide rail 31 is attached to the main body portion of the upright pillar sash 12 (the frame portion 30a of the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35). Of the second frame portion 35b). On the other hand, when the main body portion of the upright pillar sash 12 is provided with an opening portion to the inside of the vehicle as in the modified example of FIG. 28, some of the components of the window regulators 40 and 140 are removed from the main body of the upright pillar sash 12. After assembling the guide rail 31 to the portion, it is possible to mount or adjust the guide rail 31 from the inside of the vehicle. Specifically, those that are wholly contained within the third section S3 or those that are partially located within the third section S3 are subject to mounting and adjustment from the inside of the vehicle.
ウインドレギュレータ40の構成要素のうち、全体が第3区画S3に収まるものとして、ワイヤ押さえ部材63がある(図14参照)。例えば、ワイヤ押さえ部材63のみを取り付けない状態でレギュレータアッセンブリ40Aを構成し、立柱サッシュ12にレギュレータアッセンブリ40Aを組み込んだ後で、車内側からワイヤ押さえ部材63を組み付けて最終的なワイヤのテンション張りを行うことができる。詳細には、ワイヤ押さえ部材63は、立柱サッシュ12の長手方向のうちインナサッシュ30の配置領域にあるため、インナサッシュ30の車内側開口部30k(図28)を通して組み付けられる。
Among the components of the window regulator 40, the wire pressing member 63 is the one that is wholly contained in the third section S3 (see FIG. 14). For example, the regulator assembly 40A is configured without attaching the wire pressing member 63, and after the regulator assembly 40A is installed in the upright pillar sash 12, the wire pressing member 63 is assembled from the inside of the vehicle to make the final tension of the wire. It can be carried out. Specifically, since the wire pressing member 63 is located in the arrangement region of the inner sash 30 in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12, it is attached through the vehicle-inside opening 30k (FIG. 28) of the inner sash 30.
また、ウインドレギュレータ40の構成要素のうち、ガイドプーリ54(図16、図28参照)は第2区画S2と第3区画S3に跨って配置されている。従って、立柱サッシュ12にガイドレール31を組み込んだ後で、ガイドプーリ54を車内側からガイドレール31に組み付けることもできる。ガイドプーリ54は、立柱サッシュ12の長手方向のうち接続部材35の配置領域にあるため、接続部材35の車内側開口部(図示略)を通して組み付けられる。この場合、車内側からガイドレール31の車内側壁31aに固定可能なタイプのプーリブラケット(図示略)を用いて、ガイドプーリ54を支持する。
Further, among the constituent elements of the window regulator 40, the guide pulley 54 (see FIGS. 16 and 28) is arranged across the second section S2 and the third section S3. Therefore, after the guide rail 31 is installed in the upright pillar sash 12, the guide pulley 54 can be assembled to the guide rail 31 from the inside of the vehicle. Since the guide pulley 54 is located in the region where the connecting member 35 is arranged in the longitudinal direction of the upright pillar sash 12, the guide pulley 54 is assembled through the vehicle-inside opening (not shown) of the connecting member 35. In this case, the guide pulley 54 is supported by using a pulley bracket (not shown) of a type that can be fixed to the inside wall 31a of the guide rail 31 from the inside of the vehicle.
なお、先に実施形態のように予めレギュレータアッセンブリ40Aの全体を構成してから立柱サッシュ12に組み込んだ場合も、インナカバー37を外すことで、車内側からのメンテナンスや調整を行うことができる。一例として、ガイドプーリ54や各ワイヤ52、53へのグリス塗布、第3区画S3内での各ワイヤ52、53の配索状態の確認、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aに対するボルト留め部分(図17に示すボルト74とナット75等)の確認、等が可能である。
Even when the entire regulator assembly 40A is previously configured as in the embodiment and then incorporated in the upright pillar sash 12, the maintenance and adjustment can be performed from the inside of the vehicle by removing the inner cover 37. As an example, the grease is applied to the guide pulley 54 and the wires 52 and 53, the wiring state of the wires 52 and 53 in the third section S3 is confirmed, and the bolted portion of the guide rail 31 to the vehicle interior side wall 31a (FIG. 17). It is possible to check the bolt 74, the nut 75, etc. shown in FIG.
また、図28に示すように、車内側開口部30kが形成されている部分では、車内側壁30dの肉厚が存在しない分、車内側へのインナサッシュ30の突出量が小さくなっている。その結果、インナカバー37の車内側壁37cを車外側に寄せて配置することができ、車内空間を広くする効果が得られる。または、車内側からのメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。
Further, as shown in FIG. 28, in the portion where the vehicle interior side opening 30k is formed, the amount of protrusion of the inner sash 30 toward the vehicle interior is small because the vehicle interior side wall 30d has no wall thickness. As a result, the vehicle interior side wall 37c of the inner cover 37 can be arranged closer to the vehicle exterior side, and the effect of widening the vehicle interior space can be obtained. Alternatively, the maintainability from the inside of the vehicle can be improved.
図29は立柱サッシュ12の第2の変形例を示している。図29に示す立柱サッシュ12は、インナサッシュ130とガーニッシュ132を組み合わせて構成されている。この第2の変形例は、上記実施形態のガイドレール31に相当するガイドレール部132dが、ガーニッシュ132に一体的に形成されている点が異なる。インナサッシュ130は金属で形成され、ガーニッシュ132は合成樹脂などの非金属によって形成されている。
FIG. 29 shows a second modification of the vertical pillar sash 12. The upright pillar sash 12 shown in FIG. 29 is configured by combining an inner sash 130 and a garnish 132. The second modification is different in that a guide rail portion 132d corresponding to the guide rail 31 of the above embodiment is integrally formed with the garnish 132. The inner sash 130 is made of metal, and the garnish 132 is made of non-metal such as synthetic resin.
インナサッシュ130の全体的な構成は上記実施形態のインナサッシュ30と似ている。インナサッシュ130は、車内側に位置する袋状断面形状のフレーム部130aと、車外側に位置する意匠部130bと、フレーム部130aと意匠部130bを接続する段部130cとを有する。
The overall structure of the inner sash 130 is similar to that of the inner sash 30 of the above embodiment. The inner sash 130 includes a frame portion 130a having a bag-shaped cross section located inside the vehicle, a design portion 130b located outside the vehicle, and a step portion 130c connecting the frame portion 130a and the design portion 130b.
フレーム部130aは、車内側に位置する車内側壁130dと、車内側壁130dの内周側の端部から車外側に延びる内周側壁130eと、車内側壁130dの外周側の端部から車外側に延びる外周側壁130fとを有する。段部130cは、外周側壁130fの車外側の端部から外周側に延びる外周延設部130gと、外周延設部130gの外周側の端部から車外側に延びる車外延設部130hとを有する。車外延設部130hの車外側の端部から外周側に向けて意匠部130bが延びている。また、フレーム部130aの内周側壁130eの端部(車外側の端部)から内周側に延びる内周延設部130iを有している。
The frame portion 130a extends inside the vehicle from the vehicle interior side wall 130d, the vehicle interior side wall 130d extends from the vehicle interior side end to the vehicle exterior side, and the vehicle interior side wall 130d extends to the vehicle exterior from the vehicle exterior side wall. The outer peripheral side wall 130f. The step portion 130c has an outer peripheral extension portion 130g extending from the vehicle outer side end portion of the outer peripheral side wall 130f to the outer peripheral side and a vehicle outer extension portion 130h extending from the outer peripheral side end portion of the outer peripheral side extension portion 130g to the vehicle outer side. .. The design portion 130b extends from the end portion on the vehicle outer side of the vehicle exterior extending portion 130h toward the outer peripheral side. Further, the frame portion 130a has an inner peripheral extension portion 130i extending from the end portion (end portion on the vehicle outer side) of the inner peripheral side wall 130e to the inner peripheral side.
ガーニッシュ132は、インナサッシュ130の意匠部130bの車外側を覆う外観部132aと、外観部132aの外周側の縁部に設けられて意匠部130bの外周側の端部を覆う形状の外周縁部132bとを有する。外観部132aと外周縁部132bは、意匠部130bと共に立柱サッシュ12の車外側部分(意匠部)を構成する。
The garnish 132 is an outer peripheral edge portion having a shape that is provided on the exterior portion 132a that covers the exterior of the design portion 130b of the inner sash 130 and the outer peripheral edge of the exterior portion 132a and that covers the outer peripheral end of the design portion 130b. 132b. The outer appearance portion 132a and the outer peripheral edge portion 132b together with the design portion 130b form a vehicle outer side portion (design portion) of the upright sash 12.
ガーニッシュ132はまた、外観部132aの内周側の端部から車内側に突出してから前方側に延びる屈曲形状の延長保持部132cを有する。延長保持部132cのうち、外観部132aから車内側に延びる部分は、インナサッシュ130の車外延設部130hに沿って位置する。
The garnish 132 also has a bent-shaped extension holding portion 132c that protrudes inward from the inner peripheral end of the outer appearance portion 132a and then extends forward. A portion of the extension holding portion 132c that extends from the outer appearance portion 132a to the inside of the vehicle is located along the vehicle exterior extension portion 130h of the inner sash 130.
弾性カバー133は、ウインドガラスWの縁面W3とガーニッシュ132の外観部132aの内周側の端面との間に挟まれる中空部133aと、中空部133aから突出してウインドガラスWの車内側面W2に当接する片持ち状のリップ部133bとを有する。ガーニッシュ132の延長保持部132cによって、弾性カバー133の中空部133aを保持している。
The elastic cover 133 has a hollow portion 133a sandwiched between the edge surface W3 of the windshield W and the end surface of the garnish 132 on the inner peripheral side of the outer appearance portion 132a, and the inner surface W2 of the windshield W protruding from the hollow portion 133a. It has a cantilevered lip portion 133b that abuts. The hollow holding portion 133a of the elastic cover 133 is held by the extension holding portion 132c of the garnish 132.
ガーニッシュ132はさらに、上記実施形態におけるガイドレール31に相当するガイドレール部132dを備えている。ガイドレール部132dは、車外側に向けて開放した凹状の断面形状を有しており、車内側に位置する車内側壁132eと、車内側壁132eの内周側の端部から車外側に延びる内周側壁132fと、車内側壁132eの外周側の端部から車外側に延びる外周側壁132gとを有する。内周側壁132fと外周側壁132gとの間には隔壁132hが設けられている。隔壁132hは車内側壁132eから車外側に延びており、隔壁132hの車外側の端部には、内周側に向けて突出する保持壁132iが設けられている。外周側壁132gの車外側の端部が延長保持部132cの内周側の端部に連続して、ガーニッシュ132は、外観部132aやガイドレール部132dを含む一体構造になっている。
The garnish 132 further includes a guide rail portion 132d corresponding to the guide rail 31 in the above embodiment. The guide rail portion 132d has a concave cross-sectional shape that is open toward the vehicle outer side, and has a vehicle interior side wall 132e located on the vehicle interior side and an inner periphery extending from the inner peripheral side end of the vehicle interior side wall 132e to the vehicle exterior. It has a side wall 132f and an outer peripheral side wall 132g extending outward from the outer peripheral side end of the vehicle inner side wall 132e. A partition wall 132h is provided between the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the outer peripheral side wall 132g. The partition wall 132h extends from the vehicle interior side wall 132e to the vehicle exterior side, and a retaining wall 132i protruding toward the inner peripheral side is provided at the vehicle exterior side end of the partition wall 132h. The vehicle outer side end of the outer peripheral side wall 132g is continuous with the inner peripheral side end of the extension holding portion 132c, and the garnish 132 has an integral structure including an outer appearance portion 132a and a guide rail portion 132d.
ガイドレール部132dは、インナサッシュ130のフレーム部130aにおける車外側の開放部分の内側に嵌まるように配置されており、内周側壁132fと外周側壁132gが、フレーム部130aの内周側壁130eと外周側壁130fによって車両前後方向に挟まれている。
The guide rail portion 132d is arranged so as to fit inside the open portion on the vehicle outer side of the frame portion 130a of the inner sash 130, and the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the outer peripheral side wall 132g correspond to the inner peripheral side wall 130e of the frame portion 130a. It is sandwiched in the vehicle front-rear direction by the outer peripheral side wall 130f.
ガイドレール部132d内の空間は、隔壁132hにより内外周方向に第1区画S11と第2区画S12とに区画される。第1区画S11と第2区画S12は、上記実施形態のガイドレール31の第1区画S1と第2区画S2に相当するものである。すなわち、第1区画S11には、スライダ45、46のシュー43、44が上下方向(図29に示す紙面直交方向)に摺動可能に収容されている。第1区画S11を囲む車内側壁132eと保持壁132iによって、車内外方向へのスライダ45、46の移動を規制している。また、内周側壁132fと隔壁132hによって、内外周方向へのスライダ45、46の移動を規制している。第2区画S12には、スライダ45のシューベース41に設けたワイヤエンド支持部41f、41gが収容されている。
The space inside the guide rail portion 132d is divided into a first section S11 and a second section S12 in the inner and outer peripheral directions by the partition wall 132h. The first section S11 and the second section S12 correspond to the first section S1 and the second section S2 of the guide rail 31 of the above embodiment. That is, the shoes 43 and 44 of the sliders 45 and 46 are housed in the first section S11 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction (the direction orthogonal to the paper surface of FIG. 29). The vehicle interior side wall 132e and the holding wall 132i surrounding the first section S11 regulate the movement of the sliders 45 and 46 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions. Further, the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the partition wall 132h regulate the movement of the sliders 45 and 46 in the inner and outer peripheral directions. The wire end support portions 41f and 41g provided on the shoe base 41 of the slider 45 are housed in the second section S12.
また、インナサッシュ130のフレーム部130a内には、車内側壁130dと内周側壁130eと外周側壁130fと、ガイドレール部132dの車内側壁132eとによって囲まれる第3区画S13が形成される。第3区画S13は上記実施形態の第3区画S3に相当するものであり、第1区画S11及び第2区画S12の車内側に位置する。第3区画S13内に第1ワイヤ52や第2ワイヤ53が配索される。
Further, in the frame portion 130a of the inner sash 130, a third section S13 surrounded by the vehicle inner side wall 130d, the inner peripheral side wall 130e, the outer peripheral side wall 130f, and the vehicle interior side wall 132e of the guide rail portion 132d is formed. The third section S13 corresponds to the third section S3 in the above embodiment and is located inside the first section S11 and the second section S12. The first wire 52 and the second wire 53 are arranged in the third section S13.
図29には表れていないが、立柱サッシュ12の上端付近には、第2区画S12から第3区画S13に亘る空間に、ガイドプーリ54(図6、図8、図19等参照)が配置されている。
Although not shown in FIG. 29, a guide pulley 54 (see FIG. 6, FIG. 8, FIG. 19, etc.) is arranged near the upper end of the upright pillar sash 12 in a space extending from the second section S12 to the third section S13. ing.
ガーニッシュ132のガイドレール部132dは、上記実施形態のガイドレール31と同様に、立柱サッシュ12から下方に長く延設されてドアパネル10aの内部に挿入されており、ウインドガラスWの全閉位置から全開位置までの可動範囲の全体で、スライダ45、46を支持及び案内することができる。ガーニッシュ132のうちガイドレール部132d以外の部位については、少なくともドアパネル10aの上方の領域(立柱サッシュ12がドアパネル10aから突出している領域)に設けられていればよい。
The guide rail portion 132d of the garnish 132 is extended downward from the upright sash 12 and inserted into the interior of the door panel 10a similarly to the guide rail 31 of the above-described embodiment, and is fully opened from the fully closed position of the window glass W. The sliders 45 and 46 can be supported and guided in the entire movable range up to the position. The portion of the garnish 132 other than the guide rail portion 132d may be provided at least in the region above the door panel 10a (the region where the upright sash 12 projects from the door panel 10a).
スライダ45、46や各ワイヤ52、53を含むウインドレギュレータについては、上記実施形態のウインドレギュレータ40と同じ構成であるため、説明を省略する。ウインドレギュレータは、モータM(図1、図19参照)の駆動によって、各ワイヤ52、53の巻き上げ又は繰り出しを行って各スライダ45、46を上下に牽引し、ウインドガラスWを昇降駆動させる。
Since the window regulator including the sliders 45 and 46 and the wires 52 and 53 has the same configuration as the window regulator 40 of the above-described embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted. The window regulator drives the motor M (see FIGS. 1 and 19) to wind or unwind the wires 52 and 53, pull the sliders 45 and 46 up and down, and drive the window glass W up and down.
ガーニッシュ132は、外観部132a以外の箇所で、インナサッシュ130に対する位置決めと固定が行われる。例えば、インナサッシュ130のフレーム部130aの内周側壁130eや外周側壁130fに対する、ガイドレール部132dの内周側壁132fや外周側壁132gの当接によって、内外周方向でのガーニッシュ132の位置を決めることができる。あるいは、段部130cを構成する車外延設部130hに対する、延長保持部132c(外観部132aから車内側に延びる部分)の当接よって、内外周方向でのガーニッシュ132の位置を決めることができる。
The garnish 132 is positioned and fixed with respect to the inner sash 130 at a location other than the appearance portion 132a. For example, the position of the garnish 132 in the inner/outer peripheral direction is determined by the contact of the inner peripheral side wall 132f and the outer peripheral side wall 132g of the guide rail part 132d with the inner peripheral side wall 130e and the outer peripheral side wall 130f of the frame part 130a of the inner sash 130. You can Alternatively, the position of the garnish 132 in the inner and outer peripheral directions can be determined by the contact of the extension holding portion 132c (the portion extending from the outer appearance portion 132a to the vehicle interior side) with the vehicle exterior extension portion 130h forming the step portion 130c.
ガーニッシュ132は、ガイドレール部132dの内外周方向の両側に、支持部132jと支持部132kを備える。支持部132jと支持部132kはそれぞれ、ガーニッシュ132の長手方向に所定の間隔で複数箇所設けられている。支持部132jと支持部132kがインナサッシュ130に対して車内外方向に位置決めされると共に、締結部材160、161を用いて支持部132jと支持部132kがインナサッシュ130と固定される。
The garnish 132 includes a support portion 132j and a support portion 132k on both sides of the guide rail portion 132d in the inner and outer peripheral directions. The support portions 132j and the support portions 132k are respectively provided at a plurality of positions in the longitudinal direction of the garnish 132 at predetermined intervals. The support portion 132j and the support portion 132k are positioned with respect to the inner sash 130 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions, and the support portion 132j and the support portion 132k are fixed to the inner sash 130 using the fastening members 160 and 161.
ガーニッシュ132の外周側の支持部132jは、延長保持部132cから車内側に突出している。支持部132jの車内側の端部には凹部が形成されている。この凹部の底面から車外側に向けて、締結穴162が形成されている。締結穴162の内部には雌ネジが形成されている。支持部132jの凹部内に間座163が嵌まっている。間座163には締結穴162に連通する貫通穴が形成されている。
The support portion 132j on the outer peripheral side of the garnish 132 projects inward from the extension holding portion 132c. A recess is formed at the vehicle-side end of the support portion 132j. A fastening hole 162 is formed from the bottom surface of this recess toward the vehicle exterior. A female screw is formed inside the fastening hole 162. The spacer 163 is fitted in the recess of the support portion 132j. A through hole that communicates with the fastening hole 162 is formed in the spacer 163.
支持部132jは、外観部132aやガイドレール部132dなどに比べて、車内外方向の肉厚が大きい。具体的には、凹部の深さを含む支持部132jの肉厚は、延長保持部132cからインナサッシュ130の外周延設部130gまでの車内外方向への間隔に相当する。
The support portion 132j is thicker in the inside and outside of the vehicle than the exterior portion 132a and the guide rail portion 132d. Specifically, the wall thickness of the support portion 132j including the depth of the recessed portion corresponds to the distance from the extension holding portion 132c to the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 130 in the in-vehicle outside direction.
支持部132jは、間座163を挟んで、インナサッシュ130の外周延設部130gの車外側を向く面に当接して支持される。外周延設部130gには、締結穴162及び間座163の貫通穴に連通する貫通穴が形成されている。言い換えれば、外周延設部130gの貫通穴に対して締結穴162の位置が一致するように、インナサッシュ130に対する支持部132jの位置を定める。
The support portion 132j is supported by abutting on the surface of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 130 facing the vehicle outer side with the spacer 163 interposed therebetween. A through hole that communicates with the through holes of the fastening hole 162 and the spacer 163 is formed in the outer peripheral extension portion 130g. In other words, the position of the support portion 132j with respect to the inner sash 130 is determined so that the position of the fastening hole 162 coincides with the position of the through hole of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g.
締結部材160は、頭部160aと軸部160bを有し、軸部160bに雄ネジが形成されている。軸部160bを車内側から外周延設部130gの貫通穴に挿入し、間座163の貫通穴を通して締結穴162に軸部160bを挿入する。軸部160bの雄ネジを締結穴162の雌ネジに螺合させ、頭部160aが外周延設部130gの車内側の面に対して当て付くまで締め込むと、支持部132jが外周延設部130gに対して固定される。
The fastening member 160 has a head portion 160a and a shaft portion 160b, and a male screw is formed on the shaft portion 160b. The shaft portion 160b is inserted from the vehicle inside into the through hole of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g, and the shaft portion 160b is inserted into the fastening hole 162 through the through hole of the spacer 163. When the male screw of the shaft portion 160b is screwed into the female screw of the fastening hole 162 and tightened until the head portion 160a abuts against the inner surface of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g, the support portion 132j becomes the outer peripheral extension portion. Fixed to 130g.
ガーニッシュ132の内周側の支持部132kは、ガイドレール部132dを構成する内周側壁132fの車外側の端部に対して内周側に突出する屈曲部132mに続けて形成されており、ガーニッシュ132において最も内周側に位置する部位である。
The support portion 132k on the inner peripheral side of the garnish 132 is formed following the bent portion 132m projecting to the inner peripheral side with respect to the vehicle outer end of the inner peripheral side wall 132f forming the guide rail portion 132d. This is a portion of 132 that is located on the innermost side.
支持部132kの車内側の端部に凹部が形成されている。この凹部の底面から車外側に向けて、締結穴164が形成されている。締結穴164の内部には雌ネジが形成されている。支持部132kの凹部内に間座165が嵌まっている。間座165には締結穴164に連通する貫通穴が形成されている。
A recess is formed at the end of the support portion 132k on the inner side of the vehicle. A fastening hole 164 is formed from the bottom surface of the recess toward the vehicle exterior. A female screw is formed inside the fastening hole 164. The spacer 165 is fitted in the recess of the support portion 132k. A through hole that communicates with the fastening hole 164 is formed in the spacer 165.
先に説明した支持部132jと同様に、支持部132kは、外観部132aやガイドレール部132dなどに比べて、車内外方向の肉厚が大きい。具体的には、凹部の深さを含む支持部132kの肉厚は、ウインドガラスWの車内側面W2からインナサッシュ130の内周延設部130iまでの車内外方向への間隔よりも僅かに小さい。
Similar to the support portion 132j described above, the support portion 132k has a larger wall thickness in the inside/outside direction than the exterior portion 132a and the guide rail portion 132d. Specifically, the wall thickness of the support portion 132k including the depth of the recess is slightly smaller than the distance from the vehicle interior side surface W2 of the windshield W to the inner peripheral extension 130i of the inner sash 130 in the vehicle interior and exterior directions.
支持部132kは、間座165を挟んで、インナサッシュ30の内周延設部130iの車外側を向く面に当接支持される。内周延設部130iには、締結穴164及び間座165の貫通穴に連通する貫通穴が形成されている。言い換えれば、内周延設部130iの貫通穴に対して締結穴164の位置が一致するように、インナサッシュ130に対する支持部132kの位置を定める。
The support portion 132k is abutted and supported on the surface of the inner circumferential extension portion 130i of the inner sash 30 facing the vehicle outer side with the spacer 165 interposed therebetween. A through hole communicating with the through holes of the fastening hole 164 and the spacer 165 is formed in the inner peripheral extension 130i. In other words, the position of the support portion 132k with respect to the inner sash 130 is determined so that the position of the fastening hole 164 coincides with the position of the through hole of the inner peripheral extension 130i.
締結部材161は、頭部161aと軸部161bを有し、軸部161bに雄ネジが形成されている。軸部161bを車内側から内周延設部130iの貫通穴に挿入し、間座165の貫通穴を通して締結穴164に軸部161bを挿入する。軸部161bの雄ネジを締結穴164の雌ネジに螺合させ、頭部161aが内周延設部130iの車内側の面に対して当て付くまで締め込むと、支持部132kが内周延設部130iに対して固定される。
The fastening member 161 has a head portion 161a and a shaft portion 161b, and a male screw is formed on the shaft portion 161b. The shaft portion 161b is inserted into the through hole of the inner peripheral extension 130i from the inside of the vehicle, and the shaft portion 161b is inserted into the fastening hole 164 through the through hole of the spacer 165. When the male screw of the shaft portion 161b is screwed into the female screw of the fastening hole 164 and tightened until the head portion 161a abuts against the inside surface of the inner peripheral extension portion 130i, the support portion 132k becomes the inner peripheral extension portion. It is fixed to 130i.
なお、ガーニッシュ132をインナサッシュ130に固定させる手段は、締結部材160、161のようなネジによる固定に限定されるものではない。図29に示す構成では、支持部132jの車外側に位置する延長保持部132cが弾性カバー133を保持しているため、支持部132jの車外側に締結用の手段を設けることができない。また、支持部132kの車外側の面がウインドガラスWを通して車外側から視認される構成であるため、支持部132kの車外側に締結用の手段を設けることも美観上難しい。このような条件があるため、支持部132j、132kに対して車内側から螺合するタイプの締結部材160、161を用いている。しかし、支持部132j、132kの車外側に締結用の手段を配置できる場合には、車外側から螺合させるタイプの締結部材や、支持部132j(支持部132k)と外周延設部130g(内周延設部130i)を車内外方向に貫通して両端をかしめるタイプの締結部材などを用いることも可能である。
The means for fixing the garnish 132 to the inner sash 130 is not limited to fixing with screws such as the fastening members 160 and 161. In the configuration shown in FIG. 29, since the extension holding portion 132c located on the vehicle outer side of the support portion 132j holds the elastic cover 133, a fastening means cannot be provided on the vehicle outer side of the support portion 132j. Further, since the surface of the support portion 132k on the vehicle exterior side is visible from the vehicle exterior side through the windshield W, it is aesthetically difficult to provide a fastening means on the vehicle exterior side of the support portion 132k. Because of such conditions, the fastening members 160 and 161 of the type that are screwed into the support portions 132j and 132k from the inside of the vehicle are used. However, when the fastening means can be arranged on the vehicle outer side of the support portions 132j and 132k, a fastening member of a type screwed from the vehicle outer side or the support portion 132j (support portion 132k) and the outer peripheral extension portion 130g (inner side). It is also possible to use a fastening member of a type in which the circumferentially extending portion 130i) is penetrated in the vehicle interior/exterior direction to crimp both ends.
以上のように、ガーニッシュ132は、車外側に露出して意匠部130bと共に立柱サッシュ12の意匠部分を形成する外観部132aに加えて、外観部132aよりも車内側に位置する各部を備えており、単純な外装部材に留まらない複合的な役割を備えている。具体的には、弾性カバー133を保持する延長保持部132c、ウインドレギュレータを構成してスライダ45、46の摺動を案内するガイドレール部132d、インナサッシュ130に対するガーニッシュ132の支持及び固定を行わせる支持部132j、132k、といった部位を備えている。
As described above, the garnish 132 includes not only the exterior portion 132a that is exposed to the outside of the vehicle and forms the design portion of the standing pillar sash 12 together with the design portion 130b, but also each portion that is located inside the exterior portion 132a. , Has a complex role that goes beyond simple exterior members. Specifically, the extension holding portion 132c that holds the elastic cover 133, the guide rail portion 132d that configures a window regulator to guide the sliding of the sliders 45 and 46, and the garnish 132 is supported and fixed to the inner sash 130. The support parts 132j and 132k are provided.
スライダ45、46等のウインドレギュレータの構成部品をガーニッシュ132のガイドレール部132dに予め組み付けることで、ガーニッシュ132とウインドレギュレータをまとめて立柱サッシュ12に組み込むことができる。これにより、立柱サッシュ12の組み立て作業性が向上する。
By previously assembling the components of the window regulator such as the sliders 45 and 46 to the guide rail portion 132d of the garnish 132, the garnish 132 and the window regulator can be assembled together in the upright sash 12. As a result, the workability of assembling the upright pillar sash 12 is improved.
以上で説明した図29に示す第2の変形例は、ガイドレール部132dがガーニッシュ132に一体的に形成されている点が上記実施形態と異なるが、意匠部130bや外観部132aよりも車内側に位置して内部空間を有する本体部(フレーム部130a)の内部に、ガイドレール部132dやスライダ45、46やワイヤ52、53等のウインドレギュレータの構成要素を収容している点において、上記実施形態と共通する。よって、上記実施形態と同様の効果が得られる。
The second modified example shown in FIG. 29 described above is different from the above-described embodiment in that the guide rail portion 132d is integrally formed with the garnish 132, but is more inside the vehicle than the design portion 130b and the outer appearance portion 132a. The embodiment described above in that the components of the window regulator such as the guide rail portion 132d, the sliders 45 and 46, and the wires 52 and 53 are housed inside the main body portion (frame portion 130a) that is located in the inside and is inside. It has the same shape. Therefore, the same effect as that of the above embodiment can be obtained.
図30に示す第3の変形例の立柱サッシュ12は、図29に示す第2の変形例の一部を変更したものである。図30におけるインナサッシュ230及びガーニッシュ232のうち、図29におけるインナサッシュ130及びガーニッシュ132と実質的に共通する部位については、図29と同じ符号で示して説明を省略する。
The upright pillar sash 12 of the third modification shown in FIG. 30 is a modification of the second modification shown in FIG. Of the inner sash 230 and the garnish 232 in FIG. 30, portions substantially common to the inner sash 130 and the garnish 132 in FIG. 29 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 29, and description thereof will be omitted.
インナサッシュ230は金属製である。インナサッシュ230は、図29に示す意匠部130bに相当する部分をガーニッシュ232の外観部132aと共有しており、車外延設部130hの端部がインナサッシュ230の一方の端末になっている。すなわち、立柱サッシュ12のうち車外側に位置する意匠部を、ガーニッシュ232の外観部132a及び外周縁部132bのみで構成している。
Inner Sash 230 is made of metal. The inner sash 230 shares a portion corresponding to the design portion 130b shown in FIG. 29 with the exterior portion 132a of the garnish 232, and the end portion of the vehicle exterior extending portion 130h serves as one end of the inner sash 230. That is, the design portion of the upright sash 12 located outside the vehicle is configured only by the outer appearance portion 132a and the outer peripheral edge portion 132b of the garnish 232.
ガーニッシュ232は金属製であり、ガイドレール部132dの内周側壁132fの車外側の端部から、内周側に向けて内周延設部132nが延設されている。内周延設部132nは、インナサッシュ230の内周延設部130iの車外側に重なるように配置される。
The garnish 232 is made of metal, and an inner peripheral extending portion 132n extends toward the inner peripheral side from the vehicle outer end of the inner peripheral side wall 132f of the guide rail portion 132d. The inner peripheral extension portion 132n is arranged so as to overlap the vehicle outer side of the inner peripheral extension portion 130i of the inner sash 230.
ガーニッシュ232のガイドレール部132dの車内側壁132eに対して、隔壁170が固定される。隔壁170は車内側壁132eから車外側へ延び、隔壁170の車外側の端部には、内周側に向けて突出する保持壁170aが設けられている。隔壁170及び保持壁170aは、図29における隔壁132h及び保持壁132iと同様の機能を有し、第1区画S11と第2区画S12を隔てると共に、各スライダ45、45のシュー43、44に対する案内及び位置規制を行う。
The partition 170 is fixed to the vehicle interior side wall 132e of the guide rail portion 132d of the garnish 232. The partition wall 170 extends from the vehicle interior side wall 132e to the vehicle exterior side, and a retaining wall 170a protruding toward the inner peripheral side is provided at the vehicle exterior side end of the partition wall 170. The partition 170 and the holding wall 170a have the same functions as the partition 132h and the holding wall 132i in FIG. 29, separate the first section S11 and the second section S12, and guide the sliders 45, 45 to the shoes 43, 44. And position regulation.
ガーニッシュ232の延長保持部132cの車内側に、締結受け部166が固定される。締結受け部166は、延長保持部132cから車内側へ突出する形状をなし、車内外方向で延長保持部132cとインナサッシュ230の外周延設部130gの間に収まる厚みを有している。締結受け部166の車内側の端部には凹部が形成され、凹部の底面から車外側に向けて、内部に雌ネジを有する締結穴167が形成されている。締結受け部166の凹部内に間座163が嵌まっている。間座163には締結穴167に連通する貫通穴が形成されている。
The fastening receiving portion 166 is fixed inside the extension holding portion 132c of the garnish 232. The fastening receiving portion 166 has a shape projecting from the extension holding portion 132c to the inside of the vehicle, and has a thickness that can be accommodated between the extension holding portion 132c and the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 230 in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle. A recess is formed at the end of the fastening receiving portion 166 on the vehicle inner side, and a fastening hole 167 having a female screw inside is formed from the bottom surface of the recess toward the vehicle outer side. The spacer 163 is fitted in the recess of the fastening receiving portion 166. A through hole that communicates with the fastening hole 167 is formed in the spacer 163.
ガーニッシュ232の内周延設部132nの車外側に、締結受け部168が固定される。締結受け部168は、内周延設部132nから車外側へ突出する形状をなし、車内外方向で内周延設部132nとウインドガラスWの車内側面W2との間隔よりも僅かに小さい厚みを有している。締結受け部168の車内側の端部から車外側に向けて、内部に雌ネジを有する締結穴169が形成されている。内周延設部132nには、締結受け部168の車内側端部に対向する位置に、車内外方向に貫通する開口が形成され、該開口内に間座165が嵌まっている。間座165には締結穴169に連通する貫通穴が形成されている。
The fastening receiving portion 168 is fixed to the vehicle outer side of the inner peripheral extension 132n of the garnish 232. The fastening receiving portion 168 has a shape projecting from the inner peripheral extending portion 132n to the outside of the vehicle, and has a thickness slightly smaller than the distance between the inner peripheral extending portion 132n and the inner side surface W2 of the windshield W in the inner and outer directions of the vehicle. ing. A fastening hole 169 having a female screw inside is formed from the vehicle-inside end of the fastening receiving portion 168 toward the vehicle outside. An opening that penetrates inward and outward of the vehicle is formed in the inner peripheral extension 132n at a position facing the vehicle inner end of the fastening receiving portion 168, and a spacer 165 is fitted in the opening. A through hole communicating with the fastening hole 169 is formed in the spacer 165.
ガーニッシュ232に対する隔壁170や締結受け部166、168の固定は、任意の手段で行うことができる。例えば、ガーニッシュ232が金属製で、隔壁170や締結受け部166、168も金属製である場合は、溶接による固定が可能である。なお、ガーニッシュ232を金属(アルミニウムなど)の押出成形品とする場合には、隔壁170及び保持壁170aに相当する部分を、別部材とせずに一体成形することも可能である。
The partition 170 and the fastening receiving portions 166, 168 can be fixed to the garnish 232 by any means. For example, when the garnish 232 is made of metal and the partition wall 170 and the fastening receiving portions 166, 168 are also made of metal, they can be fixed by welding. When the garnish 232 is an extruded product of metal (aluminum or the like), the portions corresponding to the partition wall 170 and the holding wall 170a can be integrally formed without using separate members.
締結受け部166は、図29の支持部132jと同様に、締結部材160を用いて、インナサッシュ230の外周延設部130gに対して固定される。すなわち、締結部材160の軸部160bを車内側から外周延設部130gの貫通穴に挿入し、間座163の貫通穴を通して、締結穴167に軸部160bを挿入及び螺合させる。頭部160aが外周延設部130gの車内側の面に対して当て付くまで締め込むと、締結受け部166が外周延設部130gに対して固定される。
The fastening receiving portion 166 is fixed to the outer peripheral extension portion 130g of the inner sash 230 by using the fastening member 160, similarly to the support portion 132j in FIG. That is, the shaft portion 160b of the fastening member 160 is inserted from the vehicle inside into the through hole of the outer peripheral extension portion 130g, and the shaft portion 160b is inserted and screwed into the fastening hole 167 through the through hole of the spacer 163. When the head 160a is tightened until it contacts the inner surface of the outer peripheral extension 130g, the fastening receiving portion 166 is fixed to the outer peripheral extension 130g.
締結受け部168は、内周延設部132n及び間座165を挟んで、インナサッシュ230の内周延設部130iの車外側に位置する。そして、締結受け部168は、図29の支持部132kと同様に、締結部材161を用いて、インナサッシュ230の内周延設部130iに対して固定される。すなわち、締結部材161の軸部161bを車内側から内周延設部130iの貫通穴に挿入し、間座165の貫通穴を通して、締結穴169に軸部161bを挿入及び螺合させる。頭部161aが内周延設部130iの車内側の面に対して当て付くまで締め込むと、締結受け部168及び内周延設部132nが内周延設部130iに対して固定される。
The fastening receiving portion 168 is located outside the inner peripheral extended portion 130i of the inner sash 230 with the inner peripheral extended portion 132n and the spacer 165 interposed therebetween. Then, the fastening receiving portion 168 is fixed to the inner circumferential extension portion 130i of the inner sash 230 by using the fastening member 161, similarly to the support portion 132k of FIG. That is, the shaft portion 161b of the fastening member 161 is inserted from the vehicle inside into the through hole of the inner peripheral extension 130i, and the shaft portion 161b is inserted and screwed into the fastening hole 169 through the through hole of the spacer 165. When the head 161a is tightened until it contacts the inner surface of the inner circumferential extension 130i, the fastening receiving portion 168 and the inner circumferential extension 132n are fixed to the inner circumferential extension 130i.
なお、ガーニッシュ232をインナサッシュ230に固定させる手段は、締結部材160、161とは異なるものでもよい。第2の変形例(図29)において述べたように、車内側からではなく車外側から螺合させるタイプの締結部材や、インナサッシュ230とインナサッシュ230を車内外方向に貫通して両端をかしめるタイプの締結部材を用いることも可能である。
The means for fixing the garnish 232 to the inner sash 230 may be different from the fastening members 160 and 161. As described in the second modified example (FIG. 29), a fastening member of a type that is screwed from the outside of the vehicle rather than from the inside of the vehicle, or the inner sash 230 and the inner sash 230 are penetrated in the inside and outside directions of the vehicle to connect both ends. It is also possible to use a fastening type fastening member.
また、それぞれが金属製であるインナサッシュ230とガーニッシュ232においては、互いを溶接で固定することも可能である。具体的には、内周延設部130iと内周延設部132nが重なる部分を溶接することができる。この場合、締結用手段としての締結部材161及び締結受け部168は不要であるが、溶接痕を車外側から覆うカバー(図示略)を内周延設部132nの車外側に配することが好ましい。また、インナサッシュ230の外周延設部130gの位置を、ガーニッシュ232の延長保持部132cと車内外方向に重なるように変更した上で、外周延設部130gと延長保持部132cの重なり部分を溶接することができる。当該溶接部分については、弾性カバー133によって車外側から覆うことができる。
Also, for the inner sash 230 and the garnish 232, which are each made of metal, it is possible to fix them to each other by welding. Specifically, the portion where the inner peripheral extension 130i and the inner peripheral extension 132n overlap can be welded. In this case, the fastening member 161 and the fastening receiving portion 168 as fastening means are unnecessary, but it is preferable to dispose a cover (not shown) that covers welding marks from the vehicle exterior side on the vehicle exterior side of the inner peripheral extension 132n. In addition, the position of the outer peripheral extension 130g of the inner sash 230 is changed so as to overlap the extension holding portion 132c of the garnish 232 in the vehicle interior/outside direction, and then the overlapping portion of the outer peripheral extension 130g and the extension holding portion 132c is welded. can do. The welded portion can be covered from the outside of the vehicle by the elastic cover 133.
図29及び図30の各変形例では、インナサッシュ130、230とガーニッシュ232が金属製で、ガーニッシュ132が非金属(合成樹脂)製としたが、インナサッシュ130、230やガーニッシュ232を非金属で形成したり、ガーニッシュ132を金属で形成したりすることも可能である。
29 and 30, the inner sashes 130, 230 and the garnish 232 are made of metal, and the garnish 132 is made of non-metal (synthetic resin). However, the inner sashes 130, 230 and the garnish 232 are made of non-metal. Alternatively, the garnish 132 may be formed of metal.
上記実施形態及び各変形例において立柱サッシュ12を構成するインナサッシュ30、130、230、ガイドレール31、ガーニッシュ32、132、232などの各部材は、先に述べたように、金属や非金属(合成樹脂)など、任意の材質によって製造することができる。そして、ボルト(ネジ)留め、かしめ、接着、溶接など、各部材の材質に応じた任意の手段によって固定や組み付けを行うことができる。
Each member such as the inner sash 30, 130, 230, the guide rail 31, the garnish 32, 132, 232, etc. constituting the upright pillar sash 12 in the above-described embodiment and each modified example is, as described above, a metal or a non-metal ( It can be made of any material such as synthetic resin). Then, the fixing and the assembling can be performed by any means such as bolt (screw) fastening, caulking, bonding, and welding depending on the material of each member.
なお、図28から図30に示す各変形例において、立柱サッシュ12内に収容するウインドレギュレータは、ワイヤ駆動式のウインドレギュレータ40に限られるものではなく、図26及び図28に示すラックピニオン式の伝達機構のウインドレギュレータ140のように、異なる駆動方式であってもよい。ラックピニオン式のウインドレギュレータ140では、ガイドレール部132dの第2区画S12内にラック91(図26、図27参照)を配置する。
28 to 30, the window regulator housed in the upright pillar sash 12 is not limited to the wire drive type window regulator 40, and the rack and pinion type window regulator shown in FIGS. 26 and 28. Different drive methods may be used, such as the window regulator 140 of the transmission mechanism. In the rack and pinion type window regulator 140, the rack 91 (see FIGS. 26 and 27) is arranged in the second section S12 of the guide rail portion 132d.
以上のように、上記実施形態及び各変形例では、ドアサッシュ10bのうちウインドガラスWの後縁に沿って延びる立柱サッシュ12に、ウインドレギュレータ40、140の構成要素を集約して配置している。そして、モータユニット50、150を除く昇降機構の全体を、立柱サッシュ12のフレーム部30a、30j、130a(接続部材35の第2フレーム部35bを含む)内に収容している。これにより、ドアパネル10a内に広いスペースが確保されてレイアウト性が向上する。
As described above, in the above-described embodiment and each modification, the constituent elements of the window regulators 40 and 140 are collectively arranged in the vertical column sash 12 that extends along the rear edge of the window glass W of the door sash 10b. .. The entire lifting mechanism except the motor units 50 and 150 is housed in the frame portions 30a, 30j, and 130a (including the second frame portion 35b of the connection member 35) of the upright sash 12. As a result, a large space is secured in the door panel 10a and the layout is improved.
昇降機構はドアサッシュ10bのうち立柱サッシュ12内にのみ収容され、アッパサッシュ11やフロントサッシュ13には昇降機構の構成部品が設けられない。そのため、ドアサッシュ10b全体を組んだ状態ではなく、立柱サッシュ12単独の状態でウインドレギュレータ40、140を完成させることができ、製造を行いやすい。
The lifting mechanism is housed only in the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, and the upper sash 11 and the front sash 13 are not provided with the components of the lifting mechanism. Therefore, the window regulators 40 and 140 can be completed in a state in which the vertical pillar sash 12 is used alone instead of in a state in which the entire door sash 10b is assembled, and manufacturing is easy.
特に、立柱サッシュ12のうちインナサッシュ30や接続部材35を取り付けていないレギュレータアッセンブリ40Aの状態(図18)で、ウインドガラスWの昇降駆動が可能な稼働状態になる。すなわち、露出した状態のガイドレール31に対して各部品を組み付けて昇降機構を完成させることができる。そして、各部品の組み付け後に、インナサッシュ30や接続部材35でガイドレール31を覆うことによって立柱サッシュ12が完成する。完成後にメンテナンスを行う場合等は、インナサッシュ30や接続部材35からガイドレール31を取り外せば、昇降機構に容易にアクセス可能となる。したがって、立柱サッシュ12のフレーム部30a、30jや第2フレーム部35b内に昇降機構を収容しつつ、生産性やメンテナンス性において極めて優れた構成となっている。
In particular, in the state of the regulator assembly 40A of the upright sash 12 to which the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35 are not attached (FIG. 18), the windshield W can be moved up and down to an operating state. That is, the elevating mechanism can be completed by assembling each part to the exposed guide rail 31. After assembling each component, the inner pillar sash 12 is completed by covering the guide rail 31 with the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35. When performing maintenance after completion, the guide mechanism 31 can be removed from the inner sash 30 and the connecting member 35 to easily access the lifting mechanism. Therefore, while the elevating mechanism is housed in the frame portions 30a and 30j of the upright pole sash 12 and the second frame portion 35b, the configuration is extremely excellent in productivity and maintainability.
第2及び第3の変形例(図29、図30)では、単体のガイドレール31に代えてガーニッシュ132、232に一体形成されたガイドレール部132dが、昇降機構の各部品の組み付け対象となる。この場合も同様に、インナサッシュ130、230に組み付ける前のガーニッシュ132、232のガイドレール部132dに対して各部品を組み付けて昇降機構を完成させることができ、優れた生産性やメンテナンス性が得られる。
In the second and third modifications (FIGS. 29 and 30), the guide rail portion 132d integrally formed with the garnishes 132 and 232 instead of the single guide rail 31 is an assembly target of each component of the lifting mechanism. .. In this case as well, the lifting mechanism can be completed by assembling each part with respect to the guide rail portions 132d of the garnishes 132, 232 before being attached to the inner sashes 130, 230, thereby achieving excellent productivity and maintainability. To be
また、昇降機構を構成するスライダ45、46は、ウインドガラスWよりも車内側で、ガイドレール31やガイドレール部132dによって(より詳しくは、車内側壁31aと保持壁31g、あるいは車内側壁132eと保持壁132i、170aによって)シュー43、44が保持されて車内側と車外側の両方向の移動が規制されている。ウインドガラスWを挟まずに、ウインドガラスWの車内側のみでスライダ45、46に対する車内外方向の移動規制を行っている。そのため、立柱サッシュ12内に昇降機構を収容しつつ、立柱サッシュ12の大型化(特に車内外方向の大型化)を回避することができる。
In addition, the sliders 45 and 46 that form the lifting mechanism are located inside the window glass W by the guide rail 31 and the guide rail portion 132d (more specifically, the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the retaining wall 31g, or the vehicle interior side wall 132e. The shoes 43 and 44 are held by the walls 132i and 170a to restrict movement in both the inside and outside directions of the vehicle. Without interposing the windshield W, the movement of the sliders 45 and 46 in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle is restricted only inside the windshield W. Therefore, the upright mechanism can be accommodated in the upright pillar sash 12 while avoiding the upsizing of the upright pillar sash 12 (in particular, the ups and downs of the vehicle).
特に、ガイドレール31やガイドレール部132dによるスライダ45、46の移動規制がウインドガラスWの車内側で行われることにより、ウインドガラスWの車外側に移動規制用の手段を設けずに済む。その結果、立柱サッシュ12内に配置した昇降機構がウインドガラスWの車外側の構成を制約することがなく、ドア10の外面デザインの自由度が高くなる。例えば、上記実施形態や各変形例のように、ウインドガラスWの車外側面W1と立柱サッシュ12の車外側の面(ガーニッシュ32の車外側面32a、ガーニッシュ132、232の外観部132aの車外側面)が略面一となる構成を採用できる。
In particular, since the movement of the sliders 45, 46 by the guide rail 31 and the guide rail portion 132d is performed on the inside of the windshield W, it is not necessary to provide a means for regulating movement on the outside of the windshield W. As a result, the elevating mechanism arranged in the upright pillar sash 12 does not restrict the structure of the windshield W on the outside of the vehicle, and the degree of freedom in designing the outer surface of the door 10 is increased. For example, as in the above-described embodiment and each modified example, the vehicle outer surface W1 of the windshield W and the vehicle outer surface of the upright pillar sash 12 (the vehicle outer surface 32a of the garnish 32, the vehicle outer surface of the exterior portion 132a of the garnish 132, 232) are It is possible to adopt a configuration that is substantially flush.
なお、スライダ45、46に対してガイドレール31(ガイドレール部132d)は、上記の車内側壁31aと保持壁31g(車内側壁132eと保持壁132i、170a)による車内外方向の移動規制に加えて、内周側壁31bと隔壁31f(内周側壁132fと隔壁132h、170)による内外周方向の移動規制も、ウインドガラスWの車内側で行っている。そのため、昇降方向以外の全ての方向へのスライダ45、46の移動規制を立柱サッシュ12内で行いつつ、立柱サッシュ12の車内外方向の大型化防止、ドア10の外面デザインの設定自由度向上といった上記の効果を得ることができる。
The guide rail 31 (the guide rail portion 132d) with respect to the sliders 45 and 46 is not limited to the movement restriction in the vehicle interior/exterior direction due to the vehicle interior side wall 31a and the retaining wall 31g (vehicle interior side wall 132e and the retaining walls 132i, 170a). The movement of the inner peripheral side wall 31b and the partition wall 31f (inner peripheral side wall 132f and partition wall 132h, 170) in the inner and outer peripheral directions is also performed inside the windshield W. Therefore, while restraining the movement of the sliders 45, 46 in all directions other than the ascending/descending direction within the upright pillar sash 12, it is possible to prevent the upright pillar sash 12 from increasing in size inside and outside the vehicle and to improve the freedom of setting the outer surface design of the door 10. The above effects can be obtained.
また、フレーム部30a、30j、130aの車外側の開口部を塞ぐガイドレール31やガイドレール部132d内で内外周方向に並列して、第1区画S1、S11と、該第1区画S1、S11に対して外周側にオフセットする第2区画S2、S12とを設け、スライダ45、46のシュー43、44を第1区画S1、S11に収め、スライダ45に駆動力を伝達するワイヤ52、53やラック91を第2区画S2、S12に収めている。すなわち、ガイドレール31は、スライダ45、46に設けた摺動部(シュー43、44)が摺動可能に挿入される第1の区画S1、S11と、窓開口を内周側とする内外周方向で第1の区画S1、S11に対しオフセットし、伝達部材(ワイヤ52、53やラック91)から駆動力が伝えられるスライダ45、46の被伝達部を収容する第2の区画と、を備えている。これにより、立柱サッシュ12内にスペース効率良く昇降機構が収容される。
Further, in the guide rail 31 and the guide rail portion 132d that close the openings of the frame portions 30a, 30j, and 130a on the vehicle exterior side, the first divisions S1 and S11 and the first divisions S1 and S11 are arranged in parallel in the inner and outer peripheral directions. 2nd section S2, S12 offset to the outer peripheral side is provided, and the shoes 43, 44 of the sliders 45, 46 are housed in the first section S1, S11, and the wires 52, 53 for transmitting the driving force to the slider 45, The rack 91 is housed in the second sections S2 and S12. That is, the guide rail 31 includes the first sections S1 and S11 into which the sliding portions (shoes 43 and 44) provided on the sliders 45 and 46 are slidably inserted, and the inner and outer circumferences with the window opening on the inner circumference side. A second section that is offset from the first sections S1 and S11 in the direction and accommodates the transmitted portions of the sliders 45 and 46 to which the driving force is transmitted from the transmission members (the wires 52 and 53 and the rack 91). ing. As a result, the elevating mechanism is housed in the upright pillar sash 12 with space efficiency.
ワイヤ駆動式のウインドレギュレータ40を立柱サッシュ12に設ける形態ではさらに、ガイドレール31の車内側壁31aやガイドレール部132dの車内側壁132eを基準として、車外側に位置する車外側空間(第2区画S2、S12)と、車内側に位置する車内側空間(第3区画S3、S13)とを立柱サッシュ12内に設定している。そして、この車外側空間と車内側空間に、スライダ45、46へ駆動力を伝える伝達部材である第1ワイヤ52と第2ワイヤ53を配している。
In the mode in which the wire drive type window regulator 40 is provided on the upright pillar sash 12, the vehicle exterior space (second compartment S2) located outside the vehicle is further defined with reference to the vehicle interior side wall 31a of the guide rail 31 and the vehicle interior side wall 132e of the guide rail portion 132d. , S12) and a vehicle interior space (third section S3, S13) located inside the vehicle are set inside the upright sash 12. The first wire 52 and the second wire 53, which are transmission members for transmitting the driving force to the sliders 45 and 46, are arranged in the vehicle outer space and the vehicle inner space.
より詳しくは、第2ワイヤ53は車内側空間である第3区画S3、S13にのみ配置されるのに対し、第1ワイヤ52は車外側空間である第2区画S2、S12と車内側空間である第3区画S3、S13の両方に亘って配置されている。そして、立柱サッシュ12内で昇降機構を完結させるべく、ガイドレール31やガイドレール部132dの上端近くで第1ワイヤ52の方向を反転させている。第2区画S2、S12から反転させた第1ワイヤ52を、フレーム部30a、30j、130a(第2フレーム部35b)とガイドレール31やガイドレール部132dとの間に形成される第3区画S3、S13に通している。これにより、第1ワイヤ52は車内外方向に振り分けて配置され、フレーム部30a、30j、130a(第2フレーム部35b)内において、内外周方向と車内外方向の双方のスペースを最大限に活用することができる。別言すれば、フレーム部30a、30j、130a(第2フレーム部35b)の断面サイズの大型化を伴わずに、昇降機構を収めることができる。
More specifically, the second wire 53 is arranged only in the third compartment S3, S13 which is the vehicle interior space, whereas the first wire 52 is arranged in the second compartment S2, S12 which is the vehicle exterior space and the vehicle interior space. It is arranged over both of certain third sections S3 and S13. The direction of the first wire 52 is reversed near the upper ends of the guide rail 31 and the guide rail portion 132d in order to complete the lifting mechanism within the upright pillar sash 12. A third wire S3 is formed between the frame portions 30a, 30j, and 130a (second frame portion 35b) and the guide rail 31 or the guide rail portion 132d. , S13. As a result, the first wires 52 are arranged so as to be distributed in the inside/outside direction of the vehicle, and in the frame portions 30a, 30j, 130a (second frame portion 35b), the space in both the inside/outside direction and the inside/outside direction of the vehicle is maximized can do. In other words, the elevating mechanism can be housed without increasing the cross-sectional size of the frame parts 30a, 30j, and 130a (second frame part 35b).
このように車内外方向に振り分けて配置された第1ワイヤ52を案内するべく、ガイドプーリ54は、内外周方向に向く軸(プーリピン62a)を中心として回転するように支持されている。巻取ドラム51も同様に、内外周方向に向く軸(駆動軸50c)を中心として回転するように支持されている。ガイドプーリ54は第2区画S2、S12と第3区画S3、S13に跨って配置されて第2フレーム部35b内に収まっている。巻取ドラム51を有するモータユニット50は、ガイドレール31やガイドレール部132dのうちドアパネル10a内への挿入部分に設けられている。よって、ガイドプーリ54と巻取ドラム51のいずれも立柱サッシュ12の外観には表れない。
The guide pulley 54 is supported so as to rotate around a shaft (pulley pin 62a) that faces the inner and outer peripheral directions in order to guide the first wires 52 that are arranged so as to be distributed in the vehicle interior and exterior directions. Similarly, the winding drum 51 is also supported so as to rotate around a shaft (driving shaft 50c) that faces the inner and outer peripheral directions. The guide pulley 54 is arranged so as to straddle the second sections S2, S12 and the third sections S3, S13 and is accommodated in the second frame portion 35b. The motor unit 50 having the winding drum 51 is provided at a portion of the guide rail 31 or the guide rail portion 132d that is inserted into the door panel 10a. Therefore, neither the guide pulley 54 nor the winding drum 51 appears in the appearance of the upright sash 12.
立柱サッシュ12内でワイヤの方向を変更させる部材は、ガイドプーリ54のような回転部材ではなく、ガイドレール31やガイドレール部132dに対して固定された固定部材を用いることも可能である。この固定部材には、円弧状のワイヤガイド面(ワイヤガイド溝)が形成され、該ワイヤガイド面の中心軸が内外周方向に向くように設定される。なお、ガイドプーリ54の外周に形成されるワイヤガイド面(ワイヤガイド溝)は、ガイドプーリ54の全周に亘って連続する周回面(円形溝)であるのに対し、固定部材の場合は、上半部分のみの半周回面(半円溝)があれば足りる。
The member for changing the direction of the wire in the upright pillar sash 12 may be a fixed member fixed to the guide rail 31 or the guide rail portion 132d instead of the rotating member such as the guide pulley 54. An arc-shaped wire guide surface (wire guide groove) is formed on the fixing member, and the central axis of the wire guide surface is set to be directed in the inner and outer peripheral directions. The wire guide surface (wire guide groove) formed on the outer periphery of the guide pulley 54 is a circumferential surface (circular groove) that is continuous over the entire circumference of the guide pulley 54, whereas in the case of a fixed member, It is sufficient if there is a semi-circular surface (semicircular groove) only in the upper half.
上記実施形態及び各変形例は、ワイヤ式のウインドレギュレータ40と、ラックピニオン式のウインドレギュレータ140を適用例としたが、立柱サッシュのフレーム部内に収容可能なものであれば、これ以外の駆動方式の昇降機構を適用することもできる。
Although the wire type window regulator 40 and the rack and pinion type window regulator 140 are applied examples in the above-described embodiment and each modified example, other drive methods can be used as long as they can be accommodated in the frame portion of the upright sash. The elevating mechanism can also be applied.
本発明における立柱サッシュは、昇降機構を収容する本体部(フレーム部)を備えていればよく、上記実施形態とは異なる構成にすることも可能である。例えば、上記実施形態の立柱サッシュ12は、一般断面部でインナサッシュ30とガイドレール31を組み合わせ、上端のドアコーナー部10dに連なる箇所では、インナサッシュ30とは別の接続部材35とガイドレール31を組み合わせている。これと異なり、インナサッシュ30(130、230)のフレーム部30a、30j(130a)が立柱サッシュ12の上端まで延びてアッパサッシュ11に接続する(すなわち接続部材35を用いない)構成を採用することも可能である。
The vertical pillar sash according to the present invention only needs to have a main body (frame portion) that houses the lifting mechanism, and can have a different configuration from the above embodiment. For example, in the vertical pillar sash 12 of the above-described embodiment, the inner sash 30 and the guide rail 31 are combined in the general cross section, and the connecting member 35 and the guide rail 31 different from the inner sash 30 are connected to the upper end door corner portion 10d. Are combined. Unlike this, adopt a configuration in which the frame portions 30a, 30j (130a) of the inner sash 30 (130, 230) extend to the upper end of the upright sash 12 and are connected to the upper sash 11 (that is, the connecting member 35 is not used). Is also possible.
上記実施形態のドア10は、ドアパネル10aの上方に、ドアパネル10aとは別部材で構成された枠状のドアサッシュ10bが設けられているタイプのドア(サッシュドア)であるが、これ以外のドアにも適用が可能である。例えば、ドアパネルとドアサッシュを一体的に形成するタイプのドア(例えばインナパネルとドアサッシュを一体形成したインナフルドア、インナパネルとアウタパネルのそれぞれとドアサッシュのインナ側とアウタ側を一体形成してから組み合わせたパネルドア)にも適用が可能である。すなわち、本発明は、窓開口を形成するドアサッシュがドアパネルと一体であるか別体であるかを問わず、窓開口内にウインドガラスを昇降させる車両ドアであれば適用対象となる。
The door 10 of the above-described embodiment is a type of door (sash door) in which a frame-shaped door sash 10b made of a member different from the door panel 10a is provided above the door panel 10a. Can also be applied to. For example, a door of a type in which a door panel and a door sash are integrally formed (for example, an inner full door in which an inner panel and a door sash are integrally formed, an inner panel and an outer panel are respectively formed, and an inner side and an outer side of the door sash are integrally formed and then combined. It can also be applied to panel doors). That is, the present invention is applicable to any vehicle door that raises and lowers the windshield within the window opening regardless of whether the door sash forming the window opening is integral with the door panel or a separate body.
図36は、ドアパネルとドアサッシュを一体的に形成したタイプの車両ドアの一例を示す斜視図である。図36は、簡略化して描いており、図1~図35とはディティールの構成が若干整合しない点があるが、これは作図の便宜上の理由によるものである。図36に示すように、ドアサッシュ10b(アッパサッシュ11、立柱サッシュ12、フロントサッシュ13)は、ドアパネル10aのインナパネル10aIと一体に形成されて、当該インナパネル10aIの上方に位置している。すなわち、ドアサッシュ10bとドアパネル10aのインナパネル10aIは、溶接や締結によって接続されているのではない。
FIG. 36 is a perspective view showing an example of a vehicle door of a type in which a door panel and a door sash are integrally formed. FIG. 36 is drawn in a simplified manner, and there is a point that the configuration of the details is slightly inconsistent with FIGS. 1 to 35, but this is for the convenience of drawing. As shown in FIG. 36, the door sash 10b (upper sash 11, upright pillar sash 12, front sash 13) is formed integrally with the inner panel 10aI of the door panel 10a, and is located above the inner panel 10aI. That is, the door sash 10b and the inner panel 10aI of the door panel 10a are not connected by welding or fastening.
図36では、ドアサッシュ10bがドアパネル10aのインナパネル10aIと一体に形成される場合を例示して描いているが、ドアサッシュ10bがドアパネル10aのアウタパネル10aOと一体に形成される態様も可能である。すなわち、ドアサッシュ10bは、ドアパネル10aの少なくとも一部(インナパネル10aI、アウタパネル10aO又はその他のドアパネル10aの任意の構成要素)と一体に形成されていればよい。また、ドアサッシュ10bをドアパネル10aの少なくとも一部(インナパネル10aI、アウタパネル10aO又はその他のドアパネル10aの任意の構成要素)と一体に形成するための手法には自由度があるが、例えば、プレス成形による一体形成を適用することができる。
In FIG. 36, the case where the door sash 10b is formed integrally with the inner panel 10aI of the door panel 10a is illustrated, but a mode in which the door sash 10b is formed integrally with the outer panel 10aO of the door panel 10a is also possible. .. That is, the door sash 10b may be integrally formed with at least a part of the door panel 10a (the inner panel 10aI, the outer panel 10aO, or any other component of the door panel 10a). Further, there is a degree of freedom in a method for integrally forming the door sash 10b with at least a part of the door panel 10a (the inner panel 10aI, the outer panel 10aO, or any other component of the door panel 10a). Integral formation can be applied.
上記のように、本実施形態のドア(車両ドア)10は、例えば、以下のタイプのドア(車両ドア)に適用することができる。すなわち、本実施形態のドア(車両ドア)10は、窓開口を形成するドアサッシュがドアパネルと一体であるか別体であるかを問わず、窓開口内にウインドガラスを昇降させるドア(車両ドア)であれば適用対象となる。
タイプ1:ドアサッシュがインナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成されたもの(インナフルドア)。
タイプ2:ドアサッシュの第1の部分(アウタ側部分)がアウタパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成され、ドアサッシュの第2の部分(インナ側部分)がインナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成されたもの(パネルドア)。
タイプ3:ドアサッシュがドアパネルの少なくとも一部と接合(例えば溶接や締結によって行われる)されたもの(サッシュドア)。 As described above, the door (vehicle door) 10 of the present embodiment can be applied to, for example, the following types of doors (vehicle doors). That is, the door (vehicle door) 10 of the present embodiment is a door (vehicle door) that raises and lowers the windshield within the window opening regardless of whether the door sash forming the window opening is integrated with the door panel or is a separate body. ) Is applicable.
Type 1: A door sash integrally formed with at least a part of the inner panel (inner full door).
Type 2: The first part (outer side part) of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a part of the outer panel, and the second part (inner side part) of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a part of the inner panel. What was done (panel door).
Type 3: A door sash joined to at least a part of a door panel (for example, by welding or fastening) (sash door).
タイプ1:ドアサッシュがインナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成されたもの(インナフルドア)。
タイプ2:ドアサッシュの第1の部分(アウタ側部分)がアウタパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成され、ドアサッシュの第2の部分(インナ側部分)がインナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成されたもの(パネルドア)。
タイプ3:ドアサッシュがドアパネルの少なくとも一部と接合(例えば溶接や締結によって行われる)されたもの(サッシュドア)。 As described above, the door (vehicle door) 10 of the present embodiment can be applied to, for example, the following types of doors (vehicle doors). That is, the door (vehicle door) 10 of the present embodiment is a door (vehicle door) that raises and lowers the windshield within the window opening regardless of whether the door sash forming the window opening is integrated with the door panel or is a separate body. ) Is applicable.
Type 1: A door sash integrally formed with at least a part of the inner panel (inner full door).
Type 2: The first part (outer side part) of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a part of the outer panel, and the second part (inner side part) of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a part of the inner panel. What was done (panel door).
Type 3: A door sash joined to at least a part of a door panel (for example, by welding or fastening) (sash door).
上記のように、本実施形態のドア(車両ドア)10では、ウインドレギュレータ(昇降機構)40の少なくとも一部の構成要素を、ドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12のフレーム部(本体部)30a若しくはその内部空間、又は、ドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の対向部分とウインドガラスWの間に配置している。すなわち、ウインドレギュレータ40の少なくとも一部の構成要素を、立柱サッシュ12に組み込んでいる。
As described above, in the door (vehicle door) 10 of the present embodiment, at least a part of the components of the window regulator (elevating mechanism) 40 is the frame portion (main body portion) 30a of the upright pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b or its component. It is arranged between the inner space or a portion of the door sash 10b facing the upright pillar sash 12 and the windshield W. That is, at least a part of the components of the window regulator 40 is incorporated in the upright pole sash 12.
ここで、「ドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の対向部分」は、ウインドガラスWの昇降方向の全域に亘った対向部分であってもよいし、ウインドガラスWの昇降方向の一部の領域における対向部分であってもよい。またウインドガラスWの昇降方向は、ガイドレール31の長手方向(延長方向)と読み替えられてもよい。
Here, "the facing portion of the upright pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b" may be the facing portion over the entire area of the windshield W in the vertical direction, or the facing portion of the windshield W in a partial area in the vertical direction. It may be a part. Further, the ascending/descending direction of the window glass W may be read as the longitudinal direction (extension direction) of the guide rail 31.
なお、ウインドレギュレータ40の少なくとも一部の構成要素を立柱サッシュ12に組み込むことについて、現状の請求項では、「ウインドガラスの昇降方向から見たときに、車内外方向で立柱サッシュの対向部分とウインドガラスとの間にスライダとガイドレールと伝達部材が位置する」又は「本体部は、対向部分を含んで構成されるとともにスライダとガイドレールと伝達部材が収容される内部空間を有する」と表現している。しかし、当該表現は一例にすぎず、この他にも様々な表現が可能である。また、「スライダとガイドレールと伝達部材が位置する」又は「スライダとガイドレールと伝達部材が収容される」という表現は、必ずしも、スライダとガイドレールと伝達部材の全部が位置する又は収容されることを意味するのではなく、スライダとガイドレールと伝達部材の一部が位置する又は収容されることも含む概念で使用している。例えば、スライダとガイドレールと伝達部材の各構成要素の全部が位置する又は収容される態様、スライダとガイドレールと伝達部材の各構成要素の一部ずつだけが位置する又は収容される態様、スライダとガイドレールと伝達部材の一構成要素(1つ又は2つ)の全部と他構成要素(2つ又は1つ)の一部が位置する又は収容される態様が可能である。
Regarding the incorporation of at least a part of the components of the window regulator 40 into the upright pillar sash 12, the present claim states that "when viewed from the up-and-down direction of the windshield, the facing portion of the upright sash and the window in the outward and inward direction of the vehicle. The slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located between the glass" and "or the main body is configured to include the facing portion and has an internal space for accommodating the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member. ing. However, this expression is only an example, and various expressions other than this are possible. Further, the expression "the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located" or "the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are housed" does not necessarily mean that the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are all located or housed. It does not mean that it means that the slider, the guide rail, and a part of the transmission member are positioned or housed. For example, a mode in which all of the components of the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located or accommodated, a mode in which only a part of each of the components of the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are positioned or accommodated, and the slider It is possible that all of one component (one or two) of the guide rail and the transmission member and a part of the other component (two or one) are located or accommodated.
重要なことは、従来品では、窓開口10cの下方のドアパネル10aの内部空間に配置することが技術常識であったウインドレギュレータ40を立柱サッシュ12又はその近傍に配置するとともに、ドアパネル10aの内部空間をフリーにしてスペース効率やレイアウト性を向上させることである。この構成を満足する限りにおいて、ウインドレギュレータ40の少なくとも一部の構成要素を立柱サッシュ12に組み込むことについての請求項の表現には自由度があり、仮に、将来的な補正により、表現の変更が生じたとしても、当初明細書の範囲内としてサポート要件を満足することを付記する。
Importantly, in the conventional product, the window regulator 40, which was a technical common sense to arrange in the inner space of the door panel 10a below the window opening 10c, is arranged in the vertical pillar sash 12 or in the vicinity thereof, and the inner space of the door panel 10a is arranged. To improve space efficiency and layout. As long as this configuration is satisfied, there is a degree of freedom in the wording of the claims regarding the incorporation of at least some of the components of the window regulator 40 into the upright sash 12. Even if it occurs, it should be added that the support requirements are satisfied within the scope of the initial description.
そして、本実施形態では、ウインドレギュレータ40を上記のように配置することによりフリースペースとなった車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、ドアパネル10aの内部(より具体的には、車両ドアの車外側に配置されるアウタパネル10aOの車内側)に、ドア関連部品(車両構成部品)を配置している。以下では、ドア関連部品の配置について、具体的な例を挙げて、詳細に説明する。
Further, in the present embodiment, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle that has become a free space by disposing the window regulator 40 as described above (for example, the inside of the door panel 10a (more specifically, the vehicle of the vehicle door). Door-related parts (vehicle constituent parts) are arranged on the outer panel 10aO arranged on the outer side (inside the vehicle) The arrangement of the door-related parts will be described in detail below with reference to specific examples.
≪インパクトビーム≫
図31は、ドア関連部品としてインパクトビーム300を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図31Aは、従来品の配置構造を示しており、図31B、図31Cは、本実施形態の配置構造を示している。図31A、図31Bにおいて、上昇位置にあるウインドガラスWを実線で描いており、下降位置にあるウインドガラスWを破線で描いている。図31Bでは、ドアパネル10aの車内側に位置するドアトリム10Tを省略して描いており、図31Cでは、ドアトリム10Tを描くことで、当該ドアトリム10Tの車外側に位置するインナパネル10aIが、ドアトリム10Tとアウタパネル10aOの間に隠れて見えないように描いている。 ≪Impact beam≫
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example in which theimpact beam 300 is arranged as a door-related component. FIG. 31A shows an arrangement structure of a conventional product, and FIGS. 31B and 31C show an arrangement structure of this embodiment. In FIGS. 31A and 31B, the window glass W in the raised position is drawn by a solid line, and the window glass W in the lowered position is drawn by a broken line. In FIG. 31B, the door trim 10T located on the vehicle interior side of the door panel 10a is omitted, and in FIG. 31C, by drawing the door trim 10T, the inner panel 10aI located on the vehicle exterior side of the door trim 10T becomes the door trim 10T. It is drawn so that it cannot be seen because it is hidden between the outer panels 10aO.
図31は、ドア関連部品としてインパクトビーム300を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図31Aは、従来品の配置構造を示しており、図31B、図31Cは、本実施形態の配置構造を示している。図31A、図31Bにおいて、上昇位置にあるウインドガラスWを実線で描いており、下降位置にあるウインドガラスWを破線で描いている。図31Bでは、ドアパネル10aの車内側に位置するドアトリム10Tを省略して描いており、図31Cでは、ドアトリム10Tを描くことで、当該ドアトリム10Tの車外側に位置するインナパネル10aIが、ドアトリム10Tとアウタパネル10aOの間に隠れて見えないように描いている。 ≪Impact beam≫
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example in which the
図31A、図31Bに示すように、ドアパネル10aは、車内側に位置するインナパネル10aIと、車外側に位置するアウタパネル10aOとを有している。図31Cに示すように、ドアパネル10a(インナパネル10aI)の内側(車内側)には、例えば、樹脂や皮で成形したドアトリム10Tが取り付けられる。ドアトリム10Tには、下方から上方に向かって順に、各種の収納物を収納可能なドアポケット10TPと、窓開閉スイッチが形成された腕置台10TQと、ドア10を開閉するためのドアノブ10TRとが形成されている。ウインドガラスWは、インナパネル10aIとアウタパネル10aOの間を昇降する。また、インナパネル10aIを省略して、アウタパネル10aOの車内側にドアトリム10Tを設ける態様も可能である。
As shown in FIGS. 31A and 31B, the door panel 10a has an inner panel 10aI located inside the vehicle and an outer panel 10aO located outside the vehicle. As shown in FIG. 31C, a door trim 10T formed of resin or leather, for example, is attached to the inside (inside the vehicle) of the door panel 10a (inner panel 10aI). The door trim 10T is provided with a door pocket 10TP capable of accommodating various stored items, an arm stand 10TQ having a window opening/closing switch, and a door knob 10TR for opening/closing the door 10 in order from the bottom to the top. Has been done. The window glass W moves up and down between the inner panel 10aI and the outer panel 10aO. It is also possible to omit the inner panel 10aI and provide the door trim 10T inside the outer panel 10aO.
インパクトビーム300は、例えば、前後方向に延びるとともに、ドア10のロックとヒンジ(図示略)を直接的又は間接的に接続するものであり、車両側突時に車両部品(ひいては乗員)を保護する機能を有している。
The impact beam 300 extends, for example, in the front-rear direction and directly or indirectly connects a lock and a hinge (not shown) of the door 10 and has a function of protecting a vehicle component (and thus an occupant) in the event of a vehicle side collision. have.
図31Aに示すように、従来品の配置構造では、インナパネル10aI又はドアトリム10Tと、下降位置にあるウインドガラスWとの間に、ウインドレギュレータ40(簡易的にガイドレールとスライダを描いている)が配置されている。このため、インパクトビーム300は、アウタパネル10aOと、下降位置にあるウインドガラスWとの間に配置されることになる(配置せざるを得ない)。従って、インパクトビーム300の配置スペースを確保するために、アウタパネル10aOを車外側に膨らませる必要があり、ドアパネル10aの車幅方向の長さDは、比較的大きくなりがちである。
As shown in FIG. 31A, in the arrangement structure of the conventional product, the window regulator 40 (the guide rail and the slider are simply drawn) between the inner panel 10aI or the door trim 10T and the window glass W in the lowered position. Are arranged. For this reason, the impact beam 300 is arranged between the outer panel 10aO and the window glass W in the lowered position (it must be arranged). Therefore, in order to secure a space for arranging the impact beam 300, it is necessary to swell the outer panel 10aO to the outside of the vehicle, and the length D of the door panel 10a in the vehicle width direction tends to be relatively large.
これに対して、図31Bに示すように、本実施形態の配置構造では、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、インナパネル10aI又はドアトリム10Tと、下降位置にあるウインドガラスWとの間がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースにインパクトビーム300を配置している。すなわち、図31Aの従来の配置構造では、下降位置にあるウインドガラスWよりも車外側にインパクトビーム300が配置されているのに対し、図31Bの本実施形態の配置構造では、下降位置にあるウインドガラスWよりも車内側にインパクトビーム300が配置されている。このため、アウタパネル10aOを車外側に膨らませることなく、ウインドガラスWの曲面形状に合わせた形状とすることにより、ウインドガラスWとアウタパネル10aOを略面一とするフラッシュサーフェース構造を容易に実現することが可能になる。また、ドアパネル10aの車幅方向の長さdを比較的小さく設定することができ、d<Dが成立することになる(図31A、図31Bを参照)。
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 31B, in the arrangement structure of the present embodiment, by moving the window regulator 40 to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inner panel 10aI or the door trim 10T and the lower position are set. A free space is provided between the windshield W and a certain wind glass W, and the impact beam 300 is arranged in the free space. That is, in the conventional arrangement structure of FIG. 31A, the impact beam 300 is arranged outside the window glass W in the lowered position, whereas in the arrangement structure of the present embodiment of FIG. 31B, the impact beam 300 is in the lowered position. The impact beam 300 is arranged inside the windshield W in the vehicle. Therefore, by making the outer panel 10aO inflated to the outside of the vehicle and having a shape that matches the curved shape of the windshield W, it is possible to easily realize a flash surface structure in which the windshield W and the outer panel 10aO are substantially flush with each other. It will be possible. Further, the length d of the door panel 10a in the vehicle width direction can be set to be relatively small, and d<D is satisfied (see FIGS. 31A and 31B).
また、図31Cに示すように、インパクトビーム300(の両端部)は、車両ドアの車内側に配置されるドアトリム10Tに配置されている(取り付けられている)。これにより、インパクトビーム300を取り付けたドアトリム10Tをドアパネル10a(インナパネル10aIとアウタパネル10aOの結合体又はアウタパネル10aOの単体)に取り付けるだけで、組み付けが完了するので、組付性の向上を図ることができる。
Further, as shown in FIG. 31C, the impact beam 300 (both ends thereof) is arranged (attached) to the door trim 10T arranged inside the vehicle door. As a result, the door trim 10T to which the impact beam 300 is attached is simply attached to the door panel 10a (a combination of the inner panel 10aI and the outer panel 10aO or a single outer panel 10aO), and the assembling is completed. it can.
≪エアバッグ≫
図32は、ドア関連部品としてエアバッグ400を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図32Aは、ドアトリム10Tを描いてドアパネル10aの内部構造を隠したものであり、図32B、図32Cは、ドアトリム10Tを省略してドアパネル10aの内部構造を描いたものである。 ≪Airbag≫
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an example in which anairbag 400 is arranged as a door-related component. 32A shows the door trim 10T and hides the internal structure of the door panel 10a, and FIGS. 32B and 32C show the internal structure of the door panel 10a with the door trim 10T omitted.
図32は、ドア関連部品としてエアバッグ400を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図32Aは、ドアトリム10Tを描いてドアパネル10aの内部構造を隠したものであり、図32B、図32Cは、ドアトリム10Tを省略してドアパネル10aの内部構造を描いたものである。 ≪Airbag≫
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an example in which an
図32B、図32Cに示すように、本実施形態の配置構造では、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースにエアバッグ400を配置している。すなわち、エアバッグ400は、車両ドアの車内側に配置されるドアトリム10T又はインナパネル10aIの内側に配置されている。また、エアバッグ400は、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。
As shown in FIGS. 32B and 32C, in the arrangement structure of the present embodiment, by moving the window regulator 40 to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside or inside of the vehicle door 10 (for example, the outer panel 10aO). (Inside the vehicle) is a free space, and the airbag 400 is arranged in the free space. That is, the airbag 400 is arranged inside the door trim 10T or the inner panel 10aI arranged inside the vehicle door. Further, the airbag 400 is disposed inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above.
図32Bでは、アウタパネル10aOの車内側の上下方向の中間側にエアバッグ400を配置することにより、追突時等における乗員の足回りの保護に重点を置いている。図32Cでは、アウタパネル10aOの車内側の上下方向の上方側にエアバッグ400を配置することにより、追突時等における乗員の腰回りの保護に重点を置いている。勿論、アウタパネル10aOの車内側の上下方向の全体に亘ってエアバッグ400を配置することにより、追突時等における乗員の足回りと腰回りの保護を図ることも可能である。なお、アウタパネル10aOの車内側に配置するエアバッグ400の種類や構成等には自由度があり、種々の設計変更が可能である。
In FIG. 32B, the airbag 400 is arranged on the inner side of the outer panel 10aO in the vertical direction on the inner side of the vehicle to emphasize protection of the occupant's undercarriage in the event of a rear-end collision. In FIG. 32C, the airbag 400 is arranged above the outer panel 10aO in the vertical direction on the inner side of the vehicle, so that the protection around the waist of the occupant during a rear-end collision is emphasized. Of course, by arranging the airbag 400 over the entire inner side of the outer panel 10aO in the vertical direction, it is possible to protect the occupant's underbody and hips at the time of a rear-end collision. The airbag 400 arranged inside the outer panel 10aO has flexibility in the type and configuration, and various design changes are possible.
≪スピーカ≫
図33は、ドア関連部品としてスピーカ500を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図33では、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースにスピーカ500を配置している。より具体的に、スピーカ500は、ウインドガラスWの前後縁に沿う一対の立柱サッシュ(立柱サッシュ12とフロントサッシュ13)の間に配置されている。また、スピーカ500は、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。このように大型のスピーカ500を配置することで、例えば、スピーカ500からの音声をウインドガラスWで積極的に反響させた趣向性の高い音響設定が可能になる。 ≪Speaker≫
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example in which aspeaker 500 is arranged as a door-related part. In FIG. 33, since the window regulator 40 is moved to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) becomes a free space. The speaker 500 is arranged in the space. More specifically, the speaker 500 is arranged between a pair of upright pillar sashes (upright pillar sash 12 and front sash 13) along the front and rear edges of the windshield W. Further, the speaker 500 is disposed inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above. By arranging the large-sized speaker 500 in this way, for example, it is possible to perform highly acoustic setting in which the sound from the speaker 500 is positively reflected by the windshield W.
図33は、ドア関連部品としてスピーカ500を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図33では、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースにスピーカ500を配置している。より具体的に、スピーカ500は、ウインドガラスWの前後縁に沿う一対の立柱サッシュ(立柱サッシュ12とフロントサッシュ13)の間に配置されている。また、スピーカ500は、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。このように大型のスピーカ500を配置することで、例えば、スピーカ500からの音声をウインドガラスWで積極的に反響させた趣向性の高い音響設定が可能になる。 ≪Speaker≫
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example in which a
≪モニタ≫
図34は、ドア関連部品としてモニタ600を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図34では、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースにモニタ600を配置している。また、モニタ600は、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。 ≪Monitor≫
FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an example in which amonitor 600 is arranged as a door-related component. In FIG. 34, since the window regulator 40 is moved to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) becomes a free space, and A monitor 600 is arranged in the space. Further, the monitor 600 is disposed inside the windshield W, for example, like the impact beam 300 described above.
図34は、ドア関連部品としてモニタ600を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図34では、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースにモニタ600を配置している。また、モニタ600は、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。 ≪Monitor≫
FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an example in which a
モニタ600の一態様として、車両ドアの車内側から車外側を視認できるように構成することができる。例えば、車内側から車外側はスケルトンで視認することができる一方、車外側から車内側は視認できないようなマジックミラー機能をモニタ600に持たせることが可能である。特に図34に示すようなトラックの場合、ドア10のうちモニタ600を配置する部分は、運転者にとって死角となるので、モニタ600を通じて車外側を確実に視認することにより、巻き込み事故や内輪差に起因する事故を未然に防止することが可能になる。あるいは、上記の死角領域を撮影するために設置したカメラ(図示略)の画像をモニタ600に表示しても、同様の作用効果を得ることができる。
As one mode of the monitor 600, it can be configured so that the outside of the vehicle can be viewed from the inside of the vehicle door. For example, the monitor 600 can be provided with a magic mirror function that allows the skeleton to visually recognize the inside of the vehicle from the inside of the vehicle while the inside of the vehicle cannot be viewed from the outside of the vehicle. In particular, in the case of a truck as shown in FIG. 34, the portion of the door 10 where the monitor 600 is arranged is a blind spot for the driver. Therefore, by visually recognizing the outside of the vehicle through the monitor 600, it is possible to prevent a car accident or an inner ring difference. It is possible to prevent accidents caused by this. Alternatively, similar effects can be obtained by displaying an image of a camera (not shown) installed to capture the blind spot area on the monitor 600.
モニタ600の別態様として、車外側に位置する人や物に対して特定の情報(例えば宣伝広告情報)を表示してもよい。また、例えば、運転者の休憩中などに、テレビやDVD等の画像をモニタ600の車内側に表示して、運転者がこれを視認できるようにしてもよい。
As another mode of the monitor 600, specific information (for example, advertisement information) may be displayed for people or objects located outside the vehicle. Further, for example, an image of a television, a DVD, or the like may be displayed on the inside of the monitor 600 inside the vehicle so that the driver can visually recognize it while the driver is taking a break.
≪テーブル≫
図35は、ドア関連部品としてテーブル700を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図35Aは、テーブル700の引出状態を示しており、図35Bは、テーブル700の収納状態を示している。 ≪Table≫
FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an example in which a table 700 is arranged as a door-related part. FIG. 35A shows the pulled-out state of the table 700, and FIG. 35B shows the stored state of the table 700.
図35は、ドア関連部品としてテーブル700を配置した場合の一例を示す図である。図35Aは、テーブル700の引出状態を示しており、図35Bは、テーブル700の収納状態を示している。 ≪Table≫
FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an example in which a table 700 is arranged as a door-related part. FIG. 35A shows the pulled-out state of the table 700, and FIG. 35B shows the stored state of the table 700.
図35A、図35Bでは、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースにテーブル700を配置している。テーブル700は、車両ドアの車内側に配置されるドアトリム10Tに配置されている。また、テーブル700は、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。より具体的に、図35Bに示すように、ドアトリム10Tの前方側の上端部には、テーブル収納孔710が形成されている。このテーブル収納孔710には、ヒンジ軸700Xを中心として回動可能なテーブル700が収納・引出可能なように取り付けられる。
In FIGS. 35A and 35B, the window regulator 40 is moved to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, so that the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) is free space. The table 700 is arranged in the free space. The table 700 is arranged on the door trim 10T arranged inside the vehicle door. Further, the table 700 is arranged inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 35B, a table storage hole 710 is formed at the front upper end of the door trim 10T. A table 700 rotatable about a hinge shaft 700X is attached to the table storage hole 710 so that the table 700 can be stored and pulled out.
例えば、運転者による車両の運転中には、図35Bに示すように、テーブル収納孔710の内部にテーブル700が収納されている。一方、運転者が運転を休止して休憩する際には、テーブル700の上端部を上方に引っ張った後に、ヒンジ軸700Xを中心として車内側に倒すように回動させる。これにより、図35Aに示すように、テーブル700がテーブル収納孔710から引き出された位置で固定される。運転者は、テーブル700に飲食物(例えば弁当や飲料等)を載置して、これを飲食しながら休憩することができる。運転者が車両の運転を再開するときには、ヒンジ軸700Xを中心として起き上がらせるようにテーブル700を回動させた後に、テーブル収納孔710の内部に収納することができる。
For example, when the driver is driving the vehicle, the table 700 is stored inside the table storage hole 710 as shown in FIG. 35B. On the other hand, when the driver pauses driving and takes a rest, the upper end of the table 700 is pulled upward, and then the table 700 is rotated about the hinge shaft 700X so as to be tilted toward the inside of the vehicle. As a result, as shown in FIG. 35A, the table 700 is fixed at the position where it is pulled out from the table storage hole 710. The driver can rest food and drink (for example, bento and drinks) on the table 700 and have a break while eating and drinking. When the driver restarts the operation of the vehicle, the table 700 can be housed inside the table housing hole 710 after rotating the table 700 so as to rise around the hinge shaft 700X.
≪ドアポケット≫
図31C、図32A、図35A、図35Bに示すドアポケット10TPを車外側に拡張することで大容量化して配置することができる。図31C、図32A、図35A、図35Bでは、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースに食い込むようにドアポケット10TPを拡張することで、ドアポケット10TPを大容量化して配置することができる。また、ドアポケット10TPは、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。この場合、アウタパネル10aOの車内側のフリースペースに食い込んだドアポケット10TPの拡張部分と、立柱サッシュ12に組み込まれたウインドレギュレータ40の構成要素は、車両前後方向の位置が互いにずれているとともに、車幅方向の位置が互いに重なるように配置されることになる。加えて、ドアポケット10TPは、車両ドアの車内側に配置されるドアトリム10Tに配置されるとともに、ウインドガラスWと上下方向に対向する深さまで車内側に入り込んでいる(食い込んで拡張している)。これにより、車両の車幅に対して車内空間を大きく確保することが可能になる。 ≪Door pocket≫
By expanding the door pocket 10TP shown in FIG. 31C, FIG. 32A, FIG. 35A, and FIG. 35B to the outside of the vehicle, it is possible to arrange it with a large capacity. In FIG. 31C, FIG. 32A, FIG. 35A, and FIG. 35B, by moving thewindow regulator 40 to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) is removed. It is a free space, and by expanding the door pocket 10TP so as to bite into the free space, it is possible to arrange the door pocket 10TP with a large capacity. Further, the door pocket 10TP is arranged inside the windshield W, for example, similarly to the impact beam 300 described above. In this case, the expanded portion of the door pocket 10TP that digs into the free space inside the vehicle of the outer panel 10aO and the constituent elements of the window regulator 40 incorporated in the upright pillar sash 12 are displaced from each other in the vehicle front-rear direction. The positions in the width direction are arranged so as to overlap each other. In addition, the door pocket 10TP is arranged in the door trim 10T arranged inside the vehicle door, and extends into the inside of the vehicle to a depth vertically facing the windshield W (expands by biting). .. This makes it possible to secure a large vehicle interior space with respect to the vehicle width of the vehicle.
図31C、図32A、図35A、図35Bに示すドアポケット10TPを車外側に拡張することで大容量化して配置することができる。図31C、図32A、図35A、図35Bでは、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースに食い込むようにドアポケット10TPを拡張することで、ドアポケット10TPを大容量化して配置することができる。また、ドアポケット10TPは、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。この場合、アウタパネル10aOの車内側のフリースペースに食い込んだドアポケット10TPの拡張部分と、立柱サッシュ12に組み込まれたウインドレギュレータ40の構成要素は、車両前後方向の位置が互いにずれているとともに、車幅方向の位置が互いに重なるように配置されることになる。加えて、ドアポケット10TPは、車両ドアの車内側に配置されるドアトリム10Tに配置されるとともに、ウインドガラスWと上下方向に対向する深さまで車内側に入り込んでいる(食い込んで拡張している)。これにより、車両の車幅に対して車内空間を大きく確保することが可能になる。 ≪Door pocket≫
By expanding the door pocket 10TP shown in FIG. 31C, FIG. 32A, FIG. 35A, and FIG. 35B to the outside of the vehicle, it is possible to arrange it with a large capacity. In FIG. 31C, FIG. 32A, FIG. 35A, and FIG. 35B, by moving the
≪サンシェード≫
上述したように、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースに、太陽光が車内に侵入するのを防止するサンシェード(図示略)を配置することができる。このサンシェードは、例えば、車両ドアの車内側に配置されるドアトリム10T又はインナパネル10aIの内側に配置することができる。また、サンシェードは、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。この場合、ドアトリム10T又はインナパネル10aIには、サンシェードを収納・引出可能なサンシェード収納孔(図示略)を形成することができる。運転者による車両の運転中には、車外の状況等を確認するために、サンシェードをサンシェード収納孔に収納して視野を確保する一方、駐車場等に車両を駐車する場合には、サンシェード収納孔からサンシェードを引き出して、太陽光が車内に侵入するのを防止することができる。 ≪Sunshade≫
As described above, by moving thewindow regulator 40 to the side of the vertical pillar sash 12 of the door sash 10b, the inside of the vehicle door 10 or the inside of the vehicle (for example, the inside of the outer panel 10aO) becomes a free space. A sun shade (not shown) that prevents sunlight from entering the vehicle can be arranged in the free space. This sunshade can be arranged, for example, inside the door trim 10T or the inner panel 10aI arranged inside the vehicle door. Further, the sunshade, for example, is arranged inside the windshield W in the vehicle, similar to the impact beam 300 described above. In this case, the door trim 10T or the inner panel 10aI can be formed with a sunshade housing hole (not shown) capable of housing and drawing out the sunshade. While the driver is driving the vehicle, the sunshade is stored in the sunshade storage hole to ensure a visual field in order to check the condition outside the vehicle.On the other hand, when the vehicle is parked in a parking lot, etc., the sunshade storage hole is used. You can pull out the sunshade from the sun to prevent sunlight from entering the car.
上述したように、ウインドレギュレータ40をドアサッシュ10bの立柱サッシュ12の側に移設したことにより、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)がフリースペースとなっており、当該フリースペースに、太陽光が車内に侵入するのを防止するサンシェード(図示略)を配置することができる。このサンシェードは、例えば、車両ドアの車内側に配置されるドアトリム10T又はインナパネル10aIの内側に配置することができる。また、サンシェードは、例えば、上述したインパクトビーム300と同様に、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置されている。この場合、ドアトリム10T又はインナパネル10aIには、サンシェードを収納・引出可能なサンシェード収納孔(図示略)を形成することができる。運転者による車両の運転中には、車外の状況等を確認するために、サンシェードをサンシェード収納孔に収納して視野を確保する一方、駐車場等に車両を駐車する場合には、サンシェード収納孔からサンシェードを引き出して、太陽光が車内に侵入するのを防止することができる。 ≪Sunshade≫
As described above, by moving the
≪その他≫
上記の実施形態では、ドアパネル10aの内部に配置する「ドア関連部品(車両構成部品)」として、インパクトビーム300、エアバッグ400、スピーカ500、モニタ600、テーブル700、ドアポケット10TP及びサンシェード(図示略)を例示して説明した。しかし、例えば、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置される「ドア関連部品」は、これらに限定されることはなく、これらの少なくとも1つを含んでいればよい。 ≪Other≫
In the above embodiment, theimpact beam 300, the airbag 400, the speaker 500, the monitor 600, the table 700, the door pocket 10TP, and the sunshade (not shown) are used as the "door-related parts (vehicle constituent parts)" arranged inside the door panel 10a. ) Has been described as an example. However, for example, the “door-related component” arranged inside the windshield W is not limited to these, and may include at least one of them.
上記の実施形態では、ドアパネル10aの内部に配置する「ドア関連部品(車両構成部品)」として、インパクトビーム300、エアバッグ400、スピーカ500、モニタ600、テーブル700、ドアポケット10TP及びサンシェード(図示略)を例示して説明した。しかし、例えば、ウインドガラスWの車内側に配置される「ドア関連部品」は、これらに限定されることはなく、これらの少なくとも1つを含んでいればよい。 ≪Other≫
In the above embodiment, the
あるいは、「ドア関連部品」は、上記以外のドア関連部品であってもよい。例えば、「ドア関連部品」として、ガラス洗浄用のワイパー、パワーアシスト、オートドアシステム、ドアチェック等を車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)に配置してもよい。
Alternatively, the "door-related parts" may be door-related parts other than the above. For example, as the “door-related parts”, a glass cleaning wiper, a power assist, an automatic door system, a door check, and the like may be arranged inside or inside the vehicle door 10 (for example, inside the outer panel 10aO).
上記の実施形態では、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)に配置する「ドア関連部品」を、ウインドレギュレータ40とは別のドア関連部品とした場合を例示して説明した。しかし、車両ドア10の内部又は車内側(例えば、アウタパネル10aOの車内側)に配置する「ドア関連部品」を、ウインドレギュレータ40の一部の構成要素とする態様も可能である。
In the above-described embodiment, the case where the “door-related component” arranged inside or inside the vehicle door 10 (for example, inside the outer panel 10aO) is a door-related component different from the window regulator 40 is illustrated. explained. However, a mode in which a “door-related component” arranged inside or inside the vehicle door 10 (for example, inside the outer panel 10aO) is a component of the window regulator 40 is also possible.
上記実施形態は、車両の右側前席の側方に取り付けられる側面ドアに適用したものであるが、これ以外のドアへの適用も可能である。
The above embodiment is applied to the side door attached to the side of the right front seat of the vehicle, but can be applied to other doors.
また、本発明の各実施の形態を説明したが、本発明の他の実施の形態として、上記実施形態及び変形例を全体的又は部分的に組み合わせたものでもよい。
Although the respective embodiments of the present invention have been described, other embodiments of the present invention may be a combination of the above-described embodiments and modifications in whole or in part.
また、本発明の実施の形態は上記実施形態及び変形例に限定されるものではなく、本発明の技術的思想の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲において様々に変更、置換、変形されてもよい。さらには、技術の進歩又は派生する別技術によって、本発明の技術的思想を別の仕方で実現することができれば、その方法を用いて実施されてもよい。したがって、請求の範囲は、本発明の技術的思想の範囲内に含まれ得る全ての実施形態をカバーしている。
The embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment and modifications, and may be variously changed, replaced, and modified without departing from the spirit of the technical idea of the present invention. Furthermore, if the technical idea of the present invention can be realized in another way by the advancement of the technology or another derivative technology, the method may be implemented. Therefore, the claims cover all embodiments that can be included in the scope of the technical idea of the present invention.
本発明によれば、ウインドガラスを昇降させる機構を省スペースに収容し、ドアデザインへの制約が少なく、且つドア関連部品を好適に配置することが可能な車両ドアが得られる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to obtain a vehicle door in which a mechanism for raising and lowering a windshield is housed in a small space, there are few restrictions on a door design, and door-related parts can be appropriately arranged.
本出願は、2019年1月31日出願の特願2019-015057および2019年5月15日出願の特願2019-091833に基づく。この内容は、すべてここに含めておく。
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-015057 filed on January 31, 2019 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-091833 filed on May 15, 2019. All of this content is included here.
Claims (9)
- 窓開口を形成し、前記窓開口内に昇降するウインドガラスの前後縁と上縁を囲むドアサッシュと、
前記ドアサッシュを構成し、前記ウインドガラスの前後縁の一方に沿って前記ウインドガラスの昇降方向に延び、前記ウインドガラスの車内側に対向して位置する対向部分を有する立柱サッシュと、
駆動源の駆動力によって前記ウインドガラスを昇降動作させる昇降機構と、
ドア関連部品と、
を備え、
前記昇降機構は、前記ウインドガラスに固定されるスライダと、前記スライダを前記昇降方向に移動可能に案内するガイドレールと、前記駆動源からの駆動力を前記スライダに伝達する伝達部材と、を備え、
前記ウインドガラスの昇降方向から見たときに、車内外方向で前記立柱サッシュの前記対向部分と前記ウインドガラスとの間に前記スライダと前記ガイドレールと前記伝達部材が位置し、
前記ガイドレールは、前記ウインドガラスの車内面側で、前記スライダの車内外両方向の移動を規制する、
ことを特徴とする車両ドア。 A door sash that forms a window opening and surrounds the front and rear edges and the upper edge of the window glass that moves up and down in the window opening,
A vertical pillar sash that constitutes the door sash, extends in the up-and-down direction of the windshield along one of the front and rear edges of the windshield, and has a facing portion that faces the inside of the windshield.
An elevating mechanism for moving up and down the window glass by the driving force of a driving source,
Door related parts,
Equipped with
The elevating mechanism includes a slider fixed to the window glass, a guide rail that guides the slider so as to be movable in the elevating direction, and a transmission member that transmits a driving force from the driving source to the slider. ,
When viewed from the vertical direction of the windshield, the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are located between the facing portion of the upright sash and the windshield in the vehicle interior/exterior direction,
The guide rail restricts movement of the slider in both the inside and outside of the vehicle on the vehicle inner surface side of the windshield.
A vehicle door characterized by the above. - 前記立柱サッシュは、車外側に位置する意匠部と、前記意匠部よりも車内側に位置する本体部を備え、
前記本体部は、前記対向部分を含んで構成されるとともに前記スライダと前記ガイドレールと前記伝達部材が収容される内部空間を形成し、且つ、車外側に開放された袋状断面部を有し、
前記ガイドレールは、前記袋状断面部の前記車外側の開放部分を塞ぐ、
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The upright pillar sash includes a design portion located outside the vehicle and a main body portion located inside the vehicle rather than the design portion,
The body portion is configured to include the facing portion, forms an internal space in which the slider, the guide rail, and the transmission member are accommodated, and has a bag-shaped cross-section portion that is open to the outside of the vehicle. ,
The guide rail closes the open portion of the bag-shaped cross section outside the vehicle,
The vehicle door according to claim 1, wherein: - 前記ドア関連部品は、前記ウインドガラスの車内側に配置されるインパクトビーム、エアバッグ、スピーカ、モニタ、テーブル、ドアポケット及びサンシェードの少なくとも1つを含む、
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The door-related component includes at least one of an impact beam, an airbag, a speaker, a monitor, a table, a door pocket, and a sunshade arranged inside the windshield.
The vehicle door according to claim 1, wherein: - 前記ドアサッシュは、インナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成される、
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The door sash is formed integrally with at least a part of the inner panel,
The vehicle door according to claim 1, wherein: - 前記ドアサッシュの第1の部分は、アウタパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成され、
前記ドアサッシュの第2の部分は、インナパネルの少なくとも一部と一体に形成される、
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The first portion of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a part of the outer panel,
A second portion of the door sash is integrally formed with at least a portion of the inner panel,
The vehicle door according to claim 1, wherein: - 前記ドアサッシュは、ドアパネルの少なくとも一部と接合される、
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The door sash is joined to at least a part of a door panel,
The vehicle door according to claim 1, wherein: - 前記スライダは、前記ガイドレールに対して摺動可能な摺動部を備え、
前記摺動部と前記伝達部材は、車両上下方向での位置が異なる、
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The slider includes a sliding portion slidable with respect to the guide rail,
The sliding portion and the transmission member have different positions in the vehicle vertical direction,
The vehicle door according to claim 1, wherein: - 前記立柱サッシュを構成するフレーム部材と前記ガイドレールは別部材からなる、
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The frame member and the guide rail forming the upright pillar sash are formed of separate members.
The vehicle door according to claim 1, wherein: - 前記ガイドレールは、
前記スライダに設けた摺動部が摺動可能に挿入される第1の区画と、
前記窓開口を内周側とする内外周方向で前記第1の区画に対しオフセットし、前記伝達部材から駆動力が伝えられる前記スライダの被伝達部を収容する第2の区画と、
を備えることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両ドア。 The guide rail is
A first section into which a sliding portion provided on the slider is slidably inserted;
A second section that is offset from the first section in the inner-outer peripheral direction with the window opening as the inner circumference side and accommodates the transmitted portion of the slider to which the driving force is transmitted from the transmission member;
The vehicle door according to claim 1, further comprising:
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2020568595A JPWO2020158864A1 (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2020-01-30 | Vehicle door |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019015057 | 2019-01-31 | ||
JP2019-015057 | 2019-01-31 | ||
JP2019-091833 | 2019-05-15 | ||
JP2019091833 | 2019-05-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020158864A1 true WO2020158864A1 (en) | 2020-08-06 |
Family
ID=71841551
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2020/003440 WO2020158864A1 (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2020-01-30 | Vehicle door |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2020158864A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020158864A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS58105822A (en) * | 1981-12-11 | 1983-06-23 | ロツクウエル・ゴルデ・ゲ−エムベ−ハ− | Guide apparatus for window glass of automobile |
JPS59187514U (en) * | 1983-05-31 | 1984-12-12 | 日産ディーゼル工業株式会社 | vehicle door |
JPS60150291U (en) * | 1984-03-16 | 1985-10-05 | 三菱自動車工業株式会社 | Door window regulator device |
JPH0228019A (en) * | 1988-07-15 | 1990-01-30 | Oi Seisakusho Co Ltd | Door structure for automobile |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH10329768A (en) * | 1997-04-01 | 1998-12-15 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Vehicle door and method of assembling the same |
-
2020
- 2020-01-30 JP JP2020568595A patent/JPWO2020158864A1/en active Pending
- 2020-01-30 WO PCT/JP2020/003440 patent/WO2020158864A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS58105822A (en) * | 1981-12-11 | 1983-06-23 | ロツクウエル・ゴルデ・ゲ−エムベ−ハ− | Guide apparatus for window glass of automobile |
JPS59187514U (en) * | 1983-05-31 | 1984-12-12 | 日産ディーゼル工業株式会社 | vehicle door |
JPS60150291U (en) * | 1984-03-16 | 1985-10-05 | 三菱自動車工業株式会社 | Door window regulator device |
JPH0228019A (en) * | 1988-07-15 | 1990-01-30 | Oi Seisakusho Co Ltd | Door structure for automobile |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2020158864A1 (en) | 2021-12-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7087554B2 (en) | Door sash structure for vehicle doors | |
CN111315952B (en) | Door sash structure for vehicle door | |
CN111315951B (en) | Window glass support structure for vehicle door | |
US11279209B2 (en) | Vehicle door glass elevating/lowering device, door frame assembly, vehicle door opening/closing member driving device, and vehicle door opening/closing member driving device assembling method | |
JP7110665B2 (en) | Vehicle door seal structure | |
WO2020158864A1 (en) | Vehicle door | |
JP6612302B2 (en) | Door sash | |
JP6707507B2 (en) | Vehicle door slider structure | |
JP2019090173A (en) | Production method of glass lifter of vehicle door | |
WO2019093488A1 (en) | Seal structure for vehicle door | |
JPH11210319A (en) | Window regulator of automobile | |
WO2019093489A1 (en) | Seal structure for vehicle door | |
JP6961466B2 (en) | Vehicle door seal structure | |
JP5606020B2 (en) | Vehicle door sash structure | |
JP7110666B2 (en) | Vehicle door seal structure | |
JP2021188452A (en) | Opening/closing body driving device | |
JP2005075279A (en) | Vehicular sliding door supporting structure | |
JP2006290205A (en) | Vehicle blind spot reduction device and side visor | |
JPH11105544A (en) | Front door structure for automobile |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20748576 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2020568595 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20748576 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |